^, IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I ■^ iU 12.2 •" 136 US KS Ui 14.0 12.0 1.25 III 1.4 ,,.6 ^ 6" — ^ ► <^ 7] VJ ^>^ Photographic Sdences Corporation 33 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14SS0 (716) 872-4503 ^4 ) ■s CIHM/ICMH Microfiche Series. ^ CIHM/ICMH Collection de microfiches. Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian da microraproductions historiq uas Technical and Bibliographic Notaa/Notoa tachniquos at bibliographiquaa Tha Inatituta haa attamptad to obtain tha baat original copy availabia for filming. Faaturaa of thia copy which may ba bibliographically uniqua, which may altar any of tha imagaa in tha raproduction. or which may significantly changa tha usual mathod of filming, ara chaclcad balow. □ Colourad eovara/ Couvartura da coulaur |~n Covars damagad/ D Couvartura andommagia Covars rastorad and/or laminatad/ Couvartura rastaurAa at/ou pallicuiAa r~1 Covar titia miaaing/ La titra da couvartura manqua □ Colourad mapa/ Cartea gAographiquas an coulaur D a n n Colourad ink (i.a. othar than blua or blacic)/ Encra da coulaur (i.a. autra qua blaua ou noira) I — I Colourad plataa and/or illustrations/ Planchaa at/ou illustrations 9n coulaur Bound with othar matarial/ Ralii avac d'autraa documanta Tight binding may cauaa shadows or distortion along intarior margin/ La ro liura sarria paut causar dm I'ombra ou dm la dlatoralon la long da la marge intAriaura Blank laavas addad during restoration may appear within the text. Whenever possible, these heve been omitted from filming/ II se peut que certainaa pagea blanchea ajouttea iors d'una reatauration apparaiaaant dana la taxte. mala, lorsqua cela Atait possible, caa pagea n'ont pea «tA filmias. AdditionsI comments:/ Commentaires supplimentairea: L'inatitut a microfilm* la meilleur exempieire qu'il iul a it* poasibia da se procurer. Lea ditaiis da cat axemplaira qui sont peut-Atre uniques du point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exigar une modification dana ia mithoda normele de filmage aont indiquis ci-dassous. rn Coloured pages/ D Pagea da eouleur Pages damaged/ Pagea andommagiaa Pages restored and/o< Pagea reataurias at/ou pelliculies Pagea diacolourad. stained or foxe< Pages dicolories, tacheties ou piquies r~*l Pages damaged/ |~~1 Pages restored and/or laminated/ r~71 Pagea diacolourad. stained or foxed/ >l Pagea detached/ ^ ' Pages ditachies rrj Showthrough/ Tranaparence Quality of prir Qualit* inigala de I'impression Includes supplementary matarii Comprend du material suppiimentaire Only edition available/ Saula Mition disponibie rn Quality of print varies/ rn Includes supplementary material/ I — I Only edition available/ Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata slips, tissues, etc.. have been refilmed to enaura tha best possible image/ Lee peges totalement ou partiellement obacurciaa par un fauiliet d'errata. une pelure. etc., ont 4tA filmies A nouveau de fapon A obtenir la mailleure image possible. This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ Ce document est filmi au taux de reduction indiquA ci-dessous. 10X 14X 18X 22X 26X 30X 1 1 1 1 J 12X 16X 20X a4X 28X 32X Th« copy film«cl h«r« has b—n raproduetd thanks to tlw ganarosity of: L'axampiaira ftlmA fut raproduit griea A la g4n4roait* da: New Bruntwiek MuMum Saint John Tha imagaa appaaring hara ara tha boat quality poaaibia conaMaring tha condition and laglbillty of tha original copy and in kaaping with ttta filming contract apacificatlona. Original copiaa in printad papar covara ara fHmad baginning with tha front covar and anding on tha iaat paga with a printad or iiiuatratad impraa* tion, or tha back covar whan appropriata. Ail otitar original copiaa ara fHmad baginning on tha first paga with a printad or Hluatratad impraa- sion, and anding on tha Iaat paga with a printad or iiiuatratad impraaaion. Tha last racordad frama on aach microficha shall contain tha symbol --^ (moaning "CON- TINUED"), or tha symbol y (moaning "END"), whichavar appUas. Naw Brunswick MuNum Saint John Laa imagaa sulvantaa ont 4ti raproduHaa avac la plua grand soin, compta tanu da la condltton at da la nattatA da I'axamplaira fllmA. at mi Gonf ormitA avac laa conditions du contrat da fllmaga. Laa axamplairaa originoux dont la eouvortura 1% papiar aat ImprimAa sont fMmAa an commandant par la pramiar plat at an tarminant salt par la damlAra paga qui comporta una amprainta dlmpraaalon ou d'iHuatcatlon, solt par la saoond plat, salon la caa. Toua laa autraa axamplairaa originaux aont fllmAa an comman^am par la pramiAra paga qui comporta una amprainta dlmpraaalon Ou d'illuatration at it tarminant par la darnlAra paga qui comporta una talla amprainta. Un daa symbdaa sulvants apparaltra sur la damlAra imaga da chaqua microficha, salon la caa: la aymbola •^signifla "A 8UIVRE", la aymbola ▼ signlfia "FIN". Mapa, piatas. charts, ate., may ba fHmad at diffarant raduction ratkM. Thosa too larga to l>a antiraly included in ona axpoaura ara filmad baginning in tha uppar laft hand eomar, laft to right and top to bottom, aa many framaa aa raquirad. Tha following diagrams illuatrata tha mathod: Laa cartaa, planohaa, tablaaux, ate., pauvant Atra filmAa A daa taux da rAduction diff Arants. Lorsqua la documant aat trap grand pour Atra raproduit an un saul clieliA, U aat filmA A partir da I'angia supAriaur gaucha, da gaucha A droita, at da haut an baa. an pranant la nombra d'imagaa nAcaaaaira. Laa diagrammas suivants IHuatrant la mAthoda. 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 a V / if V / ^^a.''W>■'>■( From a greM Variety of Documents, public and private, which include those of Caption , Jam as Cook, F.R.S. ; of Mr. Thomas Backhousb, M.R.N. ; ot Ueut. Chaelcs Haes, R.N. ; of Mr. Feancis Owen, M.R.N. j of Messrs. I^es Baebes, Holland, BoucHBTTE, Lambly, Lockwood, and other eminent Navigators, Surveyors, &c. By JOHN PURDY, Hydrographbr. SECOND EDITION: MATERIALLY IMPROVED. TT .^1 t/. PRINTED FOR R. H. LAURIE, CHART SELLER to the ADMIRALTY, lie. ana agtttt fm t)e ftale of m SMixOtt ^tnsf, yo. 53, FLEET S^'REET. isi?. ^ ISjf* For a Tabular Statbmbut of tIib LioHTiiotsES defcrUted in this Workt He page 140. /• ,„■■;!,.■■, • f WINDS SOUTHWARD OF Nbwfovndland. The following may be read as a Note to the last line but one of page 6. The brif RbooVKRT, Captain 7. tiamUn^ on her return from Ne# Orleans towards Greenock, 81st April, 18SS, was proceeding E.N.E. on the parallel of 40« towards the q^and Bank. In the first part of the twenty-four hours the weather was moderate, a breeze sprung up at west, and the vessel made all sail. In the middle part strong gales succeeded, still at west, and sail was reduced. At one, a^. black and gloomy, with rain. At 5, a strong gale from the mutward took the ship aback, and drove her astern against the old sea: it struck the boat and broke the larboud davit, and a new sea rising with the shift of wind, the two seas inet in dreadful confusion. With a scend forward the brig dipt the jib-boom under, and broke it off in the cap ; and, with tiie scend aft again, stove in the cabin-window. While all hands were employed, trying to secure the boat, repeated seas struck her, and at length rtUwd her above the stem, and unshipt the other davit. They then held on the tackle-fall ,;^t was ftMt to her, and dropt her astern, with the hope that a favorable opportunity might occur for takipg her in, but she filled and broke adrift. From 6 to 8 the wind continued to blowjSjndej aometimes at East, then at West, and back again repeatedly; while the vessel wa» jlpte ujpianageable, and lying exposed to the contending elements. At 8 a.tn. the , eaftcpy wipn. prevailed, and the vessel was then laid-to under close reefed main topsail, >l^4,.^^|«t. Ill; jioon, by ace. 40" 2.V, long. 53° 0'. At one, p.m. of the 28d it became calm : 'wa drifted with the sea, going round and round: but on the next day the wind I.W., and the brig procee&d eastward. AT one, a.m. on the SSd, a sensible change in the atmosphere and sea was experienced : from which it was concloded that the Recovery had entered on the Grand Bank. At day-light the colour of the water was found to be altered, and a numerous quantity of ice-bii'ds and mnrrs were upon it. On the 81st of October and 1st of November, 1822, the jR«co«ery, on her return Arom New Orleans to London, at 3A degrees more to the southward, and nearly on the same meridians, met with heavy squalls, a strong gak from the N.W., and a high cross sea, which oontinned for nearly twenty-four hours, and to longitude 48". Hereabout, therefore, all the —— -- I's spirit, vigilance, and skill, are required. Between the msndians of 62° and 47° W. S8tb to Slst July, 182S, Captain Hamlin, in the ship Chorge /F., firom the S.W., crossed the parallel of 40° N., all moderate and pleasant weather, with N.W. and westeriy winds. Ship Gffor^ /F., 3d April, 1824, bomewaivl. "Squally and unsettled with lightning: At noon, lat. 40° 14', long. 50° 33'. Next day, variable, with heavy showers. On the 5th, heavy showers of hail, succeeded by a smart breeze from the North. Lat. at noon, 40° 88', long . 464°." l^v>/ 7^ Communicatioru of intelligent Seamen, for the future Improvement of this Work, are earnestly and respectfullj/ solicited. i^nUttti at S>tatioiin:0' l^aUO .» \k ". .CONTENTS. " -.•;:/ ' i. GENERAL REMARKS and DIRECTIONS. . . A n <■» %! ' ;^ .• O A '! J ;'. .» '' ■ PAGE Notes on the Qiven Beabikos, Coorses, and VARiAtioKS df the Compauu 1 Remarks on the Currents and Wrecks occasioned thereby • 1 Remarks on Uie Winds, &c ..i. ......i. ...«<>*. •..^..■•i..... 5 Passages from England to Newfoundland, Nova-Scotia, and New Brunswick 6 Gulf of St. Lawrence, &c «..^.v.. ...••^..^ t II. The ISLAND and BANKS of NEWFOUNDLAND. Gheneral Remarks and Directions i • 8 Harbour of St. John, &e. ,iii,,, 9 St. John's Harbour to Conception Bay 10 Conception Bay ....-...•«« . . ... 11 Trinity Bajr j... IS Trinity Harbbur 14 Catalina Harbour 15 Bonavista ;•• 15 ' Bonavista Bay ..•.....^.....«<^.........i......; 16 St. John's Harbour to CapeRaee ^ 20 Cape Race to Cape Chapeau Rouge, including the Bay 6f PlaCentia, &c. • . 22 Cape Chapeau Rouge to Cape Ri^, including Fortune Bay, 6ct. , ...... . 30 Cape Ray to Cow Head #• •«« •...•••• 41 ^' IIL The GULF and RIVER of ST. LAWRBNCE. ^^J^!] 1. The Giilf St. Lawrence, with its Islands ............ .^4.. .4. ..4..: 4H 2. The River of St. Lawrence 47 ' i'jy i; ^^^^^ Isles, Trinity Bay, St. Niooha, &c ^ .......... ^ i »•-•/. '^ «•" . 47 Particular Description of the River, from Cape Qsts^ upwards ... 49 * Tides m the River of St. Lawrence. ............... . . •.•«.*,.. 55 ' - * Directions for Sailiiig up the River, from Anticoeti to -Quebec* .... 56' 'l>- 'I General DescripiioiH of the River, from Moiitreal to Quebec * . • . • . 65 ^■i y Description 6f the Old Traverse, or North Cliannel ...... .4 .r. .. . 66 -^^ \ Rates of Pilotage for the River of St. Lavvrence •• a.^^^.. . . 67 < IV. The EASTERN CO AS-f S of NEW BRUNSWICK, &e. to the Gut of Canso, inclusive; with PmjNCfi Edward IvbATStt, Gaspe Bay to Miramichi, &c..... ^.v.}. ...... 68 Northern Coasts of Nova-Scotia, &c. w ..... . 70 GiM of Canso and thence to Inhabitant Bay.. 72 Prince Edward Island .,.. ▼••••• 74 •■■■' ' ■ ' :mr.> > i V. BRETON ISLAND, with CHEDABUCTO BAY. Description of the Coasts of Breton Island, with its difl^ent Harbours. ... 77 Louisbourg, Arachat, and Chedabucto Bay. 80 = . . -- : M:::^'- IV CONTEKTS. VI. The SOUTHERN COASTS of )70VA-iSC0TIA, from Chbda- BucTO Bat' to HAUFj^i H^kAlouii. Cape Canso to \7hite Haven r. 80 Torbay to St. Mary's River 81 St. Mary's River to Sheet Harbour • 82 Sheet Harbour to Halifax Harbour 8S VII. The ISE of SABLE and Banks of Nov A-ScoTiA. ParticuhMT Description of Sable Island and the Banks . . ; ^ 8A VIII. HALIlFAX HARBOUR and the Coast thenoe, Wbstward, to Cape Sablb. Bnvirons and Harbour of Halifax 89 The Coast from Halifax, westward • • • » • • * i 99 Sambro* Harbour to Margaret's Bay • 93 Margaret's Bay to Liverpool.. *. ***. f * ^^ Liverpool to Shelbume • ..'..•••..... • 97 Shelbume to Cape Sable. ... . . . ....'.'..'....'..... 99 IX. CAPE SABLE to the BAY of FUNDY and Chionbcto Bat, inclading St. John's, Grand Manan, and Passamaquoodt Bay. Cautions to be observed on the S.W. Coast of Nova-Scotia, &c.. 101 T^S on the same Coast, and in the Bay of Fundy > • • « • 101 Description of the Coasts, Islands, &c. 102 Cape rourchu to AnnapoVs lOS Amupolis to the Basin of Mines, &c. 105 North Coast of the Bay of Fundy 106 St. John's and Meogenes Bay 107 Grand Maiian Island «... 109 Passamaquoddv Bay and its Harbours 110 Bearings and Distances of Pkices in the Bay of Fundy 112 Genenu Remarks on^ and Directions for, the same. 112 X. .Th«. COASTS of FREDONIA, or of the United States, from Passamaqvoddt to Cape Cod, &c. • v*'^ / • ! snwff . Appearances of the Land and General Description > • • • US Machias to Penobscot River 114 Penobscot to Kennebec River .' 117 Kennebec River to Cape Elizabeth and Portland H^ Cape Elizabeth to Cape Anne ; including Portsmouth, Newbury-port, &c. 119 Cape Sable, of Nova-Scotia, to Cape Coo, Plymouth, Boston, &c 125 Cashe's.Ledge and George's Bank 125 Cape Cod to Plymouth 128 Cape Cod to Boston 129 Salem Harbour •• . . 131 Marblehead Harbour •*•• 133 Beverley, Manchester, and Cape Anne • 134 Boston Bay to Cape Cod, &c 135 Description of the Eastern Coast of the County of Barnstaple, from Cape Cod, or Race Point, to Cape Malabar, or Sandy Point of Chatham ; pointmg out the Spots on which the Trustees of the Humane Society have erected Huts, &c., for Shipwrecked Seamen 197 < ■: -^'A:^M'Av.-::^^Tt^ Tii.li, NEWFOUNDLAND, &c. VK.^: ,:>. H'^^ %* ThROUOHOVT this WoBK, THB aiVBN LONOITUOK IS THE LoNOITUDE rBOM GrckV. wicH. The Bbaiiiwos and Courses are those by Compass, unless whebb ' I otherwise expbessbo: But those given thus [E.N.E.], signify the tbub; •'■'] AND the given Dikection ov Wind, Tide, and Cubrent, is always to be :..-i. *' considkred as the true. I > ■•-t Vi't'i;.". v>jiTi fj> H>h ii. Variations or the Compass.— The Variation of the Needle in the St. John's is from S6 to 37 degrees West : in Bonnvista Bay, from 9B to at Cape Ray, 24 de|rreeB : at the Mouth of the River of St. Lawrence, 20 Quebec, 13 degrees : at Montreal, 8 degrees : at Breton Island, 21 degrees 17 degrees : off Mahone Bay, l6 degrees : near Liverpool Bay, and in the the Bay of Fundy, 15 degrees : at St. John's, New Brunswick, 1 6 degrees Elizabeth, 8 degrees : at Portsmouth, New Hanapsbirc* 7i degrees ; at Cape Cod, fi§ and 6 degrees* ,' r,K «'•'. jv,-!! r, En^roni of 89 degrees: degrees: at ; at Halifax, Entrance of : near Cape Boston a^d, ■ i '> >i*t.''Oii.ii»-;(:,' 'ifr u' J I. GENERAL REMARKS and DIRECTIONS. t CURRENTS, &c.— It has been shown, in our volume on the Navigation of the Atlantic Ocean,* how the Currents generally set, from Hudson's Strait, &c., to the Eastern coast of Newfoundland, and through the Strait of Belle*Isle into the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Hence it may be seen, that they also affect the western navigation of the island ; and, with the vast ebb of the River of St. Lawrence, which constantly sets down, with great strength, into the Gulf, they produce an accumulation of water, which can escape by the southward only. In the early part of the year, when the snows and ices are in a melting state, the outset must be considerably increased ; it may, therefore, be presumed, that there is, iii this season, a considerable efflux or stream of water from the Gulf, setting to the south, S.W., and south-eastward. Captmn Pomton, ,a commander, who has long sailed in the Newfoundland trade, states that the T)r ^nch of current, which appears to come from Hudson's Bay, always sets to the soui. -vrstward, off the eastern coast of Newfoundland: sometimes vrith a velocity of two mil( i an hour. Its strength, however, varies, with the direction and force of the wi^d. Passing down the eastern coast of Newfoundland, it turns round Cape Race, and sets tlience, along the south side of the island, until it meets with the current from the St. Lawrence, a little to the westward of St. Peter's and Miquelon Islands, The combined action of these two currents, with that of the Stream to the southward, may, perhaps, produce that counter current which has been found along the inner edge of the Gulf-Stream : But, be this as it may, it is very probable that it is owing to the influence of the Hudson's Bay current that so many shipwrecks happen on the south coast of Newfoundland, about Cape Pine, &c. For ships coming fiom the St. Law* rence and thence along the coast of Newfoundland, meet this current ; and, if it happen that they have calms, or light or head winds, it sets them imperceptibly to the westward of their reckoning : and when, supposing that they are to the eastward of Cape Race, they alter their course more to the northward, should the weather, as it often is, be foggy, they get on shore at a time when they consider themselves clear of the land.f At times, it seems, t^e westerly current may extend farther than the limit above de- scribed. In a letter from a captain of the Royal Navy, dated Breton Maiui, Idth May, * « Memoir, Descriptive and Explanatory," which accompanies the large Chart of the Atlantic Ocean ; fifth edition, lately published, t Substance of a cominunication to and from Mr. Wm. Heron, of Greenock. ^; |, B 1822, 9 GENERAL REMARKS AND DIRECTIONS. .^, IBta, we have the following expresiioni : — " It frequently happens that a ship bound from England to Quebec, itriket soundingi on the Banki of Newfoundland, and ihapei her ooune thence to paaa between Cape North, on Breton Island, and Cape Ray, on Newfoundland, into th^ Gulf of 8t. Lawrence, without seeing ^e land, which is hid in fog } and, unable to make a proper allowance for a current that sometimes runs at the rate of four mileton hour, is swept away to the westward, and runs, with a leading wind, on our iron-bound shores, when her commnnder fancies he is steering directly into the gulf t a misfortune th»t is too often announced by the bodies of the unhappy marmers, and the fragnoents of their vessels with which our shores are strewed. *' It should be noade known that there is a settlement on Ashp^ Bay, to the southward of Cape North { as, from want of this information, many an untbrtunate seaman has pe- rished firom cold and hunger, after escaping shipwreck ; and that vessels of any draught of water may safely anchor all round the island, as wind and weather may require. 1 he soundings, at half to three-quarters of a mile, are 7 and 8 fathoms." * But, to revert to the currents. The British frigate, Tweed, on her passage to St. John's, Newfoundland, struck upon the coast, near Cape Spear, and was wrecked in the night of the 5th of November, J 6 13. This event, most probably, was the effect of an unknown south-westerly current, or a current setti^ig south-westward. ; n ^ v ^j To different currents must be attributed the loss of the sloop Comus, the transport Harpooner, H. M. ship Drake, and the brig Spence, uU of which were lost, at different times, upon one »pot ; the little bay, called St. Shaft Bay, on the South coast of New- foundland, and lying between Cape Freels and St. Mary's Bay. The particulars of all these melancholy events are detailed in the following paragraphs. " The Currents about Newfoundland arc yet imperfectly understood, and among the first notices of them are some Remarks given by M. de Cossini, which ought, long since, to have been generally known. This voyage of M. de Cossini was undertaken for the pvroose of making experiments on M. Le Roy's timekeepers, in VjQS. The frigate L'Enjou^e sailed from Havre de Grace, on the 14th of June, and the mist over the Great Bank was discovered on the gth of July. On the Uth, soundings were found at 84 fathoms, and a cod was caught. The fish and the plummet came up almost at the same instant, and confirmed the ship's arrival at the Bank. " The very next day after we had reached the Bank of Newfoundland, the iog and calm overtook us : this is the weather that commonly prevails there.f As the calm continued the whole day, we employed the time of this inaction in fishing. "The fourteen days we spent from our arrival at the Bank to our landing, were one continued series of fogs, which made us very uneasy. The great number of ships that crowded about the Bank, kept us in continual apprehensions of running foul of some of them in the fog. Besides, having been for several davs unable to observe the latitude, we durst not advance, from fear of striking against the bars of Cape Race. % Our charts placed us about the longitude of those rocks, and the computed latitude brought us pretty near them. These last days of our first run were the worst we had yet met mib, and indeed the worst of the whole voyage. Transplanted into a horrid climate, con- stantly choked with foes, we seemed to be, for ever, excluded from the sight of the sun ; nor could we hope to land, whilst this fog intercepted the coast. It was dangerous to go in search of the shore, even when the mist seemed to be dispersing. It is no un- common thing in this latitude to see the finest dealing succeeded by a prodigious thick fog, and this within half an hour. Then the pilot repents his having approached the hmd, nusled by the appearance of a clear sky, especially if he has not had time to take ft survey of it ; how can he get clear, if the wind is not very favourable ? What track shall be pursue to escape running aground ? Such are the inconveniences and hazards * It has been justly observed, that a light-house on the Isle of St. Paul, at the entrance of the Gulf, would be endnendy usefiiL We hope that one, worthy of die name, will be established here. i infest the air most part of the year, and will last [n winter they are not so frequent ; but, from the ._„ , J constant : they are so thick, that one cannot see at ten fathoms distance. An hicessant rain drops from the sails and rigging. The sea is seldom rough about the Great Bank. The saikm commonly ask those who come from the open aea, '< How is the weather abroad f " t The Virgin Rocks, to Uie £. by S. fixnn Cape Race, hereafter described.-i-(EDiT.) Of GENERAL REMARKS AND DIRECTIONS. I 4 of of naTigation, in the latitudea we were then in ; and we were not long before we expe- rienced how critical our ■ituation was. ** We waited only for the inatant when the weather should clear up, to go and recon- noitre the land, from which we deemed we were not far distant. We thought we had at laat attained the summit of our wishes. On the SSd of Juljr, the finest Ajr imagliv* able filled us with hope and joy. The horison, though not quite so clear as we could hare wisliedy seemed, nevertheless, to promise a sight of land at five or six leagues distance. Upon the strength of this delusive appearance, we run directly towards the landing- place, with n brisk wind ; but how great was our amazement, when, without discovering any land, we suddenly perceived, at a small distance before us, the dashing of the waters, which could only be occasioned by the coast, or by rocks or breakers, which the fog concealed from our sight. No time was to be lost ; wo tacked about, and made all the sail wo could, to get away from a coast where it is dangerous beinff wind-bound, on account of the violent currents, which may drive the vessel ashore, if she has the mi»> foituno to be becalmed.* Happily for us, the wind favoured our flight, and we made for the Great Bank, thereto wut, till a less fallacious change of weather should permit us to go safely in quest of land. ' "• ■'■<•■ > --i' <> i ■ •)• " This we had an opportunity of effecting two dati after, by the finest weigher ttna- ginable. Nothing is more gloomy than the sky darkened by that thick and damp fog, as nothing is more beautiful than that verv sky, when a north-east wind drives away the fog, and exhibits a wcll-terminnted horizon. The sun was not yet risen, when the mist, which had been constant all the 23d, dispersed in an instant ; a clear sky and a fair wind determined us to make directly for land. We set sail at two In the morning ; at eight we discovered a small eminence rising in the most distant horizon. At noon the figure of this, and several other points, which appeared as we drew nearer, made us con- jecture that the land we saw was thr; coast of Newfoundland, and that this first emi- nence was the Chapeau-rouge, or Rod-hat. However, we were still too far off to judge with any certainty ; but at four in the afternoon, being but four leagues distant, we pUunly saw we were not mistaken. The Red-hat, and, in general, the whole coast of Newfoundland, is very steep, and rises very far above the level of the sea : we first dis- covered it at near IG leagues distance. The ships that sail in this latitude commonly take notice of this mountain, its form being very distinguishable." The Comut, above mentioned, was lost in the night of the 84th of October, 18l6, at the entrance of St. Shot't Bay. At ten o'clock, it was supposed, " from reckoning and double altitude, (which was taken that day,) they were on the inner edge of the Ureen Bank ; sounded, and found that they were in 25 fathoms of water, the exact depth on that bank as laid down in the Admiralty charts, which they referred to ; but, for the greater safety of the ship, it then blowing very fresh, hauled her ivind, with the head onshore, and stood on under easy sail. At forty-five minutes past eleven, struck on a reef of rocks, extending from the eastern head of St. Shot's Bay, into the sea, owing to the amazing indraught into the different bay*, and which are not accounted for in the Admi- ralty charts, which threw the ship out of her reckoning. The helm was immediately put down, and the sails braced aback, to get stern-way, when she was unfortunately caught by a rock, on the larboard quarter, and bilged before the boats could be got out } every exertion was used to save the ship, but in vain. At the same time, the weather was so foggy that little more than half the ship's length could be seen." The Harpooner, which was lost on the 10th of November, ISltJ. On the 86th of October, detachments of the 4th Royal Veteran Battalion, with a few belonging to other corps in Canada, in all 380, embarked on board this ship, and sailed from Quebec for London, on the 27th. On the passage to the Gulf of St. Lawrence, moderate weather and favourable winds prevailed ; but, on arriving in the gulf, the weather proved bois- terous, and the wind contrary. Not a sight of land, nor an observation of the sun, could be depended on for several days. On Sunday evening, November 10, at a few minutes after 9 o'clock, the second mate, on watch, cried out, 'the 'hip't aground!* at which time she lightly struck on the outermost rock of St. Shot's. She beat over, and pro- ceeded to a short distance, when she struck again, and filled. Encircled among rocks, with the wind blowing strong, the night dark, and a very heavy sea, she soon 7e\l over * The Island of Newfoundland is surrounded with the most violent currents : they have no fixed direction, sometimes driving towards the shore, sometimes towards the main sea. This uncertainty requires the greate:it caution. — ( Original note. ) ;^ i ■ ; 4 OCNERAL REMARKS AND DIRECTIONS. on her beam«ends, and the dreadful ooniequence may be readily imagined. We cannot attempt to describe it ; and ihall only add, that it may be found in Betl'a WuUu Me*. unger of Dtccmber 22, 18 16. It ii worthy of particular notice that, the two wredcs occurred within three weeln of each other i and it It an extraordinary coincidence that they ahould happen upon the same apot. Can we doubt that they were produced by •imilar causes ? After the publication of these lamentable particulars, it was hardly to be expected that similar evenU were again to occur on this fatal spot i but the melancholy loss of hli Majesty's ship Drake will long bo remembered. , , "The Drake sailed from Halifax on Thursday morning, the 20th of Jfune, 1899, for 8t. John's. The weather being uncommonly fine, and the wind favourable, she con- tinued to steer a direct course ror Cape Race : on Sunday morning it came on extremely thick, with a fresh breeie from W. 8. W. ; at noon it cleared up for about a quarter of an hour, iust giving time to get a good observation of the latitude, which agreed very well with the latitude by account. At the time we supposed ourselves, by our reckoning, to be go miles from Cape Race. At six in the evening, having run about 60 miles since noon, and finding the fog still continued, we hauled out four points, intending to have steered S.B. during the night ; about half-past seven o'clock, all hands being on deck, breakers were reported to be a-head ; the ship was instantly hauled to the wind ; but, not being able to clear the danger on that tack, we endeavoured to stay the vessel ; but, from the heavy sea, and, whilst in stay, her stern took the breakers, and she immediately fell, broadside on, the sea beating completely over her ; the masts were immediately cut away, with the view of lightening the vessel, as well as oflTording a bridge to save the crew, but without success in either point ; for, in a few moments, she bilged, at which time there did not appear the slightest hope of saving a man. The cutter was launched over the lee-gangway, but immediately sunk. A man attempted with a lead- line to swim on shore, but the current setting strong to the northward, he was nearly drowned in the attempt. The only hope remained in the gig, the jolly-boat having been washed away, which was launched in the forecastle, with the boatswain and lead-line ; a heavy surf washed her upon a rock not communicating with the main, and dashed her to pieces, and the line was carried away ; but the boatswain succeeded in scrambling up the rock with a few fathoms of line. The sea at this moment making heavy breaches over the ship, the crew were on the forecastle, hanging by the ropes, each succeeding wave ap- pearing to bring with it total destruction, when a tremendous sea lifted her quarter over the rock on which she first struck, and close to another comparatively sheltered. The forecastle, hitherto the most sheltered part of the ship, was now abandoned for the rock ; and, all hope of the vessel being gone, it was determined, if possible, to quit her. The people severally stepped from the poop to the rock ; in attempting which, a few (among whom was Lieut. Stanley) were washed away, and dashed with tremendous force against the wreck. Capt. Baker, after seeing the whole of the crew on the rock, followed ; but it was now found that the rock was insulated, and the rising tide would cover it. The boatswain, observing this, swam with the piece of line in his possession, and, in spite the surf, succeeded in reaching land ; and, coming opposite the rock on which we were, threw the line across : it was found just long enough for one to hold upon the main, and one on the rock at arm's length : by this trifling assistance forty-four out of fifty, landed on the rock, succeeded in gaining the main ; and it is probable all would, had not a man and a woman attempted to cross together, which took the line out of the man's hand on the rock, and, in the attempt to get it back, it was washed away. Capt. Baker was re- peatedly requested to cross, but every time resolutely refused, and, throughout the whole unfortunate occurrence, to save the lives of the crew appeared to be his principal object, regardless of his own. Every instant the water rose, and the surf increased, when the officers and ship's crew used every endeavour, by tying handkerchiefs together, to make another holdfast ; but, proving too short, we were soon reluctantly compelled to abandon them to their fate ; and, at day-break, there was not the slightest trace of the unfor- tunate sufferers. At this time we found the frame of the wreck broken in halves, with the after-part thrown on the top of the bow. On discovering we were on the eastern head of St. Shot's, we repaired to a house we found there, after having in vain searched for the body of Capt. Baker ; and then proceeded, after a little refreshment, to Tre- passey. The only reason of so many lives being saved, certainly was from the great order and discipline of the crew. Every man's exertion appeared to be, not for his own life, but for the general good. Had any confusion prevailed, there ia little doubt but few 1 s OBSERVATIONS ON THE CURRENTS AND WINDS. 5 few would hare remained to tell the mournful tale. The end of those left upon the rock waa truly melancholy ; for it la probable they might have remained half an hour after the line was gone, the tide rising rapidly, nnd their inevitable fate approach- ing nearer every inatant. Captain Balicr died peculiarly regretted by both ofllcera and the crew: hU uniform kindneu and attention to every individual on board, during the whole of hia command, made a deep impreaaion ; and it will be long before the recollection of him and of bU untimely fate will be effaced from the memory of the ■urvivort." f. i . ,:• . The brig Spence, of Sunderland, 305 tona, M. Wilson, maater, from Richebucto, bound to Liverpool, with lumber, was totally lost near St. Shot's, on tlie Kith of July, 1839, at four in the evening : but the crew were saved, and arrived at St. John'a. Tho narrator aaya, " Scylla ancTCharybdis could not have been more terrifying to the mari- ners of old, than will the name of 5/. Sho^i shortly be to our modem navigators. It Is certain that, on the small extent of coast which divides the two bays of St. Mary and Trepassy, more vessels are lost than on all North-America beside ; yet no steps appear to have been taken by Government, or any institution connected with any of our shipping Interest, to ascertain the cause, or to guard against it in future. The cost of any ono of the men of war which have been wrecked i^thln these few yeara would have main- tained a imall military post for the purpose of firing fog-guns, or a bell might be so con- structed as to toll at intervals. " With due respect to the Governor of this island, we think one of the men of war under his command could not be better employed than in ascertaining the strenvth and set of the current at spring and neap tides from St. Peter's to Cape Race ; it imght be the means of saving many valuable lives, and a considerable amount of property. The conduct of the people ' tu live in the neighbourhood, in plundering wrecks, and even the baggage of the crews, also reauires a strict investigation, and some example made for the purpose of deterring them in future." — Newspaper, Sept. Ut, 1828. These events imperiously demand an enquiry into the causes ; but it does not appear that any measures have been taken for an investigation. The four vessels, it may be seen, were all from the voettward, and all, it may be presumed, were set to the northward, as well as to the wettward, of the situations which they were supposed to occupy, and the route which each intended to pursue. They can, at present, be accounted for only by the supposition of currents winding round the coast, opposing each other, and operat- ing as above cxpluned. It has been already sliown that the waters of the St. Lawrence run off partly to the 8.W. from Breton Island ; so that here, likewise, allowance for a westerly set is to be made : for, as Mr. Darby has said, " On the South side of Sable Island, the Current, in shoal water, with prevailing South and S.W. winds, sets rapidly eastward until it reaches the end of the N.E. Bar. It then unites and blends with the St. Lawrence' Stream, which passes the Bar in a S.S.W. direction, and runs strongest in April, May, and June. I have sufficient reason for believing that the Gulf Stream, on the parallel of 42° 30', running E.N.E., occasions the St. Lawrence' Strc m, then running S S.W., to glide to westward. The strength of this stream has never been noticed, and three- fourths of the vessels lost on Sable Island have been supposed to have been to the east' tvard of the island, when, in fact, they were in the longitude of it." WINDS. — The winds hereabout are very variable ; and there can Ih) little doubt that their irregularities produce as various changes in the currents. To the southward of Newfoundland shifts of wind are very common, and it frequently happens that, after blowing a gale upon one point of the compass, the wind suddenly shifts to the opposite point, and blows equally strong. It has been known that, while one vessel has been lying-to, in a heavy gale of wind, another, not more than 30 leagues distant, has, at the very same time, been in another gale, equally heavy, and lying-to, with the wind in quite an opposite direction. In the year 1782, at the time the Ville de Paris, Centaur, Ramillies, and several other ships of war, either foundered, or were rendered unserviceable, on or near the Banks, to- gether with a whole fleet of West-Indiaraen, (excepting five or six,) they were all lying- to, with a hurricane from West; the wind shifted in an instant to East, and blew equally heavy, and every ship lying-to, under a square coui'se, foundered. The winds within the Gulf of St. Lawrence are not so liable to sudden shifts as on the outside. 6 .'VI PASSAGES OVER THE ATLANTIC, It' outside, or to the eastward, oS Breton Island. The weMher to the southward of the Magdaien I»lmd$, between them and Prince Edward Island, is generally much clearer than on the North. PASSAGES raoM ENGLAND, &c.— On referring to our Chart of the Atlantic Ocean, it may readily be found that, from the Land's Ewl of England to St. John*», New- foundland, the true bearing is W. i° S ; and, from the same point to Cape Sabte, or the S.W. end of Nova-Scotia, it is about W. g° S. But the circumstances of Navigation, in p:eneral, render a direct course more tedious and difficult than a circuitous route ; and the best passages have been made by pursuing a high northerly course. It seems probable, from all that we have sud on the Winds and Currents, that, on prosecuting a north-westerly course, from the Bank of Channel Soundings, the Winds and Currents, respectively, may counteract and balance each other : that, on a farther prosecution of the same course, the winds mil be found less westerly, and therefore more favorable, than in the more southerly parallels ; and that, in advancing towards the mouth of Davis's Strut, the advantages both of wind and current may be combined. Caution must be taken not to advance too near the Eastern coast of Newfoundland, if bound to New Brunswick or the Southern ports ; nor to the Eastern coast of Breton Island, as here the vessel may be swept round by the strong westerly currents, which have been described, and which, now understood, instead of producing mischief, may prove highly advantageous in facilitating the ship's course. The propriety of these arguments has been confirmed by experience, in more than forty passages made to and from New Brunswick, &c. by Lieutenant Chas. Hare, of the Royal Navy, of which the last was in the fell of 1824. Annexed is a copy of that gen- tleman's communication. ** Ships from Scotland, in the spring of the year, and bound to New Brunswick, have always arrived sooner than those from the English Channel, wliich is attributed to their being more to the northward on leaving the land. " Ships from Liverpool generally arrive before those which sail from the Eogliah Channel, the cause being the same. " In the Sfbino of the year, I would never go to the southward of latitude 46° or 47° until I reached longitude 37° or thereabout ; then edge to the southward as far as latitude 43° in order to avoid the ice-bergs, keeping a very strict look-out ; this parallel (43°) I should endeavour to preserve, or nearly so, but nothing to the southward, until up to Cape Sable, Nova Scotia ; for it carries you to a safe and proper distance from Sable Island, a place that cannot be too much dreaded. In this track you will be without the northern edge of the Gulf-Stream, and assisted by a south-westerly current from the banks until past that island. <' In the Fall of the year, my track is far more to the northward than in the Spring. On leaving the land as late as the middle of October, or thereabout, I generally steer to the north-westward until I get as far north as 55°, and until I enter the longitude 30°, then edge to the southward, to enter the Banks in latitude 46°, shaping again a course to pass about sixty miles to the southward of Sable Island, as above. If bound to Hali- fax, and very sure of my latitude, I might be tempted to pass to the northward of Sable Island ; but, at all events, it would be at great risk ; and I should not, under any circum- stances, recommend a stranger to attempt it ; as the weather is mostly foggy, and the set of the currents unaccountable. The soundings on Banquereau are incorrectly laid down in every chart that I have yet seen ; being, in fact, within one hour's stul of the N.B. Bar of Sable Island ; from which cause I once very narrowly escaped shipwreck. Nu- merous Gannets are always hoyering abuul this island, and are a very excellent indication of your near approach to it, particularly on the South side. " By crossing the Banks thus far North, you will find the advantage as you approach the longitudes of Newfoundland and Nova Scotia : the strong N.W. and North gales having then commenced, you will frequently be compelled to lie-to for two or three days j and should then ensure sufficient drift, before you are blown into the strong influence of the Gulf-stream ; which would be the case at a few degrees to the southward, and in- evitably in a S.S.E. direction, at an inconceivable rate. Last November (1824) the case occurred : the vessel being hovc-to, under main-topsail and storm-trysail, to the westward of the Banks, in latitude 45°, and was, in four duys, swept into latitude U9^°, conse- quently TO NORTH AMERICA. 7 quently into the Oulf-atream ; when the lon^Uude became alto considerably affected, and I took the first opportunity of making a N.N.W. coiurse, to get out of it as soon as PO'wWe. .„ j^ , ;,,,,,., ,., ,_. :, ^ " To prove the advantages of a northern traek, late in the fitll of the year, I may no- tice that I have, in one or two instances, read, in the American newspapers, the accounts of very long passages experienced by ships which met heavy gales in the latitudes of 35** and 38°, when several vessels were disabled, and others suffered loss of suls ; yet, on the same day, in hititude 54°, I had moderate weather from the N.N.E. with top-gdlant studding sails set ; which strongly encourages me to believe that the blowing weather, incident to approaching winter, commei >es southerly, and inclines northerly as the sea- son advances, and not the reverse ; an hypothesis generally formed by English ship- masters, but, in my opinion, certainly erroneous. " I am fiuther of opinion that the influence of the Gulf-stream, in the partd'els from latitude 35° to 42°, whether from the warinness of the water or other natural causes, has a strong tendency to attract the wind from a western direction ; as I have invariably found the wind more alterative in the northern latitudes before mentioned than the southern ones ; and it unquestionably must be allowed, by all mariners of any observa- tion, that gales eitperienced in the Gulf-stream, or its vicinity, blow with much greater violence than they do in that part of the northern Atlantic not under its influence : be- sides, the squalls from the southward or S.W. are much more sudden and heavy, and near the Banks they are attended with dangerous lightning. The thermometer (an in- strument easily understood) is of the greatest importance for ascertaining your approach to it ; and, if bound to the West, I would, for my own part, endeavour to avoid its effects as cautiously as I would a lee-shore : for it may be depended on, that no ship, however well she may sail, will effect westing in the Gulf-stream with a wind from that quarter ; and it is to be remembered that its velocity is accelerated according to the strength of those winds ; and its extent in breadth, at a few degrees to the westward of the Azores, is many more degrees than is commonly supposed. '* These observations, I hope, may be useful to my brother mariners engaged in these voyages ; and permit me to say, that they are grounded on the experience of at least forty times crossing the Atlantic, in his Majesty's and the merchant service, and in the command of vessels in both ; latterly in one of nearly four hundred tons burthen, the Waterloo, owned in St. John's^, New Brunswick t and, as the Custom Books at Liver- pool can testify, landed four fall cargoes in thirteen following months ; which, including the time required to discharge the same, then load outwards to St. John's, tliere discharge and load home agun, leaves but very little time for tXui ship to cross the Atlantic eight times in fourteen months, which, in fact, was done. . /' " Still further, in corroboration of my approved northern track, allow me to observe that, in the fall of 18'^3, by keeping in a high latitude, the brig Ward, mysdf master, also owned in New Brunswick, performed a voyage out and home in seventy-two days. The same vessel likewise, on the 3d of October, 1884, left the English Channel, and arrived agun in the Downs on the 3d of January following. " I must add that, a strong well-found and well-nuumed vessel alone can perform these voyages ; for they must be muntuned with unremitting attention and perseverance. ** The necessity and propriety of the above remarks was particularly exemplified by the Ward, which, on her passing through the Downs, in 1834, left ships there which were bound to the westward, weather-bound, and found them there on her return, basins been driven back by adverse winds ) while she, getting out of the Channel, performed with ease a prosperous voyage to St. John's, New Brunswick, and back, exactly in three months, assisted by chronometer, thermometer, &c." GULF or St. LAWRENCE, See.— Those bound to the Gulf of St. Lawrence, after passing to the southward of the Yirg^n Rocks, on the Grand Bank and the Island of St. Peter, should keep a middle course between Newfoundland and Breton Island ; not for. getting what has been heretofore said on the Winds and Currents. Recollecting, also, that the harbours on the coast, westward of Fortune Bay, are impeded with dangers ; there are many rocks about the entrances, and most of the harbours are imperfectly known. The rocks are not to be seen in thick weather, and fogs very much prevail on the coast. The little island of St. Paul, which lies to the north-eastward of Cape North, is hold- to, steep, and high ; and, with a good look-out, in the day time, cannot be considered as s ISLAND AND BANKS OF NEWFOUNDLAND. as dangerous even in thick weather. . The land of Breton Island is very high, and though fogs are ahout it frequently, it is seldom so much obscured as not to be seen in time. On entering the Gulf, the Magdalen and Bird Islands will be seen, as th v lay in the direct course from Cape North to the River of St. Lawrence. There is, in clear weather, a safe passage between the Bird Islands and the Iv. gJalens ; but, in thicit weather, it is adviseable to keep either to the southward or northward of both, as the wind may permit. In Pleasant Bay, on the S.E. side of the Magdalen Islands, there is clear and good anchorage, very near the shore ; and it is a very safe place for vessels to ride in, with a westerly wind, and infinitely preferable to beating about in the Gulf with a foul wind. There is a safe passage into it between Amherst Island and Entry Island. As the weather to the southward of these islands, between them and Prince Edward Island, is generally much clearer than on the North, the passage that way is preferable, particularly after the early part of the year, when 8.W. winds mostly prevail. II. The ISLAND and BANKS 0/ NEWFOUNDLAND. ' GENERAL REMARKS. — Newfoundland is, in general, a hilly and rugged coun- try, variegated with extensive woods of birch, small pine, and fir. The interior is covered with snow about five months in the year, and the coasts are involved, for a still longer period, in thick fogs, accompanied with sleet. Its chief towns are, St. John's, in the S.E., situate on an excellent harbour, which will presently be described, and Placentia in the South, on the bay of that name. The Banks, which are, in their fisheries, the source of all the opulence in the island, are vast submarine elevations, of various depths and very unequal figure, as shown by the Chart. The depths on the Great Bank vary from 15 to 80 fathoms. The bottom, which is generally of sand or gravel, is covered in many places with shells, ^nd abounds with different sorts of fish ; but more particularly with cod, which is inconceivably numerous : for, although from 200 to 400 vessels have been annually freighted with this article of commerce for nearly two centuries, there appears to be no sensible decrease of the for- mer plenty. A great swell and thick fog usually indicate the place of the bank. The cod are usually most abundant where the bottom is sandy ; and the least so where it is muddy. The best depth for them is between 30 and 40 fathoms, or less water. In the months of February and April, the fish, which in the winter retire to the deepest water, come on the banks, and fatten quickly. The great fishery generally commences on the banks about the 1 0th of May, and con*- tinues until the end of September. The admiral or commodore of the squadron sent out annually to protect the fisheries and settlements, is, pro tempore, governor of the island ; and tfiere are two lieutenant- governors, one at St. John's, and the other at Placentia.* * By the Treaty of Utrecht, 1713, the French retained the liberty of fishing off the coaste, and of drying their nets on the shores, of Newfoundland, within certain limits ; and, by the treaty of 1763, tliey may, also, iish in the Gqlf of St. Lawrence, but not within the distance of three leagues from any of the coasts belonging to Great Britain. By the treaty of 1783, it was defined that, the subjects of France were to enjoy, under the restric- tions of the previous treades, the fisheries on the eastern, northern, and western, coasts of New- foundland, from Cape St. John to Cape Ray ; and this concession was confirmed by the treaty of 1814. By Convemion with the United States, of the 20th of October, 1818, the people of the said States, renouncing prerious claims, have, for ever, in common with British subjects, the liberty of taking fish on the southern coast, between Cape Ray and the Ramea Isles, and on the western and northern coasts, from Cape Ray to the Quirpon Isles ; also on the shores of the Magdalen Islands, and on the coasts, bays, tiarbours, and creeks, of Labrador, from Mount Joli through the -Strait of Belle-Isle, and thence northward, indefinitely, along the coast, but without prejudice to the exclu- sive rights of the Hudson's Bay Company : and the fishermen of the United States have liberty, for ever, to dry and cure fish in any of the unsettled bays, harbours, or creeks, of the southern parts of Newfoundland, above described, and of the coast of Labrador, but so long as unsetded only, with- out previous agreement with the inhabitants, &c. — Sec, farther, the large Map of the Canadas, Nova Scotia, Newfoundland, &c., under the title of Caboti a, published by the proprietor of this Work. There bot meal Dart noon by , to ail Aftef hove longi alar comd ISLAND AND BANKS OF NEWFOUNDLAND. 9 There are, generally, in tlie spring, within 125 or 130 leagues of the land, and between the Outer and Grand Banks, numerous ice-bergs, or ipe-islands, that float down with the current from the north-westward, and which, during the foggy weather, are very dangerous : even in the months of June, July, and August, there are frequently a number of them ; some of which may be seen aground, in 40 or 50 fathoms of water. In thick weather, the place of these may commonly be distinguished by the ice-bSnk, a brightness of the sky above them : the breaking of the sea against them may, also, be heard at a considerable distance. On approaching the banks, there will generally be found a number of sea-fowls, as fnalitttauka, roaches, and divers. The last-mentioned are seldom found at more than SO leagues from the banks ; but maliniauks, and several other kinds, are frequently seen during the whole passage ; although not so numerously elsewhere as in the vicinity of the banks. In approaching towards Cape Race, (the S.E. point of Newfoundland,) be careful to avoid the Jlrgin Rocks, a dangerous reef, lying 18 leagues S.E. |E. \E. by 5.] from that cape. They are said to extend in a true N.E. by E. direction, 4 miles ; in gales of wind a heavy sea breaks over them ; and a strong current, which sets about them, often increases the danger.* Ships bound to St. John's are, therefore, recommended to keep on the parallel of 46°, or a degree and a half to the southward of the parallel of that port, as and until they approach the outer edge of the Great Bank ; and, when they obtain soundings, to steer directly to the north-westward for Cape Spear, which is in 47° 31'. The HARBOUR of ST. JOHN, whicb is the principal harbour of Newfoundland, is an excellent one, although the entrance be narrow, being only l60 fathoms in breadth, with high, bold, and precipitous, land on each side.f The entrance in lies N.W. by W., and within will be found to narrow ; as, in the inner part, there is a rock on each side, but above water. Here the breadth of the channel is only gs fathoms, and the depth 8. When past these rocks, you may run on boldly, without any fear of danger, only avoiding a rock on the South side, called Prossei's RqcTt, on which there are only g feet of water, and lying at about 30 fathoms from the shore, off a reef lying within the King's wharf. Within the harbour you may anchor in any depth, from 4 to 10 fathoms, land-locked from all winds,- as the harbour within the Narrows lies W.S.W. It is, however, to be noticed that, there is no possibility of sailing in, unless with the wind from S.W. by S. to East. The wind from S.W. to N.E. by N., blows out of the Narrows. Here ships must then anchor, and warp in, for which purpose there are rings in the rocks on both sides. The roLLOwiNQ Directions for St. John's have been given by Mr. Owen. ' ," " The Entrance of St. John's Harbour is readily known by the block-house on Signal- hill on the North Head, and Amherst Fort on the South Head. There is a sunken rock, called the Vestal, 50 fathoms without South Head, with only 25 feet of water on it. This rock is about 10 fathoms long and 7 broad ; the marks for it are. Fort William (which stands within the harbour un the north side) open of South Head, bearing N. 39 deg. W. ; and the outer Wash-ball Rock open with Cuckold's Head, bearing N. 47 deg. E. The Wash-ball Rocks join the North Head ; they are all above water and steep-to, there- fore not dangerous. The course in the Narrows is N.W. by W., distance 370 fathoms, to Chain Rock on the Noi-th, and the Pancake on the South, side. Both these rocks are * The existence of the Virgin Rocks having been questioned, it may not be improj^r to commu- nicate the following extract of a letter, addressed by Arthur Kemp, master of the bng Indiana, of Dartmouth, to the publisher o( the Newfoundland Gazette :—" On the 2SA of October, 1823, at noon, I left Cape Broyle, after a strong gale from S.E. with the wind at W.N.W., steering S.E. by S. The foUowing morning, at 8 a. m., having run 84 miles, I was alarmed with the cry of " breakers a-head," and almost immediately saw them to such an alarming extent, as obliged me to alter the course from S.E. by S. to E. by N., it not being possible to ck r them on the other tack. After giving the breakers a good berth, and leaving them to the southward, distant 4 miles, I hove the mtdn- topsail to the mast, and lay by from 10 o'clock till noon, and observed in lat. 46° 35', long. 50" 51' : the extent of breakers appeared to be about 2 miles, and were more tremendously alarming than I have ever experienced during twenty-three years that I have (chiefly in this trade) commanded a vessel." t An appearance of the entrance is given by Mr. Owen, on his particular Chart of the Harbour. C above .■■•^T^/ht'^^^l^' "■ 10 ST. John's to conception bay. above water, and steep-to. Sixty-five TathomB y>r\th\n the Pancake Rock, on the South shore, lies the lAttle Pancake a rocky shoal, dry at low water* and 80 fathoms within the latter lies the sunken rocli, called Prosser's Rock, running off 30 fathoms from a rock above water, in form of a saddle, with 1 8 feet of water in the hollow, and only 5 feet on the outside. It is steep-to, with 5 fathoms clo»,e to it. After you have passed Pros- ser's Rock, you may stand to either shore, as they are clear and steep-to. You may anchor in what water you please, from 8 to 4 fathoms, muddy bottom. '• The tide of St. John's sometimes rises 7 or 8 feet ; it is not regular, but greatly in- fluenced by the wind." Be very cautious, if unacquunted with the coast, that you mistake not the place called Kitty Vttty for the harbour of St. John's, as it shows an opening like a good harbour, but is fit only for boats, and not safe even for these at low water. Fort Amhertt, which stands on the South head of St. John's, appears white, and the flagstaffs on the hill, over the North head, \H11 point to the harbour of St. John's : besides these, the course from Cape Spear is N.N.W., and the distance about 4 miles. The position of Fort Amherst, as lately given, is lat. 47° 334', ^ong- *2° 36'. It may, probably, be more to the eastward. Between the harbour of St. John and Cape Spear arc* three bays ; the first is from St. John's to Low Point, and is called Freshwater Bay ; the second, from Low Point to Black Head, Is called Deadntan's Bay ; the third is from Black Head to Cape Spear, and is called Cope £ay. . . . ., „,, ST. JOHN'S HARBOUR to CONCEPTION BAY.— From St. John's to Tobbav the course is between N.E. by N. (being at a little distance without the harbour) and N.N.E. Between St. John's and Torbay are several points, which have names ; viz. first, CuekokPe Head, on the South side of the Out of Kitty FUty ; the next is SmaU Potn<,. which lies N.E. by £. about 2 miles from the entrance of St. John's; the third is Stigar-Lotff Point, and it lies N.E. by N. half a league from Small Point; the fourth is Bed-Head, lying N.N.E. from Sugar-Loaf, about 2 miles. Between the Sugar-Loaf and Red-Head is a Bay, called Logy Bay. The fifth point is the South point of Torbay, which lies N. ^ E. from Red-Head, about 2 miles. This point of Torbay is the lowest of these points. From the South point of Torbay to the anchoring place, where ships usually ride, the ' course is N.W. by W. more than 2 miles. Here you may anchor in 14 fathoms, against Chreen Cove. Should you be open of the bay, the course in is West ; for the bay is Targe, and at least a league in extent between the South and the North points. The latter is a low black point, with a flat rock off it, over which the sea breaks : in passing this, fivm the northward, the course into Torbay is W.S.W. Torbay is a bad place for ships to ride in with the wind from sea-ward ; for, being open to the ocean, a great sea lalb into it. From FltU Rock Point, or the North point of Torbay, the course and distance to Red- head are N. by E. about half a league ; and from Flat Rock to Black-head, N. ^ E. 4 miles. From Black-Head to Cape St. Fkancis the bearing and distance are N.N.W. 4§ miles ; Cape St. Francis is a whitish point, and low in comparison with the other land ; but, from sea, the high land over it marks a cove, called Shoe Cove, where boats used to come a tilting, (using the fishermen's expression,) that is, to split and salt the fish they catch, when blowing hard and in bad weather, when they cannot gain the places they belong to in time. In this cove you may haul up a boat to save her, if the wind be out ; for, with northerly, westerly, and southerly, winds you will lie safely. There is a good place off it for fishing. From Cape St. Francis to the distance of half a league off, triangular-wise, lie sunken rocks ; the outermost, east from the cape, about a mile and three-quarters : There are also islets, or great rocks above water, the outermost of which lies about three-quarters of a mile E.S.E. from the cape ; and the innermost not half a mile off-shore ; between these islets and the sunken rocks, you may go with boats, and find fresh water : but men are generally unwilling to venture. Shoe' Cove is protected by the rocks. There is another cove, to the northward of jthe point of the cape, for boats, when the wind is off the shore ; but, if otherwise, it is not safe. CON- covl tbol CONCEPTION BAY. 11 South within from R f 5 feet d ProB- oumay tatly in- c called our, but ti stands )ver the am Cape lerst, as astward. from St. Point to jear, and 1 TOBBAY lOur) and DCS } viz. is Ismail e third is fourth is ■Loaf and f Torbay, tie lowest 1^ ride, the IS, aeainst ly is Targe, latter is a issing this, 1 place for a great sea nee to Red- ,d, N. \ E. N.N.W. 4| ather land ; boats used he fish they places they ?ind be out ; re is a good , lie sunken , : There are iree-quarters re ; between ter:butmen s, when the CON- CONCBPTION BAY.— From Cape St. Francis to Bttte hie the coiine is W S.W. and S.W. by W. 4} leagues. This is a large island, not above a league from the shore, against the cove, called Portugal Cove. Belle Isle is about 5 miles in length, and S miles broad, and the ships that fish there lie in a little cove on the south side of the island, which will contun 5 or 6 ships, according to the rate. From Cape St. Francis to the Island BacatieUf the bearing and distance are N.N-B. about 6§ leagues. Bacalieu is an island 3 miles long, and one mile and a half broad. Here boats were used to fish : Abundance of fowls, of several sorts, breed here in the summer. Between this island and the main is a channel about S miles broad> having a sufficient depth for ships. The Bay of Verde and the S.W. end of Bacalieu lie E. by N. and W. by S. from each other, about a league and a half. Bay Vebdb. — From Cape St. Francis to the Bay of Verde-head, the bearing and dis- tance are N. by E. about 6 leagues. And, from the head to the bay, or cove, where ships ride, to the westward of the head, is about three-quarters of a mile. The road> stead is not above a cable's length in extent between the points, which lie N.N.B. and S.S.W. from each other ; j'ou lay your anchors in 10 fathoms, and your ship will lie in 5, with a cable out ; the stern will then be not above half a cable's length from the stages. The ships that ride here, are forced to seize their cables one to the other ; and there cannot be, at once, above 7 or 8 ships : It is a bad and hazardous place for ships, except in the summer-time, but the great plenty ot' fish make it desirous, although it is very deficient in wood, water, &c. Bay Verde may be readily known by the Island Bacalieu, and also by another head within Bacalieu, called Split Point; as well as by Bay Verde-head itself, which is the westernmost ; these three heads shew very bluff, and very like each other, on coming from the southward : there is no danger in going into Bay Verde but what may be seen. From Bay Verde-head to Flamborough-head the bearing and distance are W.S.W. ^ W. about a league and a half. Flamborough-head is a black steep point, but no place of shelter for a boat, unless when the wind comes from the shore ; neither is there any safety between Bay Verde and Carbomere, (8 leagues S.W. i W.,) excepting two places for boats, the one in the S.W. cove of the Green-bay, which is but an indi&rent place, and lies S.W. I W. about 4 leagues and a half from Bay Verde, and the other in Salmon Cove, which is about 2 leagues noithward of Carboniere. From Bay Verde-head to Green-bay is S.W. | W. about four leagues and a half. This^ bay is above a league over, but has nothing remarkable in it, excepting the S.W. cove, above mentioned, and a place at the bottom of the bay, to which formerly the Indians came every year, for the purpose of obtaining ochre. From the South point of Green-bay to Blach-head is S.W. ^ W. a league ; and from Black-head to Salmon Cove, W. by S. 4 miles. The latter is a place of shelter for boats, an island lying in the middle ; a river runs up from the cove, which abounds with salmon. From Salmon Cove to Carboniebe, the course is W.S.W. about 2 leagues. The Island of Carboniere is at about a mile from the shore. Its South side is low. The har- bour is very bold on both sides ; so is the island, between which and the muu are rocks, just under water. This is a good place for ships to ride in, and for catching and curing of fish . Here are good pasturage and cattle, affbrdrng milk and batter during the summer. There is very good anchorage, in clear ground, fair turning in or out,, being more than half a mile broad, and 3 miles long ; the depth,. 5 to 8 fathoms, and deeper water. To the northward of the point of Carboniere are two coves, in which planters live, and keep boats for fishing; the northernmost of these, called Clown Cove, is fit for boats only, and is about 2 miles above Carboniere Harbour; the other is called Crocker' » Cove^ and is to the entrance of Carboniere Bay. The proper channel in to Carboniere is on the North side of the island, which lies off its southern point ; the entrance here being more than a mile wide. Ships may, however, pass on the S.W. side of the isle ; but they must keep in mid-channel, because the ground is foul and shoal on each side, so as to form a narrow passage only. To the W.S.W. of Carboniere Island is a small cove, called Mosquito Cove : in this cove ships may ride, but it is seldom used, as it is not convenient for fishing-ships, al- though the ground is clv'an, and it has sufficient depth of water. Har. 12 CONCEPTION BAY. K \ I I, I Habbour Oracb.— The entrance of Harbour Grace is a league to the southward of Carboniere Island. A rock, called the Salvage, stands nearly in the middle of the chan^ nel ; and there is another, called the Long Harry, near the North shore, having only a boat-passage between it and the main. Both are of great height, above the water. Within the bay, a bar or ledge extends from the South side, more than half way over, as shown in the particular plan of the Harbour, in the ' North American Pilot.' You may turn into Harbour Grace, all the bay over, from side to side. The Salvage may be passed on either »ide, as most convenient : and, having passed within this rocK, you may turn from side to side, by the lead, till you draw towards the edge of the bank, then proceed by the North shore. ' ' You may know when you are near the bar, or ledge, by two white rocks on the land, by the water-side, in a bank on the North side, which shew whiter than any other part : these are about a mile below, or to the eastward of, the beach, which is proper to be known : by keeping near the North shore, you will find 3 fathoms and a half on the bar, and presently after 4, 5, 6, and 7, fathoms j but if you stand over to the southward, till you have advanced within the bar, or ledge, you shall not have above 7, 8, or 9, feet of water : This sand trends S.E. from athwart the two white rocks above mentioned, and extends close up to the South shore. Having passed its outer extremity, you may turn from side to side till within the beach, on the North side, and ride land-locked in 4, 5, or 6, fathoms, or higher up in 7, 8, Q, or 10, fathoms, as you please. Three islets, called Harbour Gracr Islands, lie off the South point of the entrance of Harbour Grace, in an East and West direction. No vessel should attempt a passage between them and the main, as the ground is foul and shoal, and there are rocks about the islets. From JIarbour Grace to Cape St. Francis, the bearing and distance are E. i S. 6 leagues. Bbvant's Cove, to the southward of Harbour Grace, is not a place for ships : It is, however, a good place for fish. In the middle of the entrance is a rock above water. You may pass in on either side, and have 4 or 5 fathoms, and then anchor within it in clean ground. From Harbour Grace to Spaniard's Bay, the distance is about two leagues. This bay is deep and large, and there is good anchoring all over it : It is divided from Bay Roberta by a small neck of land only. Bay Roberts is about half a league broad. There is very good turning into it, and no danger but what may be seen. You may borrow on either side, and go close to the island which lies on the starboard side of the entrance. The bay is, at least, three miles long. Being past the island, or to the westward of it, which is bold-to, you may run up about a mile, and lie land-locked in g or 10 fathoms within the island. From the point of Bay Roberts to Port Grave, the distance is 3 miles. Port Grave is extensive, deep, and very bold, as the other bays are : there is a cove on the starboard side of the entrance, called Sheep's Cove, where you may moor by head and stern, and ride in 4i and 5 fathoms ; but your anchor to the W.S.W. will be in 22 fathoms, at about a cable and a quarter's length from the ship. From Sheep's Cove to Port Grave, the distance is a mile, or rather more ; but ships do not ride within the small islands which are by Port Grave, the water within them being shoal, but they ride off without them. From Sheep's Cove to Cupid's Cove, on the South coast of Port Grave, the course is S.W. about a league. This is a good place for a ship or two to ride in, in 4, 5, or 6, fathoms, and not above a point open. The cove lies in a W.S.W. direction, and the South side of the bay to Burnt-head trends E. by N. about two miles. From Burnt-head to Brigus, is S.S.W. a league. The South point of Brigus is a high rugged point : The bay of Brigus is not above half the breadth of Port Grave Bay ; you run up W. by S. and West, about half a league, and anchor on the North side. Small ships only use this place, it being so far up the Bay of Conception. Cottier's Bay. — From Brigus to Collier's Bay is S.S.W. two and a half or three miles. And from Collier's Bay to Salmon Cove or Pool, the distance is nearly two miles and a half. liurbmr TRINITY BAY. 15 Harbour Jl/afft.— From Salmon Cove to Harbour Main, the course la South about two miles. This is a good place for fishing, but ships seldom go up so high in the bay. From Burnt-head, of Port Grave, to Harbour Main, the course and distance are 8. by W. about three leagues. And from Harbour Main to Holyrood 8. by E. about two miles ; then the land trends about to the eastward towards Belle hie. Holyrood Harbour has 10 fathoms of water, and good ground. . / ! 1 i ' llurboHv TRINITY BAY.— This extensive Bay, between Bacalieu Island on the S.E. and Tri- nity Harbour on the N.W., is seven leagues in breadth, and its depth, from the entrance, is SO leagues. The south point of the entrance, westward of Bacalieu Island, is called the Point of Grates. The next point within is Break-heart Point. Between these points b a small bay, in v/hich boats may lie with a wind from the land of Break-heart Point : there is a ledge of rocks, but they are above water. From Break-heart Point to Sherwiek Point, going into Old Perlican, the course is S.W. by W. 5 or 6 miles. To the southward of Break-heart Point is an islet, at some little distance off the shore, called Scurvy Island; between this island and Sherwiek Point, the coast falls in a pretty deep bay, and trends S.S.E. from Sherwiek Point about three-quarters of a mile. Old Perlican. — Sherwiek Point is bold ; there is a rock off it, above water : this point is the north point tf Old Perlican. They who are bound to Old Perlican, cannot go in with a ship to the northward of the island ; that is, between the island and Sher- wiek Point ; although it seems a fair passage, yet it is altogether foul ground, and a shoal of rocks extends from the main to the island ; (which island is about a mile and a quarter round, and about half a mile in length ;) therefore, whoever intends for Old Perlican with a ship, must pass to the southward of the island, between it and the main. Within it is anchorage, in 4 or 5 fathoms. It is, however, to be observed that, there is a rock just even with the water, and some under water, about the middle of the bay, within the island, or rather nearest to the main. Old Perlican has but an indifferent road : and, if the winds come out from N.W., you are forced to buoy the cables, from the badness of ground. The boats go a great way to catch fish, (about five or six miles,) excepting in tlie very middle of summer. 5i7fe Cove. — From Old Perlican to Sille Cove, the coast rounds to the Westward, S.W., and S. S.W, about 7 leagues. Sille Cove is but an indifferent place for ships, such as Bay Verde, already described. New Perlican. — From Sille Cove to New Perlican, the distance is a league. This is a very good harbour, where you may lie land-locked in 5, 6, 7, 8, g, or 10, fathoms. It is very Dold and large going in, so that, if you can see the point before night, you may safely run in, there being nothing to hurt you but the shore itself. The eastern- most point of the entrance, is called Smutty-nose Point, and the westernmost Gorlob Point ; the entrance between is almost two miles broad, and has about 20 fathoms of water. On sailing in, it will be found narrower and shallower, lying in first west, and terminating in a bight, where you may lie land-locked, in a berth half a mile broad ; so that you may turn in or out, and anchor in what depth you please, from 12, 10, 8, 6, 5, or 4, fathoms, very good ground. From New Perlican, the distance over to Random-head, is 5^ leagues. These places lie N. by W. and S. by E. from each other. In Random Sound are several arms and harbours. Random and Smith's Sound uniting form Random Island, the channel being in the whole 13 leagues in length. At the conjunction of the two sounds is a little island, where there are 4 and 5 fathoms ; with a bai' at the island of not above 12 feet of water. Here it is not a mile broad. Port Bonaventure. — From Bonaventure-head to Bonaventiire, the course is N.N.W. ^W. about two miles; but, having advanced a mile from the head, then the harbour lies N. by W. to the Admiral's Stage. Port Bonaventure lies within two small islands, between which is the proper channel, but you may go on either side, if you have a leading wind, there being no danger, and 4 or 5 fathoms of water, at least. Within the islands, you may anchor in that depth, in good ground. There is a very secure place for boats in l)ad weather, niaiiiiig k\ within li paint, behind, or to the northward uf, thu Adiniral's titugus, like u great pond. ThU place v\ill cuntciln above lOU bouts in security. Til ere 14 TRIVlTir HARBOUR. There are sereral islands without, off Bonaventure; tf riddle one, called Oreen Ithndf Is B. B.W. from the port, distant two leaffues. It j ^d high as to be seeo» ia fair weather, so soon as you come ont of TrinUff Harbour. ,,n ,«t n'i From BonsTenture-head to the point called the Hortechopt, the bearing and distance are B. 4^ N. 3 leagues. From Bonayenture-head to Trinity Harbour, is N.E. about two leagues ; between are some bays, but not for ships to ride in, unless with the wind off the shore. The Horseohops and Bherwick Point (being the East point of Trinity Harbour) lie W.N.W. and E.B.E. from each other, distance 4 miles. Between the Horsechops and Trinity Harbour b EnglUh Harbour, at the distance of 3 miles from the Horsechops. Within the outer point this harbour trends eastward ; it is a clean bay, and you ride in 4 or 6 fathooM of water. From English Harbour to Salmon Core, the course is N.W. by N. westerly, about half a league j it is a place for fishing, and tiiere is a river which runs up about two miles to the northward. Without Salmon Cove is a headland, called Foa^t Itlmul, connected to the main by a neck of beach. To the northward of the headland, between it and Bherwick Point, is a bay, called Robin Hood*t ; and in thu bay, behind a point, small ships ride and fish. TRINITY HARBOUR.— From the Horsechops to Trinity Harbour, the course and distance are W.N.W. five miles.* Trinity Harbour is the best and largest harbour in all the land, having several arms and coves, wherein several hundred ships may ride laud- locked : It is a place which you may turn in or out of, being bdd-to on each side, and having no danger but what may be seen ; excepting that, at the entraece of the S.W. arm, where the Admiral's Stage usually is, lies a shoal, called the Mutele Bank, which shoots off from a point within die islet on the larboard side going in, and extends N.N.W. about a third of the breadth over that arm. Being within tlds bank, which will discover itself by the colour of the water, you may edge over close to the south shore, if you please, or keep your lead, to avoid the Muscle Bank, giving it a little distance. You may anchor in 14, 19, or 10, fathoms, and' approach so near to the stage on shore, as to make a stace with topmasts to your stage on shore, to lade or unlade your ship. This is a most excdlent harbour (for, after you are in the S.W. arm, you find another running up to the N.W., which is continued by another extending S.W., but there is a bar, or ledge, at the entrance of the latter. The N.W. arm is a large harbour, having good anchorage for 500 sail of ships. Besides the fore-mentioned arms, the main haroour turns up to the north. '^' Ships, being mthin the harbour's mouth, may ride in a cove, large and good, on the starboard or east side, and land-locked in good ground, off the town. Over against that cove, on the larboard or west side, are two other coves ; the southernmost of them is called the Fice'Adtniral'* Cove, convenient for curing fish ; and above, or to the north- ward of that, is a large cove, or arm, called Oot*a Cove, where there is room enough for 300 or 400 sul of ships to ride, all in clear ground, protected from winds, sea, a^i tide. Inthis place ships lie unseen until it appears open. ,^ it^^r.l,', ^,..Jy,^,,,-* ,1, m,m» iw. » There are several other places in this excellent harbour, in good clean ground. The bottom, in all the arms and coves of Trinity, is of tough clay, with 4 and 5 fathoms of water, within two boats' length from the shore ; and there are 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, and 14, fathoms, and some places more, in the middle of the arms and channels. You may turn in or out, as j^a^y noticed, pb|errm|^ yojuf w^ch ris,es.i^hput,4 feet, and son^e- times more/'^.' r;;^,;'*;;', VT\^|^,,;\,^fv'Vr^ >p',i-^. ,ii^ii^u^,r!,tg^^V^h,lW''^^^--^u 'V^'.^iv,; '.fifi^t; From the Horsechops to the south head of Catalhui Buy, a distance of 8§ miles, the coast rounds to the N.E. About two miles to the northward of the Horsechops is an indent, named Oreen Bay, but it is no place for ships to ride or fish in. Being past Green Bay, there is no place or cove for boats till you come to Rugged Harbour or to Catalina. From the South Head of Catalina Bay to the North Head, the bearing and distance arc N.W. by W. J W= \N..JV, hy NX 5* miles : between the two heads is Rugged Haiv The South Head is in latitude 48° 27' 38". hour and Catalina Harboitr. 1 * A particular plan of Trinity Harbour is given in the North- American Pilot, Part I. RVOGKD CATAL1NA HARBOUR TO BON A VISTA. 15 1 Oreeit dhtands veen are bour) lie hops and rsechops. »u ride in ly, about two miles main by a >oint, is a dfish. loune and 'bour in all ride land- side, and the S.W. injk, which ds N.N.W. ill discover »rc, if you ince. You shore, as ghip. This ler running 8 a bar, or aving good un hantour Dod, on the against that t of them is I the uorth- enough for >a> and tide. ound. The 3 fathoms of 12, and 14, ou may turn and some- ^ miles, the lechops is an Being past arbour or to and distance Rugged Haiv Parti. RVGGED RoAOBD HaaBoua Is so called firom the numerons nigged and craggy rocki which lie before and within it, above and under water. They who proceed for this hiirbour with a ship, must pass to the northward of all the rocks or Islets, and ran to the northward till they bring the harbour open ; then sail in between a round island which lies close to the main, and a great black rock, which lies off the north end of all the islets. There it a river of fresh water at the head of the harbour. CATALINA HARBOUR.— One mile and a half to the northward of Rugged Harbour is the Harbour of Catalina, which Is very safe, with good ground, not above 8 fathoms, from 3 to 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8, fathoms, as you please. You may, with a leading wind, sail between the small island, which is a little to the southward of the harbour, and have 4 or A fathoms at the least. In going through, but It 1^ not above a cable's length broad ; or you mav go without that Island, to the eastward of it, giving the Island a small berth, and so sw in with the middle of the harbour ; for, at about half a mile distant from the south point of the harbour, to the east, is a reef, called the Btwufyi, upon which. If ther« be ever so small a sea, it breaks ; but you may sail between the island and the reef, or you may go to the northward of it, between the reef and the north shore. A rock, having over it but 9 or 10 feet of water, lies off the north shore of Catalina Harbour, at one-third or a mile within the Brandys, above-mentioned ; but between the two Is a depth of 10 fathoms, with a continued depth of 7 fiithoms more than half a mUe along the sottth shore, l^thln this, up the harbour, you may anchor In 5 fkthums, land-locked. You may likewise anchor in 3} fathoms, to the southward of the little green island, at the entrance of LUtle CataUna, or the N.E. crm of the Harbour ; or you may run up towards the village or the river-head, whence fresh water runs down. A kind of bore rises in this place very often, that will cause the water to rise three feet presently, and then down again ; and you may find it so two or three times in three or four hours, at certain seasons. It is a very good harbour, and abundance of the herb Alexander grows on the small island. Salmon abound at the head of the harbour. Near a small cove in the N.W., within the small island, is a fire-stone of a glittering oolonr : excellent willocks grow on the rocks. From the North-head of Catalina Bay to Fimoer Pobtt, the coast, which is a high cliff, trends N.E. i N. 8^ miles. Off the point is a reef of sunken rOcks, called Fhwer Rodkt ; over which the sea breaks during a swell, and they discover themselves plidnly. They lie about half a mile off-shore, and extend a mile true Bast. You may go between Flower Pinnt (which has some rocks lying about It) and the sunken rocks above de- scribed. A mark to go without them is, to keep the Gull Island, off Cape Bonavista, open of all the land to the southward : this will lead clear without them to the eastward. Bird Itlandt. — From Flower Point to the two islets called Bird Islands, the distance northward is two miles. Within the Bird Islands is a bay, with one arm within the south point of the land, which runs up some distance to the west, where ships may ride : another arm, also, runs up iritbin some rocks, which are above water. The bay extends to Ckipe Latjatif half a league farther north. The Burd Islands abound yrith willocks, gannets, pigeons, gulls, &c., which breed there in summer. From Flower Point to Cape Lanan, the bearing and distance are N.N.E. [AT. } fF.l 3| mtlesi ; the extremity of Cape Laijan is but a low point, off which lies a great rock above water. From Cape Larjan to Spiller's Point is N. by E. half a league ; between this cape and Spiller's Point the land falls into a bfty. Over the point, between it and Cape Laijan, you will see the high land of Port Bonavista, from a considerable distance off at se«. Spiller's Point is moderately high, steep, and bold-to. ■■' i • ■• - -^ •-•**••- -^ i' ]J.^■^■^l , BONAVISTA.— -From Spiller's Point to Cape Bonavista, the course is north ainules ; between is a bay, apparently deep, whiph persons unacquainted v^itb would suppose to be the harbour of Bonarista. ';' /"li'-v^A ''%'V;-':,:%'';!::t''i'-'-';^:~',i'^^^/j ■^;' '/■'\,'^.. Cape Bonavista is in latitude 48*^ 43^ Hie head of it appears at a distance of a sky- colour. At about half a mile N.N.E. from the cape is a small islet called Guil ItlantI, ejBiy to be known, being moderately high, but highest in the middle, and makes some- what like the form of a Fleur-dc'lii ; or a hat with great brims : yuu may sea it 4 or 5 leagues off in clear weather. At N.N.E. \ E. 3| miles from Gull Island lies a rock, which bears the name of Old Harry, and has only 13 feet of water upon it. The sea breaks over this spot, unless when 16 /.•f-!. / BONAVtSTA DAY. m tit ^'' when the watrr U vtiy inioolh. To the N.E., froin the Old Harry, within an extent of nearljr three miles, are leveral dangerous spots, with from 3 to 4 fathoms : the outer or northern edge of these is called Young Harry. Vessels when passing, in order to avoid these rooks, must be careful to Itec p Cape Bouavista open with the westernmost extre- mity of a h^[h range of land to the southward, named the Grten or Inntr Ridge. These dangers, together with the long ledge called the Flower Rocht, near Flower Point, above- mentioned, render it verv imprudent to attempt making Cape Bonavista in thick or boisterous weather ; and, indeed, at any time, Bacalieu Itland, between the entrances of Conception and Trinity Bays, is the best and safest land-fall for a stranger bound to any part of Bonavista Bay. i. There is a channel between Gull Island and Cape Bonavista ) it is nearly half a mile wide, with a good depth } but it is to be observed, that, in rounding the cape, you may not staud in close, as there is a sunken rock about SOO yards from the Oull Island, and another, on the opposite side within the cape, upwards of 800 yards to the N.B. of the land of Oreen Jthnd, which will bo presently noticed. Each has less than 3 fathoms of WRter. Chreen Ulmd is an isle half a mile in length, lying nearly parallel with the western aide of Cape Bonavista. The passage between admits small vessels only, being narrow, and some spots have shoal rocks. At a mile and a quarter to the westward of Oreen Island is a small islet called Stone Uland, with a reef on its eastern side, but the general depths between are from 8 to 16 fathoms. At a mile to the southward of Green Island is a reef called the Red Roche t lying off Red Cove, which is terminated by fFeetem Head. In succession after this, between it and the port of Bonavista, are Red Point, Moses Point, and Swerry Head, the two last, with their surrounding /ocks, marking the north side of Bonai^ta Harbour. ^*f From Cape Bonavista to Port Bonavista, the courses are south-westward, about four miles. If you come from the southward, and intend for Bonavista, you must leave Green Island on year larboard side. You may sail between Green Island and Stone Island, with any ship, without danger, the channel being safe and bold ; or, you may go to the westward of Stone Island, and run to the southward till you open the harbour of Bona- vista, and are past MoeM Point, and so to the southward of the rocks, called the Swerrye, which are high rocks, having no passage to the northward of them. Here you may anchor, in from 1 1 to 5 fathoms, as you please, but must always hax'e a good anchor in the S.W., and another fast in the Swerrys, or in the N.W., for westerly winds blow directly into the road, i-'.-.i :...<> With small vessels yoti mhy go between Green Island and the main, and so to Red- head ; but the bay between the points (over against Green Island) and Redhead is all foul ground. At a little distance, or about a cable's length from the shore, is a sunken rock, but boats may go between the shore and it. The sea breaks on it. Beine past Western or Red-head, the course to Moses Point is W. S.W. ; l)etween is a large Day or cove, called Bayley's Cove, where you may anchor on occasion, not advancing too far in, as all its shore is rocky and shoal. Mr. Bullock, one of the surveyors of Bonavista Bay, &c., has said of Bonavista Har- bour, that it is an anchorage of little or no consideration, hirther than being a very eligible situation /or carrying on the fishery ; being so very badly sheltered that, in N.W. gaMs, immediately following a continuance of heavy winds from seaward, the water breaits right athwart the harbour, and sometimes the whole of the fishing-boats founder at thdr anchors, and not unfrequently many of their stages are destroyed : however, vessels during the summer months, moor under Swerry Head, in 8 or 10 fathoms } but, e%'en there, as in every other part of the harbour, the ground is so rocky and uneven, that they are necessitated to buoy up their cables. "^ BONAVISTA BAY.— This extensive Bay is limited by Cape Bonavista on the south, and by Cape Freels on the north. The bearing and distance from the one to the other is N. ^E. [AT.iNT.TT.], 41 miles. The position of Cape Bonavista is, lat. 48° 42', long. 5£0 39': that of Cape Freels, lat. 49^20', long. 53° 24^'. The whole coast be- tween is tortuous or much indented, rocky, difficult, and dangerous : on the south, the land is high and mountainous, and the coast steep and iron-bound : on the north side it is low and marshy, and from the shore the water is shoal to a considerable distance, abounds with small islands, and is encompassed with dangers on every side. The any holdi On three- asth( Richa each 17 fee chani must ward Brooi out oil with shttti sxtent of outpr or to avoid «t extrc- , These t, ftbove- tbick or 'ancei of id to any df a mile you may land, and B. of the fathoms ) western g narrow, of Oreen le general , lying off tietween it B two last, about four ;ave Green me Island, r go to the r of Bona- e Swerryt, |e you may I anchor in irinds blow so to Red- head is all 8 a sunken Beins P*st irge bay or 1^ too far in, .visTA Hab- ffing « very Rt, in N.W. mter breaks founder at >ver, vessels , but, even neven, that a the south, one to the lat.480 42', )le coast be- le south, the north side it ble distance. B0NAVI8TA BAY. }7 The harbo«r» Id BonavlaU Bay vf numtrooi* and uh when oooe gained i lm| thtv are, in general, so deeply embavied, the land b so dlvenifled, and the pessaget to intri- cate, that their narigation is seldom attempted, unless by those who, from long expe- rience, have a perfect knowledge of the coast : yet, should it heeome necessary, from stress of weather, or other circumstance, for a stranger to seek shelter, the places re- commended for this purpose are, Barrow and Oreat Ckanee Harbcurt, in the 8.W. part of the Bay} Ntm Harbmir and Cat Cove on the N.W.* These plaeei are deeeriM hereafter. • . yi. Black HKAD Bhy.— Black Head Is 3} miles 8. by W. [S.fF. \ IF.] firom the Harboar of Bonavista, and Southern Head is 8 miles N.W. bv W- i W. [WeH] froip Black Head. The latter are the two extremities of Blaekhtad Bajf, which Is two leagues in depth. On the 8.W. side of this bay, at nearly a league and a half to the sootbwara of Southern Head is the fishing establishment on Kiitg't Cove; but this Is even a leta desirable place of shelter than Bonavista, lying directly open to seaward, and having a foul bottom. From Southern Head to Western Head the distance is four miles N.W. by W.}W. tfFeei.^ The coast between forms five coves, on the seeood of which, Keeh, is a shing rillage ; but neither thli nor any of the other coves are fit places for vessele of burthen. Obbat Chancb HABBoua.— The entrance of, Oreat Chance Harbour, which is an excellent anchorage, lies 10 miles W.}8. [S.W.lfF."] from Western Head. The passage to it is clear, urith the excepUon of a rock of 18 feet, the Bacon-bone, lying a mile and a quarter south-westward rrom Western Head. In sailing for this place tiie safest way is, not to shut in Southern Head until the isle called Little Dei^er, bearing N. I W., comes on with the outer Shag latand. Thfis the Bacon-bone will be avoided, and you may steer for the harbour, 8.W. by W. and West, without having any danger to encounter until you abproach the entrance : but here, in the southern part^ lies a sunken rock, with only o feet of water. Within this rock, and in a line with It, are two islets, called the Muttard-bowla ; In order to avoid the rock, be careful not to shtit in the western Mustard-bowl with the eastern ; but, having passed the latter, you mtiy stand boldly in, approaching the shore on either side as you please, and you may anchor anv where above the narrows In from 1 1 to 5 fathoms, perfectly land-locked and good holding-ground. Wood and water may easily be procured here. At two miles E. by N. from Chance Point, (the outer point of Chance Harbour,) is a spot of ground with 7 fathoms, over which the sea breaks in very heavy gales from f ea- ward, but It is not dangerous In fine weather. Babbow Habboub. — The island called the Little Denier, which lies off the entranee of Barrow Harbour, is situate in latitude 48^41', and long. 53°3i^ The harbour, which lies south-westward of it, is safe and convenient : it ii formed by three ielaads, Riehard'e, Ooodioin'e, and Keaft ; the entrance is about 600 yards wide, an4 not ftry diflicult of access : the harboUr is a mile long ; the lower part Is rocky, and not well sheltered j but the upper part is completed land-locked, and has good holding-ground. The course to this place, from Bonavista' Gull Island, is N.W. by W. } W., 82 miles. / ' On approaching lattlf Denier, you must be careful to avoid the Outer Koch, lying three-quarters of a mile I^Vi^'^i^ that island. It has only 4 feet of water on It ; b|it as the sea constafitly brealVk H !> easily guarded against. Between Little Denier and Richard's Island, there is.alsp a range of rocks, called the BraeMahee, at distances from each other, and extending nearly half way over tow^d Little Depier, with firoqn 14 to 17 feet upon them : between are phanpels of 7 and 8 fathoms. These make the northern channel preferable for strangers without a pilot. To run clear of the Brandishes, you must keep fFet^ Point, (the projection witnln the harbour,) a little open to the south- ward of Smokifilidge, (» range of high land atjhe tpp of the harbour,) until vou bring Broom Head, K< by % I % on with the middle Shag Island ; the passage is wen with- out obstruction Ull ye^ n^ar Wedge Point, off which, at 70 yards, lies a sunken rock, with 8 fbetdf water : ybii may then sail up abreast: Pudher^i Cove, until you are entirely shut in fihom^isiea, and /^hchor in from 10 to 18 fathoms. There is a small fishing * See the Admiralty Chart of Bonavista Bay, &c., from the Survey of Meiffs. Holbrook end Bullock, 1922. D eotabliih* I f v' ■' * ft f6 BONA VISTA BAY. etteblbhiMfit here j jfooV wiler In IHidner*! Cove, md abaAtiillil of flre^weod** Hie land nbout Barrow Harboiir U higher than the neighbptirinf eoaat, and may be eatUf rocogniied by Iti projection. Bamov Covb, on the North aide of Newman's Sound, about 4 mtlei beyond Barrow Harboiiri hai good anchorage, it will be readily known, having the only aaniily beach on thia aide of the Sound ; there is no dangrr in entering it, and it ii perfectly safe. Sound - ingt from 10 to 90 fathoius. Between thin place and Barrow Harbour lies the Half-wn) rock above water, but if you keop outiide there is no danger, it being steep-to in foui fa^oms. ' '■■^"' ' -' QaiAT and Llttlb Hapfy Advihtvbb, at a mile westward from Sah^' CoVe, are two anug little coves, on the sanie side of the Bay { but, from the narrowness of their entrances, Uiey are adapted only for the resort or sroalj vessels : between these places lies a sunken rock about 80 yards from the shore, with only 4 feet of water upon it. NoBTH BaoAD CovB lies also on the northern side of Newman's Bound, two miles beyond Happy Adventure, and is a convenient welUsh l^or I aochorage} its entrance may be known bv a high round bland lying on the ^^'t t, > ,d« of it. On sailing in you must keep the island on board, until you mak: ;ii;i;'i^ r ,let, between it and the western shore, in order to avoid a sunken rork .i .he n stem iide ; after which keep as close as possible to the eastern shore, as p dan > re 'ock lies nearly in mid-channel ; being inside of which you may anchf^r in (>■ >"> 10 to io rathdms, mnddy bottom. Wood and water may be procured here. Damva Habbovb, (vulgo Dnnnable.) The little is1f\nd ctHiei' Ship Island, lies in latitude 48° 4b jL bng.SS® 34', and at 8 leagues >l.W. \ W. Iff^. J iV.] from Cape Bonavista, andX)««aa Harbwr lies W. | S. six miles from Ship Island. The island may be known by a remarkable bald point like a sugar loaf. The harbour is well adapted for small vessels, but its very narrow' entrance disqualifies it fdr ships of bur- thMfi : there is a rock off the southern part of the entranee, and another off the northern aide of the iduid, which lies in the middle of the harbour j there is good anchorage all round the island, in 4 to 6 fathoms ; sandy bottom: water may be easily procure^ but very little' wood. ' MoBBis CovB is a safe anchorage, situated on the North side of the ishui4 bearing that name, which lies to the northward of Pamuftt in. sailUng for it keep Ship Island yreli on board ; as you will thus ayoid the reef called the Ship. Rocki, which lies to the oprthward : having got inside Ship Island, avoid shutting in Lackington Rock with Varket Island, (known by its forming two remarkable hUmmocks,) as there are several clusters of ros in different parts of Bonavista Bay, becoming gradtelly less as you ^(^ embayi?cL •v.-'' .'tis derangem#;nt is rji^^ased to arise frum the land*^ being Impregnated wif* i' rbh.i u, ■ 'ostance. . '.e the Capes, which form the Bay, the variation 6f the compass , <,' C-^o' ; at Barro'w riarboui- 98° 3tf ; and at Great Happy Adven- iiire nbt more than 98% in the year 1819. , GopsBBEBRT IsLf s, &c.— rThe Gooseberry Islands are a cluster, of islets, near the middle of Bonavista Bay. The Offer or (hiter .Gooseberry is in latitude 48° 48|', lon- gitude 53°, 37'. From Cape Bonavista, to sail clear of the Etutem Jtoek, which lies at a mile and a half to the E.S.E;. «f the Offer Gooseberry Island, the course is N. by W. I W. and from thence to Copper Island, (at the mouth of Green&pond Tickle) N, f B. here it is possible to obtain pilots, for this and the adjact»t anchorages, which are Nobthwest-Arh, New Habboub. and Cat Cove ; there is also gOod hiding ground between Greenspond Island and the midn; but, the water is so deep, that a • All the wood on the coast-side is very diminutive, but It is, generally, much lai^r inland., . d Barrow beach on Bound - Half-way •to in four Dove, are «of their eae places on It. two miles I entrance ig in you [t and the ih keep as ]-channel ; n. Wood ini/Ueiitn rrom Cape The island )ur is well tips of bur- ke northern chorMC all tcured, but Lnd bearing ^ip Island lies to the Rock with are several steer for on Rock oh two sunken Jove, which ; 95 to 6 fa- br scaitein Needle is adtelly less and^i being he variation ppy Adven- t, near the \° 48i', lon- rhich lies at isN. byW. le)N,}E- viiich are lod holding ]eep, that a er inland. ves- BON AVISTA BAY. ip vessel b liable to drift on shore in t^M act of weighinf , nor is there suflklent room to veer to a loqgtheocd otllle in hMvjr gnlca from thf 9.W., to which quarter it Is puchexpoMa.* rtK. Ku.^. r- . . Smim coMiiio ut vBbli turn EasrwaaD, to rowi rf Cqw FrttU, have to avoM the CkmranRoek, wbieh Uo B.B. | B^ H milw from Cape Freds* GnU Island ; the rock Um only feat o# water upon it, and is cHircatnacfibed by a large spot of nMi|rti fishing ground, having from 8 to 30 rathoms ; from the CkiU Island you may ran immMieteiy southward lot the Stfciking islands, taking (Mre not te open Cara Fbwls to the eestward of the Gull; this wiH oarry you iaaidr the denge' -. keeping a good look for the llldUrocks, winch are jeit abov* water, and lie two mues to the N.B. by B. i E. of the Stinking Islands i hut a vessel, not bound im the Bay, ie eaioined to keep well outside | for should the weather be<.^me suddenly thicic and loggf (which is not unfrequent unth an easterly wind) she runs a great riik of getting liewUdered among the innumerable rocks for which this part of the coast is remarkable, a ' fnm which neither chart nor oompass can direct the stranger. At three quarters of a wile N.W. fipom tliis Gu> (tland, is a rock with \ fsthonu of water upon it. In the winter months, when tiic • -easterly gales are very heavy and continuous, tlie sea breaks exccMlingly high ■• < several spots .jf the Stinking Banks, which lie B.N.B. 4 B. from the Btuikiai^ Tslani in two placi i there is as little as 7 firthoms : in such weather, aitliougil a vesse 'uld lot strike, t> i would be in very great danger of foundering in the tremendous 8 . wkkh would Ho apt to break over her} but, In fine weatuer, no danger frorr them i i b« aprfirehended. Hairing rounded the Stinking Islands, and wishing to sail iito Neu Harbo - or Vat Cove, steer direcUy for the Offer Gooseberry Island, 8.W. by W. iW. .._-._ ItUmdt to touch each ouer : you will be then two mii< lie at a mile and a ' tUf to the southward of Flowei ' Rocks has on It 3 f «ithoms of Water, the middle 1 Now alter the aour e to W. ^ S. keeping the whk Reach, a little on the starboard hour, whioh will « *r< gers, lying without Bti oe Cove Point : should the rougi . ^ getting a pilot on boarU thereabout, continue on this i >rse until you bring Shoe Cove Point (which may bo distinguished from its bearing r nblance to white nu^rf^ie) tp bear N.W. \ W. : then shape your course for Indian Bnj V^.N.W. ^ , i« «^:.<* New Habboub is two miles to the wekitward of 8h Cove Point. With easterly winds it is quite inaccessible, from its narrow entrance u whioh case you must con- tinue onwanilor Cut Cove, Ijring 4 miles farther up the ■& *y on the same side. The Cove is formed by Cat Island, and may be easily recognuMrd, it being the only part in the vidnity that is covered with i«ivb woods, the surrounding forests having been de- stroyed by condagration } on s^ing in keep the island open o«n ▼our starboard' dow. Off the upper part of Cat Island lie two high green rocks, whir'* /eu must round, the pas- sage formed bv them being too shoal to pass between : you .aav then run till you get some distance inside the upper point of the island, and then anchor in from 5 to IS fa- thoms, with the Ifawse open, to N.W., the winds from that quarter being in general most henvy and squally. In "forking in, you noay stand close to either shore, except off iuc point of the island, as there u a sunken rock \ntbin 100 yards of it« with not more than 10 feet of water. Northwest Abm is the best anchorage near Cape Freela ; but its access u not without difficulty, from the multiplicity of Islands that lie in the neighbourhood, and which are almost undistinguishabie from their great semblance of each other: the greatest danger you have to encounter, in making this place from the southward, is the Northern Rock, which lies N.E. l| miles from Copper Island, (known by its height and without wood) ; it has never le.<- • The course to Barrow Harbour, from the eastern Gooseberry Rock, is S.W. | W. id ndles : steering from the latter place to Barrow Harbour ysu have to sxsid ifalotts's Ledge, a shosl lying S. I W. one mile from tlie rock (above water) which bears tlie same name ; it has never less than 4 fathoms, so that, in fine weather, qo danger is to be aj^prehended. „ . . minent until II bring PoueA and Flowe/e Quwide the Three Roche, which lands. The outer of the Three et, and the inner only II feet. " of Chalky Hills, in LockePs /uu clear of Copp^ Island dan- riess of the weather prevent your 20 ST. JOHN S HAItBOUR to CA^E RACE. '■1 Aiiinent thftn the rest, and which it covered with trees, ezce^it the cf^wn) to the iirest- Mritd the Weatem Pond Rock, until you bring Butteifiy Uland to touch the inner point of Flower's Island, or until Puffin and Copper Islands touch each other ; then, leaving the Pond Rocks on the starboard hand, steer in for Fool's Island ; which island it is advisable to lieep well oh board, as there is a sunken rock. lying exactly in uid^channel, between it and Partridge Island Rocks, with 18 feet upon it ; to clear which, it is inn possible to give a Detcr^tive Mark. The course then into the arm is N.W. ^ W., and as soon as you get iuside Odd Island, you may anchor in muddy ground with from 7 to 9 fathoms. Fool's Island Hill beiaring S.E. to S.E. by B. During the dry summer months, vessels are compelled to send to Loo Cove for water, nor is wood to be procured on this part of the coast within the distance of twelve miles. ' Ga&Eifspoi^D TiCkle. — This is a small hafbdur on the eastern side of Greenspond Inland, formed by several smaller ones which lie off it, and is of very little importance, not being capable of receiring vessels whose draught of water exceeds 14 feet; its dan- gers are m the Northern^ the Cookrootn, Ptiffin, and Harbour Rocks, but it is impossible to get in with a foul wind ; or With a fur one without a jnlot. Ships sometimes anchor between the island and the main ) but the place is contracted, and the water is very deep, add to which it is much exposed to S^W. Mrinds, so that it cannot be recommended as a place of safety : to sul into it, you must pass to the Westward of Copper Island, in doing which, you must cautiously avoid the Midmmmer Rock, which lies one mile off aouth-westward from that island, and has only 6 feet of water on it ) when you shut in Silver Hair Island, with Shoe Cove Point, you are inside the danger. ST. JOHN'S HARBOUR to CAPE RACE.* Having already described, on pages 9 and 10, the environs on St. John's Harbour, tve now resume the coast to the southward, commencing with Cape Spear. From Cape Spear to the North point of Petty Harbour Bay, the course and distance are S.W. 3| miles ; and thence to the South point, S.W. by S. Similes. Petty Harbour lies near a league in from the heads, and is a small cove, capable of contuning only two or three vessels. From the South point of Petty Harbour Bay to the Bay of BuUt, the course is S.W. ^ S., and the distance about 3 leagues. About midway between is a place called the Spout, being a cavern into which the sea runs ; and, having a vent on the top of the land, it spouts up the water to a great height, especially if there be any sea j so that it may be seen a great way off< BAY of BULLS.-^From the South head of the Bay of Bulb to the North head, called Bull Head, the bearing and distance are N.E. | E. If mile ; between these heads the bay runs in N.W. by W. for at least two miles, and then N.W. by N. for about a mile to the river-head. In this bay is good riding, in from 20 fathoms at the iBrst entrance between the heads, to 18, l(j, &c., after you are within Bread and Cheeae Point, which is about half way up the bay, on the North side, where there is a cove. Off this point, nearly half a cable's length, lies a sunken rock, which must be avoided ; every other part of the bay is hold-to, and free from danger. Being past the point, run up and anchor (or turn up) against John Clay's Hill, bringing it to bear N.E. by N., and anchor in 12 or 14 fathoms of water : merchantmen run farther in, and anchor in from 10 to 7 fathoms, and lie not above a point open. From the Bay of Bulls to Cape Broyle the course and distance are S.W. | S. 4| leagues. WITLESS BAY lies about 1^ mile to the southward of the Bay of Bulls ; it is in some degree sheltered by Gre^n Island and GuU Island, which lie before it, but is not safe for ships. To the southward of Witless Bay Point is Momables Bay, quite exposed to sea-winds. About two miles southward from Momables Bay is Toad's Cove, near which lies Foxes' Island. About two miles to the southward of Foxes' Island is Baline Head; between them lie Isle de Spear and Goose Island. * For more clearly understanding these Directions, we recommend to the notice of the reader the (particular Chart of the S.E. part of Newfoundland, containing the Ba ,s of Placentia* $ti Mary, Tre- passey, aud Conception, published by the Proprietor of this work. From the west- nner point ;n, leaving island it is id^channel, :h, it i» inH . ^ W., and trith from 7 ry summer be procured Greenspond importance, set ; its dan- npossible to imes anchor rater is very commended !r Island, in one mile off you shut in \i ,.;!.!: i -'1' r '• ■ ' ' ' '. ' ■..<*. . ^ ■ a's Harbour, and distance etty Harbour tuning only urse is S.W. e called the e top oF the } so that it head, called e heads the ihout a mile rst entrance 'oint, which ff this point, every other run up and , and anchor Tom 10 to 7 .W. J S. 4 J Is ; it is in but is not kite exposed Cove, near id is Balitie le reader the tMary, Trc- Fiom M ST. JOHN 8 TO CAPE RAC£< 81 t^x>m Baline Head to Ct^e NetUHek the bearing and distance are S.W. by W. about half a leaffue ; and, from Cape Neddiok to Brigut Head, S.W. by S. 2} miles. Brigut tiarbowr lies to the northward of Brigas Head, and it is fit for small Vegsels only. CAPE BROVLB, Sic— From Brigus Head to Cape Broyle is about two miles South. Ct^e Broyle Harbour lies in about N.W. by W. \ W. above two miles j but it is ex- posed to the sea- winds. Cape Broyle is the most remarkable land on all the South coast of Newfoundland ; for, coming either from the southward or northward, it appears like a saddle. S.E. by E. from the northern point uf Cape Broyle, about half or three- quarters of a mile, lies a sunken rock, called OldHarty, on which is but 18 fcetof water ; the sea breaks upon it in bad weather ; but, between it and the shore, there is 13 or 13 fathoms of water. In very bad weather, the sea breaks home almost to the shore from Old Harry, by reason of the current, wbidh generally sets strong to the southward. From Cape Broyle Head to Ferryland Head, the bearing and distance are S.S.W. about 8^ miles ; between are three islands, which lie before CapUn Bay, and ships may sail between them to that place : of these the northernmost is c^i uid Stone Itland ; the middlemost, Goo»e hland, which is the second in size ; and the > mthemmost, hie au Bote, which is the greatest. There b room for ships to turn between these islands, ex- cepting between Stone Island and Cape Broyle, where there is a great rock. Caplin Bay is large and good, and runs in a considerable; way within the islands above mentioned, where a number of ships may ride in good ground, in from 10 to 80 fethoms of water. • •.• ■-. -i- - -• .■....-. .. •«,; From the North part of Ferryland Head to Ferrylartd, thi bearing and distance are W.N.W. more than a mile. To go into Ferryland Harbour, you must sail between the North part of Ferryland Head and Itle au Bote ; it is not wide, but there is water enough, and clean ground : when within the Isle au Bois, you may run in and anchor where you please, it being of a good breadth. The Pool is a place on the larboard side going in, within a point of beach, where you lie in 19 feet at low water. From Itle au Boi* al- most into the land to the westward, are small islands and rocks, which make Ferryland Harbour, and divide it from Caplin Bay ; there is a passage for boats between the said rocks in some places. Spring-tides rise from 3 to 4 feet. AQUAFORT.— Ffom the South point of Ferryland Head to Aquafort, the course and distance are W. by N., about 3 miles. Crow Island lies about a mile E. bv N. from the mouth of Aquafort ; and from the S.E. end of Crow Island lies a shoal, about a cable's length. Aquafort Harbour lies in W.N.W. ; there is a great rook above water on the South side of the entrance, which is bold-to : you run up about 2 miles within the harbour's mouth, and anchor on the North side, quite land4ocked. From Aquafort Point to Black Head, the bearing and distance are S.E.. one mile j from Black Head to Baid Head S. by W., about a mile ', and thence, about a mile south- ward, is the North point of Fermotoe*. i ;■ FERMOWES is a very good harbour, and bold going in ; no danger but the shore itself: it lies in N.W. by N. and N.W. Being past the entrance, there are several coves on each side, in the harbour, where ships may ride. The first, on the North side going in, is Clear'* Cove; the next within it at a little distance, on the same side, is 'ihe AdmiraT* Cove, where you may lie land-locked from all winds, in 7 or 8 fathoms of water, good ground. On the South side is the Vice AdmiraP* Cove, farther westerly, where several Hhips may lie ; and, farther westward, is another cove, equally good. There are 20 fathoms of water in the entrance of the harbour, and within from 14 to 4 fathoms. From Fkkmowes to Rbnowes, the bearing and distance are S.W. by S., about 1^ league. Between these places is a cove, called Bear's Cove. Off the South point of Renowes Harbour, at a small distance from the shore, is an island ; and, S.E. from the same point, about half a league, high above water, is Renowet Rock, which may be seen 3 leagues off. Renowes is but a bad harbour, being full of rooks, with shallow water. From Renowes to Cape Ballard, the course and distanceare S.S.W. } W. 2^ leagues ; between are Burnt Head, Freshwater Bay, and Small foint. From Cape Ballard to Cape Race, the bearing and distance are S.W. by W. 3 leagues; between which, and near Cape Ballard, is Chain Cove, with several rocks lying before it, but no harbour ; and about half way is Clam Cove, which is fit for boats only. CAPE CAPE RACE TO CAPE ENGLISH. -f/ I-: «f>«'i<' -I I I 1 1 * • CAPE RAGE to CAPE CHAPEAU ROUGE. 1 ' I X^ From Cape Race the land trends away to the westward, W. by S., one mile and a half; then West one league to Miataken Point; and from Mistaken Point to French Mit- taken Point, about N.W. by W. ti*") miles. From French Mistaken Point to the Potekt, it is N.W. eight miles. The Powie* is the east point of the entrance into Trespassey Harbour : from the I'owles to Cape Mutton, it is E.S.E. f E., one mile. Between diese points lies Mutton Bay, which is about two miles deep, with 12 to 3 fathoms of water, rocky bottom. The N.W. part of the head of this bay is separated from Trespassey Harbour by a low, nar- row, sandy, stony, beach, over which the vessels in the harbour may be seen. From Mistaken Point to Cape Pine^ the course and distance are W.N.W.^W. 4} leagues. TRESPASSEY HARBOUR.— The entrance of Treepaeeey Harbour lies nearly 5 miles N.E. by E. from Cape Pine ; it is about three-quarters of a mile wide, and runs nearly of the same breadth for 3^ miles, where it narrows to one-quarter of a mil^, butaffain increases to three-quarters of a mile, where the ships ride. The dangers in sailing into this harbour are, a small rock on the east shore, about a mile within the Powle-head, and about one-third of a cable's length from the shore ; and, on the west shore in the har- bour, off a stony beach, a ahoal, which runs along shore up the harbour to a low green point. Mahal's Point on with a low rocky point on the entrance of the harbour, will carry yoii clear of thb shoal. When you are nearly up with the low green pioint, you may steer more to the westward, and anchor either in the N.W. or N.E. arm, in 5 or 6 fathoms. \* From Cape. Pine to Qflpe Freehi ttte course and distance arc west 1^ mile. The land about Cape Pine is mpoSrately li^h, and barren. From Cape Freels the land trends i about W.N.W. one mile, to Black-head, then N.W.fW. one mile, to the eastern raef and head of 5^ Shofs Bay. ^-^ ^j i ,«* "^ From the eastern head of ^tShot'* to the western head, the bearing is N. by W. f W. distance two mUes : StrSKOfk Bay is about a mile deep, and entirc^ly open to the sea.* From the eastern head of St. Shot's to Point Lance, the bearing and distance are N.W. ^N. 32 miles. These points form the entrance of St. Mary's Bay, which runs up 9^ leagues to the E.N.E. with several good harbours in it, the land on each side being moderately high. The land from Point Lance lies E. ^ S. 3 leagues, to a high bluff cape, from which the land along the west side of the bay bears N.E. by E. 10 leagues, up to the head of the bay. From the afore-pnentioned bluff cape to Cape English, on the east shore, the course is S.S.E. |E. distance 5 leagues. From the western head of St. Shofs to Gull Island, the bearing and distance are N. i E. 4 hiiles ; this island is small, and close to the mun land. From CfuU Island to Cape English, the bearing and distance are N. by E. } E. about two leagues. This cape is high table land, terminating in a low rocky point, forming a bay about a mile deep, to the southward of it ; at the bottom of which is a low stony beach, within which is Holyrood Pond, running to the E.N.E. about 6 leagues. This pond, being situated within the cape, makes Cape English appeal- like an island. From Cape English to False Cape, the course is N.E. JN. one mile distant. ^*" From Cape English to Point la Haye, the bearing and distance are E.N.E. 3 leagues. This is a low point, from which a ledge of rocks extends a quarter of a mile into the sea, and above a mile along the shore, on which the sea breaks in bad weather. It is the only danger in all St. Mary's Bay that will take a ship up. * On the rocks extending from the enstern side of this bay, the Comus, Harpooner, Ordke, and Spence, were wrecked) as aheady shown on pages ii and 4. ST. ,'■! >\}it'^ mile and a rench Mia- \iePqwle9, from the iea MtOton torn. The Jow, nar- N.W.iW. irlySmiles rans nearly , buta^in sailing into 'e-head, and in the bar- \ low green irbour, will I point, you . The land land trends eastern reef |s N. by W. r Qpen to ;■;'<- ■'". •• ' > distance are lich runs up side being 'rom which the head of the eourse listance are . } E. about J forming a a low stony pies. This land. It. 3 leagues. nto the sea, It b the , Drake, and ST. ST. Mary's bay. ^ 8T. MARY'S HARBOUR.— From PiAnt la Haye to the south pblnt of St. Mary't Harbour, called Double Road PoitUt the courbe and distance are E.N.B^ 1| mile; the land between is low and barren. From Point la Haye to Ellia Point, which is the low point on the stai-board side going into St, Marp't Harbour, it is two miles. The en- trance of this harbour is above a mile wide, and beers from Point Lance E.S.E. f E. 9 leagues. Within the points that form the entrance, it divides into two branches, one to the S.E., the other to the E.N.E. When you are within Ellis Point, haul in to the southward, and anchor abreast of the houses and stages, upon a flat, in 4 or 5 fathoms^, where you will lie land the north- hich stands eetof water When you mile to the are regular les' length, utleHilT,at ms of water, to the north Sastle Hill is ^ fathoms of s up E.N.E. ie in perfect ,w Chart WEN. Bay of Pla- from Cape |E.iE., and nearly half ^f this heach igain termi- irt or south entia, which a high hill, ker part. It this point |e cliff under point. The Signal Hill kmall rivulet W is Castle irbich forms rbour is not Ian hour. pcks, on the 'oint Verde it 12 miles, ^e Gibraltar Rock pla/Cs;^TIA bay and its haebours. :e5 Ropk bears fron^ Point Yrrde west, rather southerly, distant- -Si nules, aod is new two miles from the shore. ;, /. . i,i . , , "The>f9ll Rqck bears from Point Verde N. by E. JB. dist^ntitwo miles, and Irom Moll Foint nearly S.yif^ thiee>quarters of a nule. There are only 12. feet of water op this rock, with IQ fathoms around it m '^Th^ land from Cape St. Mary to Tlacentia, is of mo^er^^.height,. an4nearlv even ; but, to the portliward of it, the lan^ » high and un^yen, with, sereral peaked hjliB. < "When bound to Placentia, after you have passed Cape St. Mary, tUfr eoane from Point Breme to the Outer Virgin Rock is N.E. ^ E. distant 13 miles; and thence to ^Point Verde N.E. by E. J E. ,^i or 6 miles. Before you get the length of the Vindns, if tlje weather be clear, you ^will see t'oint Verde, , a lo|pg low poiiU; iinder the hig^hUnd of Signal Hill and Castle Hijl. The latter is renaarkable by its having an old ftttifica- tion on its summit, which may be seen a great way off at sea. ** When you haye gottep the length pf the Virgin Rocks, you must ateer to the ncvth- ward, till you bring the old fort on Castle Hill QB|,..qr open to the northward of» Poiqt Verde. It bears from Point Ver^e E.^ N. , Thi^ mjirk will bring yoi^ to the p^ftJi^firQi^ of the Gibraltar. Roc)^ ; you mav then steer for the road, taking care pot to come.nearer Po^t Verde than ^wo cables' length ; as a flat ruu^ .pff.to the north\f;ard, with onlKi)ll2 and 15 feet of water on it. The sounding^ of the 1,-pad are regular j froqa Qjto 3;fi^th9DUi, sai^dy bqttom ; but the deepest water is on ^h^ north side, as there are 5.ai)d,9 fajthoi^B close to the rocks. On the south side the water is ^shoal, as there are not \aote ih^.lft feet, at 100 fathoms from the shoi'e. The bpst anchorage for ships of a large draught of water is abreast of Freshwater Bay, at about one quarter of the distance from the noith shore; where you will have 5 or 5^ fathoms, with sandy bottom. Point Verde will then bear W. | N., and the outer point of Signal Hill N.W. f N. Thie whole bay has a sandy bottom, and good holding>ground. "The tide rises 7 or 8 feet ; it is felt but little in the Road, but runs 4 or 5 ^hots i^ and out of the harbour. Here it flows on the full and change days of the moon at 9 p. 15m. in the morning. The variation of the compass in the road, by observation on the 22d of August, 1800, was 22 deg. 40 mip. W." It is now about 24° ■•.li ■;;-•(. i» tit -f <'■{•'. (•ill ,'vioa': ■».'{; r/irA ri! iioj .;'■ .iJ,i'> n Ifjii! iiio'-ir. -;^;f'/ai >i.aOr ■rm ,rji»in Magnetic Bearings and Distances of Places on the East Side OF Placentia Bay, as taken in 1800. u". ■'■;■' ••::!>' ., : .• . ..,'.■■ W \Y \'''> !■■. • Mlles. From Cape St. Mary to Pouit Brenje • • N, 14°B. or N. by E. J E. 7 the south side of Red IslandN. 22 E. or N.N.B. i •:• •' • * • '34 From Point Breme to the Virgin Rocks N. 48 E. or N.E.,i E. 12 the south side of Red IslandN. 14 E. or N. by E. :| E. • >: . • •28 From the Virgin Rocks to Point Verde N. 6 1 E. or N.E. by E. J E. • ,.,• Sj '•' ■• ' " ' ''■'' '»^ Point IJatina .N. 46 E. or NIE. •• .•••.•iii.12 ' * the south side of Red IslandN. 1 E. or North«*''.i. .••».16 From Point Verde to Point Latina N. 29 E. or N.N.E. 4 E. • • • • . • 6 the south side of Red IslandN. 21 W. or N.N.W. ......... 14 From Point Latina to the south side of Red Island N. 43 W. or N.W. i N. 11 NORTHERN PART OF PLACENTIA BAY. - Pofnf Lafino lies about 5 miles to the northward of Placentia Road ; between which ate several simken rocks lyinjg along the shore, about half a mile off. A large mile to the eastward of Point Latina lies Point Roche, off which a shoal stretches nearly one-third of a mile. From Point Roche 1^ mile S. by E.^E. is the entrance of Little Placentia Har* HOUR, which extends W. by S. above IJ mile, and is near half a mile broad. Here is good anchorage in a cove on the north shore, which may be known by the west point being woody : off the east point of the, cove lies a shoal nearly. one-third of the distance across ; in the cove are 7 or 8 fathoms of water. :.. , From Point Latina to Ship Harpour the course is Eafrfi 5) miles; this, hai'bour ex. tends N.N.E. 2i miles, and is a quarter of a mile wide. The anchorage is in a cove on the west side, in 10 fathoms, about a mile from the entrance. Fox Island is small and, round, and lies N.E,iN. 3 miles from Ppint Latina, and N.W. by W. a league from Ship Harbour Point, which is a low stony Point, lying about . ' - E ^^ ™'^^ 26 PLACENtlA BAY AND ITS HARBOURS. I i 1^ Mill6 to the westt^ard of l^hip Harbour. Between Fox Island and this point are a range of rocks, which sometimes break quite across. ^ iJi* '< From Ram Islands to Little Harbour is N.N.E. about 5 leagues ; thiere are several low islands and rocks along shore between these places ; but not the leant shelter, even for b>>Bts, along the coast. Little Harbour has bad ground, and lies quite exposed to S.W. mnds. - LoNO Island.— From Point Latina to the south point of Long Island, the course is N. -j^Et t^ leagues ; this island is nearly S leagues long, high land, the south point being of remarkably steep rocks. On the east side of it, about a league from the south point, lies Harbour Buffet, which is tolerably good ; the entrance to it is narrow, but has 13 fathoms of water in it. This harbour has two arms, one extending westward, the other northward ; the best anchorage is in the north arm, in 1 5 fathoms of water. This harbour may be known by the islands which lie in its mouth, and to the southward of it, and by Harbour Buffet Island, which Kes E. i S. one mile from the entrance. To sail into it you must pass to the northward of all these islands. About 4 miles from -the south point of Long Island, on the west side, lies Mutcle Harbour, the entrance to which is between Long Island and Barren Island, and opposite the north end of the latter; the depth is from 10 to 22 fathoms, rocky bottom. South Harbours.— Lt'M^e South Harbour lies one mile to the westward of Little Harbour ; and it has several rocky islands before its mouth, which, in going in, must be left on your starboard side, excepting one, on either side of which is a safe passage of 15 fathoms of water. On the east shore, within the islands, is a sankeu rock, about a cable's length from the shore, which generally breaks. Nearly opposite, on the west shore, are some rocks, about half a cable's length from the shore, that show at one-third ebb. Thisbarbour is about I j| mile long, near half a mile wide, with 7 fathoms, good bottom. Great South Harbour is about a mile to the northward of Little South Harbour: there is no danger in sailing into it, and near the head Is very good anchorage in 6 or 7 fathoms of water. One mile to the westward of Great South Harbour is Me au Bordeaux ; a high round island near the main. V ; .The entrance into Cwne by 'Chance Harbour lies N.N.E. 4 miles from the Isle au Bor- deaux ; it extends N.E. by E. 3 miles, and has from 20 to 3 fathoms of water, sandy •■: bqttom, but is ^uite exposed. : North Harbour is N.N.W. 2 miles from Come by Chance ; and S.E. by S. 2& miles ftt)m Pipei'e Hole ; about 2 miles from the entrance is good anchorage in 7 fathoms of water, and no danger in sailing in. Red Island is high barren land, about 5 miles long, and 3 miles broad. The south poii^t bears N-N.W. 1 1 miles from Placentia Road : and E. by N. l6 leagues from Mor- tier Head, which is on the. west side of the bay. From Piper's Hole to Barren Island the distance is nearly 3 leagues ; between is a series of islands, about half a mile from the west shore, having from 4 to 17 fathoms of water within, good anchorage all the way. Barren Island is about 3^ miles long, and one mile broad ; it lies about half a mile from the mun, and more than a league from the north end of Merasheen Island. _Sandv Harbours. — Nearly 4 miles W. J S. from the south end of Barren Island is uredrSandjf Harbour, the entrance to which is narrow, but within there arc 6 or 7 fathoms of water. Little Sandy Harbour lies a quarter of a mile to the southward of Great Sandy Har- bour, and is tolerably good ; having 6 or 7 fathoms of water, good bottom. In going in, you i PLACENTIA BAY AND ITS HARBOURS. 97 point are « king Bock ; rays breaks, land, about e into Long I side, to the iure from all e are several (belter, even > exposed to the course is \i point being i south point, ', but has 13 ird, the other This harbour of it, and by ro sail into it B, lies Mwele , and opposite ttom. H'ard of Little ig in, must be lafe passage of rock, about a p, on the west w at one-third fathoms, good uth Harbour: rage in 6 or 7 I a high round le Isle au Bor- water, sandy »y S. 24 miles in 7 fathoms The south iies from Mor- between is a to 17 fathoms Lt half a mile |«2am2. \rren Island is are 6 or 7 Sandy Har- In going in, you you must pats to the northward of a low rock above water, which lies in the mouth 6i it. This harbour may be known by Bett Ithmd, which lies 8.B. 4B. 1| mile from the mouth of it ; and N.E. by N. 13 miles from the west point of Meratheen UUmd: off the south point of the island, is a remarkable rock, resembling a bell with the bottom upwards. Nearly 3 leagues S.W. from Bell Island, is the north end of Oreat Vaien hhrnd, which is about 2 miles in lensth. On the midn, to the westward of it, is ClatUe Harbour, the entrance into which is naif a mile wide ; in it are 40 or 50 fathoms of water. The best anchorage is in the west cove, which is one mile long, but not a quarter of a mile wide, in from 17 to 20 fathoms of water, good bottom. Orammer^a Rock* are just above water, and lie 1 1 mile northward from the north end of Oreat Valen lalantL The Little Vaten hUmd lies near the south end of Oreat Valen Isi'iAnd, and about a quarter of a mile from the mdn ; it is high and round. W. S.W. i W. 34 miles from Little Vakn Itland ties Preaque, in which there is very deep water, but no safe passage, there being a number of rocks lying before the entrance. E.S.E. 4 mites from Preaque, and S. ^ W. from Little Valen laland, lies the west point of Merasheen Island: this island is high, and trends to the N.E. by E. more than 6 leagues ; it is very nsu'row, the broadest part not being more than 2 miles. At the south part of the island, near its west end, is a very good harbour, but small, with firom 6 to 10 fathoms of water. To go into it, keep the starboandl shore on board, in order to avoid a sunken rock, that lies a cable's length off a rugged rocky point on the lar- board side when going in. Indian Harbour lies on the east side of Meraaheen. laland, at about 3 leagues from the south point ; in it the ground is not good. S.W. 4 W. two miles from Preaque is. a sunken rock : a quarter of a mile without tl^s rock is a rock above water, called the Block Rock, which lies East 2 miles from Ma- tricot Island. ' The harbour of Little. Paradise lies one- mile to the northwavd of the east point of Matricot Island ; the only safe anchorage is in a cove, at the head, on the larboard side. One mile to the eastward of Little Paradise lies La Perehe, in which there is no safe anchorage. The harbour of Great Paradise lies to the westward of Little Paradise, and is fit for boats only. From Matricot Island to Corbin Head, the course is B.N.E. |^E: ll^ leagues : this course will lead just without the Saddle-back. Between Matricot and the main is Fox laland : between these islands is a safe passage, with not less than 9 fathoms of water ; btit none between Fox Island and the maiik PARADISE SOUNJ).— To the westward of Fox Island is the entrance of Paradbe Sound, which extends N.E. by E. 4^ leagues, and is about a mile broad, with very deep water, and no safe anchorage till you get near the head of it. One mile to the westward of Paradise Sound lies Petit Fort Harbour : a very good harbour, having in it from 14 to 7 fathoms of water, good bottom. The entrance is more than a quarter of a mile wide, and lies N.E. 5 miles from the south point of Lon^ Island, and N. by E. 2^ miles from the north point of the same. There is no danger in going in i and the best anchorage is on the starboard or eastern side. S.£<. winds, heave 10 a great swell ou the western sliore when it blows hard. Cape Roojob Harbour lies close to the westward of Cape Roger, which is a high round barren head, lying N. ^ B. 3^ miles from the south point of Long Island. There are several low rocks and islands lying off the eastern point of the entrance. In the harbour, at a quarter of a mile within, on the western siide, lies a small island ; to the northward of which, between it and the main, is very good anchorage in 7 or 8 fathoms of water, or farther up in 6 or 7 fathoms. N.N.W. 2 miles from the south point cf Long Island, Has a small Oreen laland, which has a shoal all round to nearly a cable's length. From Green Island N.N.W. 2| miles, iies Oreat Oallowa Harbour Island, which is a high land. Vessels may pass on either side of this island into Great Gallows Harbour, which lies one mile to the i<]l.N.E. of the island. In this hacbour is cxceeduigly good anchorage, in 7 fathoms of water. 28 PLACENTIA BAY AND ITS HARBOURS. mUftt on the tUirboard aide, jiMt wItKin a low stonT point, taking care to give the poiklta aiaaUhetth, In order to avoid a rbcic which is alternately covered knd unc6\'cred withtbetide. AubiBRNR latAif b lies half a mile to the northward of Cape Judtu or Middle hlftndt on the west side of which there is a tolerably eood harbour. At about a cable's length from Audieme Island, to the southward of the Iiarbour, is a sunken rock ; the mark lor avdiding #hk)h, in coming in ^om the southward isj not to haul in for the harboui^ till ybtt op«n' a remarkable green tioint oh the southern side 6f the harbO\^. The best an- chdrageis on the north shdt^, just withiii a small ikland. A spit of lotka stretches jxiit off the Green Point on the south shore, Which are covered at high water. Vessels bound for Audieme Harbour may pass between Cape Judas or Middle Island and Audieme Island ; and between Crow and Patrich'a Island, which artJ tSvb ttnlall islands l^ng off the S.W. point of Audierne Island. Off tlie eastern poidt of Audieme is Ford't Itland, on the west of which is a sunken rock, about a cable's length from the island, and another on the eastern side, which almost always breaks. The Saddle Bflek is an islet lying E.N.E. 8 leagues from Corbin Head ; E. by N. from Mortier West Point, and E.S.E.f E. 3 leagues from JoA?» the Bay Point. Between it and the main are a great ntunber of rocks and little islands, which render this part of the <;oa8t Very dangerous. A chun of rucks extend N,E. by £. U mile from the Cap|! JVDAS or MiDoiiK IsLAND is about 24 miles in length, and 2 in breadth, and Uei 1| mile north of the Saddle Back ; on the south end of it is around hill, wiuch is called the Cape. Between this island and the main are a cluster of islands and low rocks, with a great number of sunken rocks about them, culled the Flat Islands, the innerfliost of which lies about one mile from the. main. Two miles to the N.N.W, of John the Bay Point Ues John the Bay, in which there is tol^rabl^ goo(^ anchorage, with about 8 fathoms of water, sandy bottom. From John the Bay Point to Mortier East Head, the bearing and distance are S.W. i W. 8 miles. Two miles S.W. by W. from John the Bay Point lies Rock Harbour, not fit fbr shipping. Between lie two sunken rocks, nearly half a mile from the shore. '1 '■ i "i '1 ' ■ , ■ . MORTIER BAY.—Two miles W. S.W. from Rock ftarbonr is the entrance into Mortier Bay: at the entrance of which, 'on the West side, is a small havboui', called Bobois, of only 9 feet of water. The course into Mortier Bay is N.N.E. for about two miles, ^and in it there are from 50 to 70 futhoms of Water, the land on each side being high ; it then extends westward about two miles, and is nearly two miles wide. On the eastern side, at about three miles from the entrance, is an exceedingly good harbour, called Spanish itoom, in which vessels may anchor in from 4 to 6 fathoms of water, good groundj^and secure in ail winds. There is not the least danger in going into this har- oiir, giving the low rocks above water, at the enti'ance, on the larboard hand, a berth qf one cable's length. ' About a mile westward of Mortier East Head is Little Mortier Bay, at the en- trance of which is a round island, called Mortier Island, lying one-third of the distance from the west side j it is bold'Vo all round, and may be passed bn either side. Close to the first point beyond the island, on the larboard side, going in, is ainother iittlc inland, close under the land ; and two cables' length from it, in a direct line towards the outer inland, is a 'sunken' rock, on which the sera breaks in bad weather, which is thtf-ohly danger in the bay. At the bottom of it, 14 mile from Mortier Island, on the east side, ia^ a cove, called Fox Cove, where there is good anchorage, and room for one ship to moor in 9 fathoms, good holding-ground, two points open to the sea, from S.SJB- to ^.p. On the west side of the bay is the harbour, which is small and narrow ; but a very good one for small ships, where they lie moored to the shore. Off the starboard point, going in, is a rock, which is always covered at high water. About 3 miles S.W. from the entrance of Little Mortier Bay is Iron Island ,• and S.E. by E. 2 leagues from Iron Island, and S.W. i W. a leagues from Cape Judas, lies the l^ortier Bank, the shoal part of which is about one league over, and on which there are only 4 fathoms. The sea breaks heavily on it in blowing weather. ,;.>;!: ..'::'. Iron Island is a small high land ; and S.W. J W. one league from it is the S.E.' point of Great Bierin hland; and W.N. W. 1^ mile from it b the north part of Pafdy's j^"f Island. » give th*' uricbvcrcd .1 ■ .'• ,. 1. me Itifmd," le's length c mark tor larbouf till le best an- etches jxrit ddle Island tWd HiA&n r Audi^me h from the by N. from Between it his part of ■I ,--^- -if! 'cadth, and II, wiuch is ds and lo^v Islands, the licb there is !e are S.W. :k Harbour, the shore. ttrance into )oui', called ir about t\r6 h side being de. On the tod harbour, wtiter, good i\to this har- md, a berth at the en- the distance e. Close to Jittle inland, ds the outer is thtf-ohly he east side, one ship to m S.S^. to f row ; but u he starboard id ; and S.E. d^s, Ues the ich there are e S.E. point t of Paifdy's Island, PLACENTIA BAY AND ITS HARBOURS. 29 Island. On the main, within these isUnda, lies the harbours of Oreat and Littla Burin. Vessels bound for Burin may pass on either side of Iron Island; the onlf danger lot passing to the northward is the ledge called the Brandys, which almost always break ; they lie near a quarter of a mile to the southward of a low rock, above water t close under the land of Mortier West Head. By keeping Mortier West Head open to the westward of ^ t Island, you will avoid Gregory's nock, on which is only 2 fathoms of water, ana ich almost always breaks. Vessels may pass with safety between this rock and Iron Island, by giving the latter a bert^ of above a cable's length. ■ On the main, within Pardy's Island, are two remarkable white marks in the rocks i the northernmost of these brought on with the North part of Pardy's Island and Iron Island N'E. ^ N. v\ill lead on the GaUoping Andrews, a shoal with 6 fathoms of water on it. The White Horse is a shoal with 8 fathoms on it, which bears S.S.W. one mile from Iron Island. ■<:.»" «», :;t 0; - - From 50 CAT£ CIIAPEAU ROUGE TO ST. PIERRE. From SAuk«r Head to Cap0 CKapetm Rouge, the bearing and lUitwce are Wint« 9 miles ; between lie the harboun of Oreat AnilAitk St. Laumee. e Chapeau Rouge } it is a high rocky island, just separated from the main. W.N.W., 5 miles from Ferryland Head, lies the Bay of Laun, in the bottom of which are two small inlets, called Oreat and Little Laun. Little Laun is the easternmost, lies open to the S.W. winds, and therefore is no place to anchor in. Great Laun lies in- about N.E. by N. 3 miles ; is near half a mile wide, and has from 14 to 3 fathoms of water. In sMling in, be careAil to avoid a sunken rock, which lies about a quarter of a mile off the east point. The best anohorage is on the east side, about half a mile from the head,. in:6 and 5 fathoms, tolerably good hottom>. and open only to South and S. by W. winds^ yrhie.' Ause a great swell. Laun Islands lie off the west point of Laun Bay, nut far from the shore ; the west- ernmost and outermost of which lies W.N. W., westerly, 10 miles from Ferryland Head. Nearly a quarter of a mile to the southward of this island is a rock, whereon the sea. breaks in very bad weather ; there are other sunken rocks about these islands, but not dangerous, being very near the shore. Taylor't Bay lies open to the sea, about 3 miles to the westward of Laun Islands. Off the east point are some rocks, near a quarter of a mile. Point Aux Oaul is a low point of land, which stretches out a little to the westward of' Taylor's Bay : a rock lies off it above water, half a mile from the shore, called Oaul Shag Rock, which bears from Ferryland Head W.N.W. ^ W. 5 leagues : there are 14 fathoms close to the off-side of it. From Point Aux Gaul Shag Rock to the Lamelin Islands, the bearing and dis- tance are N.W. by W. one league ; between is the bay of Lamelin,. which is unfit for shipping. Near the south point of the westernmost Lamelin Island is a rock pretty, high abpve Mnter, c&WeA Lamelin Shag Rock. ^.i nfcu i:.))^ . From Lamelin Shag Rock to Point May, the distance is 8 miles ; between lie the LameUn Ledges, which are very dangerous, some of them beinsr 3 miles from the land. To avoid them, in the day-time, yon should not bring the Lam»in Islands to the south- ward of E.S.E. until Point May bears N.E. by N. from you ; you may then steer north- ward between Point May and Green Island with safety. By night, approach no nearer than in SO fathoms of water. ST. PIERRE^ or St. Peter's Island.— -The Island of St. Pierre lies 1 1 leagues V/. by N. from Cape Chapeau Rouge j it is about 4 leagues in circuity and pretty high, with a craggy. *»<,- ' . j j M i j a i PM ire Wiwt, 9 ukcr Head, which lies •ide of the i-windi,)in le penintula to the east- .et\y, parti- ler to avoid lat is very of the har- >n the East lay lie only int of Low to the West [le off Little irence. RAY. high rocky m of which ■nmost, lies Laun lies ia* Bs of water, f a mile off the heady. W. wiadsj, ; the west- land Head. >0D the sea. Is, but not in Islands. ^estward of \Oaul Shag' |l 4 fathoms and dis- |s unfit fop jiigh above en lie the the land. I the south- eer north- Ino nearer [U69 TV . oy h, with a craggy. ^J^ ST. Pl^RREi MIQI ELO^ Icc. SI cnufgy, b whush la une\ , SMffhce 'vE. point i the i»l» sq»arated u nn 8t. Pit! Her ' A little to the N.B. of (iallar Is the largest, and called Doir i The harbour is small, and has fi entrance, with only 6 feet at lo v the N.W. side of Dog Island, and On cot»»n . f,,,ni i, makt!' % ligktkt' H«irf llr 'vti with 90 to 18 i«;rr, and li adiit, aroi a -.in Ut OaUmtfyHtad, • a small island. westward, uniiuork, Ilka p Mi' 5«" long. 460 8' 44". VIM smnli islands, the Innermost of which *t are the road and harbour of 8t. IMerre. £t of water ; but there Is a bar across the It or 14 at high water. The road lies on ^hips of any burthen in 8, 10, or 13, tk- thons of water. The best anchorage is on the north side ; but in general it is rocky, and exposed to the N.E. winds. Be cautious, in going in or out, of some sunken rocks, which lie about a mile E.8.E. from Boar Itland, which is the eastert< ^ost of the three islands above mentioned : this is the only danger about 8t. Peter's, but what lies very near the shore. >t< < i > The hhnd of Colombo lies very near to the N.E. point ot 8t. Pierre, it is pretty high ; between is a passage of one*third of a mile wide, with 1 2 fathoms of water. On the north side of the island is a rock called Little Colombo t and about one*quarter of a mile E.N.E. from it is a sunken rock, with 3 fathoms on it. Green Island is about three*quarters of a mile in circuit, and low : it lies E.N.E. about 5 miles from St. Pierre, and nearly in the middle of the channel between it and Newfoundland ; on its south side arc several rocks above and under water, extending 1 ii mile to the W.S.W. LANGLEY or LITTLE MIQUELON.— Lai^Ioy hland lies to the N.W. of 8t. Pierre, with a passage of about 2\ miles wide between, free from danger. It is about 8 leagues in circuit, of a moderate and prettv equal lieiffbt, excepting the north end, which is a low point, with sand-hills ; off which, on both sides, it is flat a little way ; but every other part of the island is bold-to. There is anchorage on the N.E. side of the island, in 5 or 6 fathonu, a little to the southward of the Sana-hilkf on a fine landy bottom. ,,,,'„ ; . ' . , '. „, .„_ ,^ ,. ^ J, ^ ^ , i .,,, ,, MIQUELON.— From the north point of Langley to the south point of Miquelm the distance is about one mile ; and the depth of water between is 2 fathoms, loiquelon is 4 leagues in length from north to south, and is about 5 miles in breadth at the wridest part : the middle of the ishnd is high land, called the High Landt of Dunn ; but down by the shore it is low, excepting Cape Miquelo n, which is a lofty promontory at the northern extremity of the island. ^ Miquelon Road, which is laree and spacious, lies at the north end, and on.the cast side of the island, between Cape Mique!on and Chapeau ; the latter is a very remarkable round mountain near the shore, off which are some sunken rocks, at the distance of about a quarter of a mile ; but every where else it is clear of danger. The best anchorage is ifi or 7 fathoms, near the bottom of the road, on fine sandy bottom ; but you lie exposed to easterly winds. Miquelon Boeki stretch off from the eastern point of the island, under the high land, 1( mile to the eastward : some are above, and some under, water ; the outermost are above water, and there are 12 fathoms of water close to them, and 18 or 20 a mile off. N.E. by E. ^ E. about 4 miles from these rocks lies Miquelon Bank, on which aie 6 fathoms of water. The SealRockt, two in number, are above water, and lie about 1} league off from the middle of the west side of Miquelon ; the passage between them and the island is very safe ; and there are 14 or 15 fathoms of water within a cable's length, all round them.* , FORTUNE BAY, &c.— From Point May to Pass Island, the beat :ng and distance are N. by E. 12 leagues ; between is the entrance to Fortune Bay, which is about 22 or S3 leagues deep ; and in which are several bays, harbours, and islands. * The Islands of St. Pierre, Langley, and Miquelon, were ceded to France by England, on con- dition that no forts should be built on either ; that no more than fifty men of regular troops should Ka 1m«%4 *ViAwn nvkfl 4-ltaf fViAw oK/«i«li1 liovA n/\ vnilifroivv tstnroa nr /•anti/in /«ct*«AK1s C| iJlSlkiilif U UCtCIlCC* or c&nnoHy f^-itsftW^ vMaruviC be kept there, and that they should have no miiitary stores, Suring the late hostilities, these isles were annexed to the Government 'of Newfoundland, having been taken possession of by the British forces, 14th May, 1793; but they have been ultimately re- stored to France, on the original conditions, by the treaty of 1814. > The ii 93 KORTUkli. DAT AM Li ITS HAttBOiniS. .V .The IslonA of Brunei Iten pretty ntarty in the middle of th« entrnnct into FofMM Bajrt it is about b miles in length : on its N.B. side is a bay. wherein there is tolerably good anchorage for ships, in 14 or l(i fathoms of water, sheltered from southerly and westerly winds. In the bottom of the bay, at about a ouartor ot a mile from the shore, arefpine roolcs, which must be avoided. Opposite to this bay, i>n the south oifle of the island, is a smKll cove, with 6 fathoms of wat^r. The islands lying oflf the west end of Brunet, to the southward, are called the Uttfe Brunett, which, with Brunet, may be approached within a quarter of a mile all round. The Pbtt hland* are three i«cky islets, of a moderate height, the nearest of which lies W.8.W. one league from the west end of Great Brunet. The southernmost is about « miles farther off, and bears Irom Cape MiqueUm B. ^ H. '.''^ leagues ; and in a direct line between Point May and Pass island, 17 miles from the .ormer, and 1() miles from the latter £.8. B. a quarter of a mile from the (ireat Plate (which is the northernmost) is a sunken rock, whereon the sea breaks, which is the only danger about them. There are several strong and irregular settings of the tides or currents about the Plato and Brunet Islands, which seem to have no dependency on the moon and the course of the tides on the coast. Sagona hland, which lies N.E. 2 leagues from the east end of Brunet, is about a mile across each way, of a moderate height, and bold*to all round. Point May is the southern extremity of Fortune Bay, and the S.W. extremity of this part of Newfoundland ; it may be known by a great black rock, nearly joining to the pitch of the point, and something higher than tn« land, which mokes it look like a. black hummock on the point. At about a quarter of a mile directly off from this black rock are three sunken rocks, on which the sea always breaks. N. by E. 1 J of a mile from Point May, is Little Dantsich Cove i and 2 miles farther Is Great Dantxick Cove. From Dantzick Point (which is the north point of the coves) to Fortune Head, the bearing and distance are 2J^ leagues E.N.E. ; and thence to For- tune, 1 j^ mile 8.E. by £. This is a fiithing village, and the road where the ships lie has 6 to 10 fathoms of water, quite exposed to neaily half the compass. It lies B.S.W. from the east end of Bn'^ct. The Cape of (3rano Bank is pretty high,, and lies one league E.N.E. from Fortune. To the eastward of this cape is Ship Cove, where there is good anchorage for shipping in 8 or 10 fathoms of water, sheltered from southerly, westerly, and N.W., winds. Grand .Bank lies 8.E. half a league from the cape ; this is a fishing village, and here is no secu- rity for shipping. ,.. -Mi. .- ., ,i.' i, . i^.^v. From the Cape of the Grand Bank to the Point Enro^te,' the coune is E.nIe. J E. distance 8 leagues : the coast between forms a hay, in which the shore is low, with several sandy beaches, behind which are bar-harbours, fit only for boati, of which the principal is Oreat Oamish, lying 4J leagues from the Cape of Grand Bank : it may be known by several rocks above water lying before it, at two miles from shore, the outeJ- most of which are steep-to j but, between them and the shore are dangerous sunken rocks. To the eastward,, and within these rocks, is Frenchman'* Cove, where small vessels may anchor in 4 or 6 fathoms of water, tolerably well sheltered from the sca- winds. The shore is bold all the way from Point May to Cape of Grand Bank, there being 10 or 12 fathoms within 2 cable's length, and 30 or 40 at a mile off: between the latter and Qre^t Garnish the water is not so deep, atxd ahips may anchor any where in 8 or 10 fathoms of water, sheltered only from the land-winds. From Point Enrag^e to ^he head of the bay, the course is, first, E.N.E. J E. 3 leagues to Grand Jervey ; then E. \ N. 1\ leagues to the head of the bay. Seven leagues to the eastward of Point Enrag^e is the Bay L' Argent, where there is anchorage in 30 or 40 fathoms of water; sheltered from all winds. Harbovr MiLLfi. — The entrance of Harbour Mille lies to the eastward of the east point of L' Argent. Before this har bour^^ and thaJUj LL' Aigent, is a remarkable rock, which, r shipping in inds. Grand ire is no secu- E.N.E. \ E. is low, witli of which the it may be |e, the outof-- ■rous sunken where small |om the sea- Bank, there between the where in 8 I E. 3 leagues lere there is of the east Irkable rock, 111^ branches [per part of several bai'- ig the coast Cape 9S t Cape Min^ Ilea N.B. \ E. on* leagu* from the Shallop Rock above mentioned, and nearly 3 leagues from the head of Fortune Bay; it is a high reddish barren rook. The width of Fortune Bay at Cape MiU^ does not exceed half a league ; but, immediately below it, it ia twice as wide, by which the cape may readily be known ; above this cape the land on both sides is high, with steep cracgy clift's. The head of the bay is terminated by « low beach, behind which is a large pond, or bar-harbour, tit only for boats. Grand L' Pierre is a good harbour, situated on the north side of the bay, half a league from the head. The entrance cannot be seen until you are abreast of it ; there is no danger in going in, and you may anchor in any depth from b to 4 fathoms, sheltered from all winds. EnglUh Harbour lies a little to the westward of Grand Pierre i and to the westwrtrd of English Harbour is the Little Bay de L'Eau, both of which are small. Now Harbour is situated opposite to Cape Milltf, to the westward of the Bay do I'fiau ; it is a small inlet, and has good anchorage on the west side, in from 8 to 5 fa- thoms, sheltered from 8.W. winds. The Harbour Femme lies half a league to the westward of New Harbour t and one league to the westward of Harbour Femme, is Brewer*! Hole, fit only for boats. HAaaoua la Contr is situated one mile tu the westward of Brewer's Hole, before which there are two islands, one without the other. The best passage in is on the west aide of the outer island, and between the two ; so soon as you begin to open the har- bour, keep the inner island close on board, to avoid some sunken rocks that lie near a small island, which you will discover between the N.E. point of the outer island, and the opposite point on the main : also another rock which appears at low water, and lies higher up on the side of the main. So soon us you are above these dangers, you may keep in the middle of the channel, and will open u fine spacious harbour, wherein you may anchor in any depth, from (i to l6 fathoms of water, on a bottom of sand and mud, shut in from all winds. LoNo HAaaoua lies 4 miles to the westward of Harbour La Conte, and N.E. by E. 6 leagues from Point Enrag^e. It may be knowil by Outt lahnd, which lies at its mouth, and a small rock, which lies half a mile without the island, and has the ap- pearance of a small boat : this harbour runs 5 leagues into the country, but the only anchoring is in Morgan'e Cove, on the N.W. side of the harbour, about two miles within Gull Island, in 15 fath6ms of water, unless you run above the Narrows. A little to the westward of Long Harbour is Bellb Bay, which extends about 3 leagues each way, and contains several bays and harbours. On the east point of this bay is Hare Harbour, fit for small vessels only. Two miles to the northward of Hare Harbour is Mai Bay ; and, to the westward of Mai Bay, near the shore, lie the "Rencontre Islands, the westernmost of which is the largest, and has a communication with the main at low water. Belle Hakboub lies 4 miles N.W. by N. from the westernmost Rencontre Island; it is but an indifferent harbour. About 1} of a mile westward of Belle Harbour is Lally Cove, fit for small vessels only, behind an island ; the west point of this cove is high and bluff, and is called Laity Head ; to the northward of this head is Lally Back Cove, where ships may anchor in 14 or l(j fathoms of water. Two miles to the northward of Lally Cove Head is the Bay of the East and the Bay of the North ; in both of these there is deep water and no anchorage near the shore. The Bay of Cinq Isles lies to the southward of the North Bay, and opposite to Lally Cove Head ; there is tolerably good anchorage for large ships on the S.W. side of the islands, in the bottom of the bay. A little to the southward of the Bay of Cinq Isles is Corben Bay, where there is good anchorage fur any ships in 22 or 24 fathoms of water. About 2 miles south-eastward from Lally Cove Head are two islands, about a mile distant from each other ; the north-easternmost is called Belle Island, and the other Dog Island : their are bold-to all round. Between Dog Island and Lord and Lady Island, which lies off the south point df Corben Bay, something nearer to the latter is a sunken rock, «ith deep water all roand it ; and, about a quarter of a mile to the nor)ihward of Lord and Lady Island, is a rov'k, irhich appears at low water. F Bandb m HARBOUR BRITON, &C. 1 !■] Bands ob L'Asibr Bat Bcs on the weit point of Belle Bay, and N. i W. 3 leagues from Point Enrag^e ; it may be Isnown by a very hitrb mountain over the bay, which rises almoat perpendicular from the sea, called Iron Head. Chapel hlamd, which forms the east side of the bay, is high land also ; the harbour lies on the west side of the bay, just within the point formed by a narrow low beach, and is a snug place : between the harbour and Iron Head there is tolernbly good anchorage in 18 or 20 fathoms. Bande de L'Arier Bank has 7 fathoms of water on it, and lies with the beach of Bande de L'Arier Harbour just open of the west point of the bay, and Boxy Point on with the north end of St. Jacques Island. Two miles to the westward of Bande de L'Arier is the harbour of St. Jacques, which may be readily known by the island before it being high at each end, and low in the middle. The passage into the harbour is on the west side of the island, free from dan- ger, as is the harbour,, where you may anchor in from 17 to 4 fathoms. About 1^ mile >ve8tward of St. Jacques, is the harbour of Blue Pinion ; a little to the westward of which is English Cove. Boxy Point lies W. f S. 8 miles from St. Jacques Island, and E.N.E. ^ E. 12^ miles from the east end of Brunet Island ; it is of a moderate height, and the most advanced to the southward of any land on the coast. Boxy Harbour lies N.E. 3 miles from Boxy Point, in which there b anchorage in 4 or 5 fathoms of water, fine sandy ground. W.N.W. one mile from Boxy Point is th e hland of St. Joh n, and N.N.W. half a league from St. John's Island is St. John's Head, lll{{U, sleep, aud craggy. Between St. John's Head and Boxy Point is St. John's Bay, quite exposed. On the north side of St. John's Head are two rocky islets, called the Gull and Shag ; at the west end of which there are several sunken rocks. The Great Bay de L'Eau is about 1^ league to the northward of St, John's Head. In this bay there is good anchorage in various depths, sheltered from all winds. The passage in is on the east side of the island, which lies in its entrance. To the westward of Bay de I'Eau, about 3 miles north from St. John's Head, is Little Bay Bvrrynoayi on the west side of which there is good anchorage for large ships in 7, 8, or 10, fathoms. HARBOUR BRITON lies to the westward of Little Barrysway, N.N.E. 1} league from the Island of Sagona, and N.E. by N. from the east end of Brunet. The heads which form the entrance are pretty high, and lie from each other S.E. and N.W., dis- tant about 2 miles. Near the east head is a rock above water. The ouly danger iti going in is a ledge of rocks, which stretch 2 cables' length from the south point of the S.W. arm, which is more than a mile within the west bead. The only place for king's ships to anchor in is above this ledge, before the entrance of the S.W. arm, in 1 6 or 18 fathoms, mooring nearly east and west ; the bottom is very good, and plenty of wood and water is to be obtained here. Opoosite to the S.W. arm is the N.E. arm, or Jerseyman'a Harbour, which is capable of holding a great number of ships, secure from all winds, in 6, 7, and 8, fathoms of water: it has a bar at the entrance, on which there are 3 fathoms. The mark to sail over the bar is, the point of Thompson's Beach, which is the south point^^ at the entrance into the S.W. arm, open of Jerseyman's Head, which is high and blutf', on the north side of the entrance into Jerseyman's Harbour ; so soon as you open the harbour, haul up to the northward, and anchor. From the West End qf Harbour Briton to Connmgre Head, the bearfng and distance are W. \ N. b\ miles ; between are Gull Island and Deadnum's Bay, off which there is a bank stretching from the shore between 2 and S iniles, whereon the depths vary from 34 to 4 fathoms. CoNNAioRE Bay.— From CQnnaigre Head, which is high and craggy, to Basseterre Pdint, the bearing and distance are N.W. | W. 7 miles ; betweenis Conntugre Bay, which extends about 4 leagues inland. In the mouth of the bay lie the Conndgre Rocks, above water, \trbich may be approached v^ry near, there being no danger but what shews itself : the channel between them and GooBsigre Head is the safest, as A iQdge of rocks extends a mile from the north shore, which renders the other channel rather dangerous. '' Connaigre V. 3 leagues bay, which which forms e of the bay, between the QS. ich of Bande : on with the cques, which d low in the ;e from dan- i little to the E. \2^ miles est advanced t;s from Boxy :round. N.W. half a Between St. II and Shag ; John's Head. winds. The ead, is Little ',e ships in 7. E. 1 h league The beads N.W., dis- y danger in loint of the for king's in l6 or 18 nty of wood h is capable fathoms of mark to sail he entrance the north haul up our, ind distance ich there is vary from Batteterre iwgre Bay, Connidgre danger but safest, as a er channel Connaigre HERMITAGli BAY TO BAT 6P DESPAIR. 85 Conndgre Harbour is near 5 miles above the head, within a point on the south side of the bay ; it is very small, and the depth of water is 7 fethoms ; the passage in is on the 8.B. side of the island, which lies before it. Abreast of this harbour, nearly in the middle of the bay, are two islands ; and on the south side of the westernmost, are some rocks above water. Dawson's Cove is on the N.W. side of the bay, and bears N.N.E. about 4 miles from the head, and W.N.W. 2 miles from the west end of the westernmost (and the greatest) island: the uichorage is in 6 or 5 fathoms, quite exposed to southerly winds. From Basseterre Point, which is clear of wood, to Pott hland, the bearing and dis- tance are, N.W. by N. one league. This island forms the N.W. extremity of Fortune Bay ; it lies very near the shore, and is above a mile long. On its S.W. side are several rocks above water, whiqh extend a mile off) and on the N.W. side is a sunken rock, at a quarter of a mile from the island. In the night-time, or in foggy weather, too great dependence should not be placed on the soundings in Fortune Bay ; for there is more water in many parts near tne shore, and in several of its contidned bays and harbours, than in the middle of the bay itself. HERMITAGE BAY.— From Pass Island to the west end of Long Island, the bearing and distance are, N.B. 8 miles : between is the entrance of Hertnttage Bay, which ex> tends 7i leagues east from Pass Island, with very deep water in inost parts of it. Hemutage Cove is on the south ude of the bay, about 3} leagues above Pass Island, opposite which, and nearly in the middle of the bay, lie the two Fox Islands ; to go into the cove, keep between the islands and the south shore, where there is not the least danger. In the cove there is good anchorage in 8 or 10 fathoms. Long Island, which separates the Bay of Detpair from, Hermitage Bay, is of a trian- gular form, about 8 leagues in circuit. The west entrance into the Bay of Despur from Hermitage Bay is by the west end of Long Island. About half a mile from its S.W. point are two rocks above water, with deep water all round them. The east passage is also very good, and is between the east en4 of Long Island and the main, called the Passage of Long Island. There are four harbours on the south side of Long Island, the easternmost of which in called Gaitaut ; the latter is but small, and lies near the east point of the island : the best channel into the harbour is on the west side of several rocky islands, which lie at the entrance, wherein are 4 fathoms, but in the harbour are nrom 15 to 24 fathoms. The next is Picarre, which lies N. by E. half a league from the easternmost Fox Island ; in going in here, keep near the west point, in order to avoid some sunken rocks off the other : the anchorage is in the first cove on the east side, in 9 or 10 fathoms, sheltered from all winds. The next harbour, called Round Harbour, is fit only for small vessels. Long hland Harbour is the fourth, and it lies about 2^ miles from the west end of Long Island. This harbour has two arms, one lying in to the north, the other eastward : they are both very narrow, and have from 40 to 7 fathoms of waiter ; the eastern arm is the deepest, and affords the best anchorage. The passage in is on either side of an island which lies off the entrance, and has several rocks above water about it, but they are both narrow. BAY of DESPAIR.-c-The entrance of the Bay of Despur lies between the west end of Long Island and Oreat JervU Uland (which lies in the mouth of the harbour of that name) ; the distance between is one mile and a quarter, and midway no bottom is found with a line of 280 fathoms. The Bay of Despur forms two capacious arms, one extending to the north-eastward, the other northward : in the north arm there is very deep water, and no anchorage exr oepting in the small bays and coves which lie on each side of it. In the N.E. arm are several aitus and islands, and tolerably good anchorage in several places. GaEAT Jsavis Habbovb is situated at the west entrance into the Bay of Despair ; it is a safe harbour, with good anchorage in every part of it, in from 16 to 20 fathoms, secure from ail winds, and plenty o^ wood and water. The passage in is on either side of Great Jervis Island ; but the southernmost channel is the safest, there being no dan- ger in.it but the shore itself. In the northern channel are several sunken rocks. BONN'K 56 CAPE LA HUNE. ill ! si BoNNti Bay lies about a league to the westward of Great Jervis Head, and N.N.E. 7 miles from Pass Island ; it has several islands in its mouth, the westemm >t of which is the largest and highest. The best passage in is to the eastward of the la>gest island, between it and the two easternmost islands. The bay lies in north 4 miles, and there is no danger but what shews itself; you may go on either side of Drake Ithmd, which is small, and nearly in the middle of the bay ; between which, and two small islands on the west side of the bay, within Great Island, there is anchorage in 20 or 30 fathoms ; but the best place for large ships is near the head of the bay, in 12 or 14 fathoms, clear ground, and convenient for wood and water. On the N.W. side of Great Island, within the two small islands, is very good anchorage in from l6 to 24 fathoms, secure from all winds ; the entrance to this from the bay is to the northward of the two small islands. In sailing in or out of the bay, approach not too near the south point of Great Island, as there are some sunken rocks lying at one-quarter of a mile from'^shore. W.N.W. 4 miles from Bonne Bay is the entrance to the Bays of Facheux and Dba- ooN : this entrance being very conspicuous at sea, the coast may here be readily known. Facheux, which is the easternmost branch, lies in N.N.E. 2 leagues, and is one-third of a mile wide at the entrance, with deep water in most parts of it. On the west side of the bay are three coves, where ships may anchor in from 10 to 20 fathoms. Dragon Bay lies in N.W. one league, and is near half a mile wide, with 60 or 70 fathoms oi water, and no anchorage excepting near the head. One league to the westward of Facheux is Richard's Harbour, a place fit only for small vessels. N.W. by W. one league from Richard's Harbour is Hare Bay, which runs in N.N.E. about 5 miles, and is about one-third of a mile wide, with deep water close home to both shores On all parts of it, except about one league up on the west side, where there is good anchorage, in from 8 to 15 fathoms, with plenty of wood and water ; and a small cove about one mile up on the east side, where there are 20 fathoms,, with gradual soundings to the shore. N.W. by W.4J miles from Hare Bay, and one league N.E. from Hare's Eara Point, is DeviPs Bay, a narrow inlet, extending a league to the northward, with deep water, ' and no anchorage until you come close to the head. The Bay of Rencontre lies to the northward of Hare's Ears Point, and runs in N.W. by W. 2 leagues ; it has deep water in most parts of it, and is near half a mile wide at the narrowest part. The anchorage is in 30 fathoms, above a low woody point on the south shore, quite land-locked. Hare's Ears Point is pretty large, with a ragged rock upon it, which, from some points of view, looks like the ears of a hare. It divides the Bays of Rencontre and Cha- leur, and lies N.W. i W. leagues from Pa^s Island. W.N.W. 2 miles from Hare's Ears Point is the Bay of Chaleur ; which runs in about 2 leagues N.N.W. It is very narrow, and has deep water in most parts. West, near half a league from the Bay of Chaleur, is the Bay Frangoia, a small inlet; and west, 4 miles from the Bay Francois, on the east side of CapetaHune, lies Oar Bay; off the east point of the entrance of the latter is a low rocky islet j and, in the entrance of the bay, is another with a passage on each side of it. The bay runs in northward about 5 miles, and is one-third of a mile wide, with deep water close to both shores all the way up ; at the head is a harbour for small vessels. CAPE LA HUNE is the southernmost point of land on this part of the coast, and lies in lat. 47 deg. 31 min. N.W. by W.f W. SJ leagues from Fasa laland, and N. by W.JW. lOi leagues from Cape Miquelon ; its figure much resembles a sugar-loaf: this cape may also be known by the high land of Cape La Hune, which lies one league to the westward of it, appears pretty fiat at the top, and may be seen from a distance of 16 leagues. The Penguin Islands lie S.W. by W.J W. 11 miles from Cape La Hune, and N.W. \ N. 10 leagues from Cape Miquelon : they are an assemblage of barren rocks lying near to each other, and altogether about two leagues in circuit j and may be ap- proached in the day-time to the distance of half a league all round. E.S.E. 4 E. 7 miles from the Penguin Islands, and S. by W. 3 leagues from Cape La Hune, lies the Whaie Rock, on which the sea generally breaks ; it is about 100 fathoms in ciicuit, with 10, 12, and 14, fathoms of water close-to all round it. From this rock a narrow nd N.N.E. st of which gest island, ind tliere is d, which is ands on the thorns 3 hut lOms, clear and, within ure from all oall islands. it Island, as X and Dba- dily known. is one-third iie west side IS. Dragon fathoms oi fit only for Bay, which deep water )n the west )f wood and 20 fathoms,. I Ears Point, deep water,' ms in N.W. anile Mride at point on the from some re and Cha- iins in about small inlet ;■ Oar Bay} le entrance noithward I shores all coast, and and N. by -loaf: this le league to distance of Hune, and u-ren rocks nay be ap- r<»~.> » - 00 fathoms this rock a narrow ISLES OF RAMEA, &C. 37 ' narrow bank extends, one league to the westward, and half a league to the eastward, with from 34 to 58 fathoms of water on it, rocky and gravelly bottom. In the channel between the shore and this rock, and also between the shore and the Penguin Islands, are 120 and 130 fathoms of water, muddy bottOiU, and there is the same bottom and depth of water at one league without them. La Hune Bay lies close to the westward of Cape La Hune : it is about 3 leagues deep, and one-third of a mile wide, with deep water in most parts of it ; but there is a sunken rock which lies off the west point of the entrance, nearly one-third of the channel over. La Hune Harbour lies half a league to the westward of Cape La Hune j it has an island before its entrance, and is fit only for small vessels. Four leagues N.W. f W. from Cape La Hune, is the entrance of Litth River, which is about 100 fathoms wide at the entrance, and 10 fathoms deep ; a little way up there is anchorage in 10, 8, and 7, fathoms of water, good ground. Between Cape La Hune and Little River, the land is tolerably high, and forms a bay, where there are several small islands and rocks above water, the outermost of which lie N.N.E. ^ EL 3 leagues from the Penguin Islands, and are called the Magnetic Rocks. S. by W. i W. 7 miles from the entrance of Little River, and N. by W. i W. from the Penguin Islands, lie the Little River Rocke, which are just above water, with very deep water all round them. •■■; i- ;. !-,t rvi/-i; .. !!;')■••.;;> The Isles of Ramea, which are of various extent, both in height and circuit, lie N.W. I N. 5| leagues from the Penguin Islands, and one league from the main : they extend east and west 5 miles, and north and south 2 miles, and have several rocks and breakers about them; but more on the south side than on the north. The eastern- most island is the largest, and is very high and hilly : the westernmost, called Cobimbe, is a remarkably high round island, of small circuit, with some rocky islands and sunken rocks near it. There is a harbour for small vessels, formed by the islands which lie near Great Ramea and the Columbe, called Ramea Harbour, where they may lie aheU tcred from all winds. The Ramea Rocks are two in number, close to each other \ they lie about south 4 miles from the east end of Great Ramea : W. S.W. one league from these rocks is a small bank with only 6 fathoms of water on it ; and, nearly in the middle, between Ramea and the Penguin Islands, is a bank with from 14 to 50 fathoms of water. Four miles to the westward of Little River is Old Man** Bay, which lies in N.N.E. about 7 miles, and is about a mile wide ; the water throughout the bay is very deep ^ the best anchorage is at the head, in 14 or l6 fathoms. Mosquito Habbour lies about half a league to the westward of Old Man's Bay \ it is a snug and safe harbour, but the entrance is so narrow, being only 48 fathoms in breadth, that it is difficult to get in or out. Fox Island Harbour is formed by an island of the same name : it lies about half a league to the westward of Mosquito Harbour : between are several rocky islands and sunken rocks. This is a commodious harbour for small vessels, which may anchor in 8, 9, and 10, fathoms of water. You may go in on either side of the island, and there is no danger but what shews itself. White Bear Bay lies about two miles to the westwai'd of Fox Island Harbour, and N.N.E. one league from Great Ramea Island ; it has several islands in its mouth. It lies in N.E. i N. about 4 leagues, is near half a mile wide in the narrowest part, and has deep water close to both shores in most parts, to the distance of 8 miles up ; then the ground rises at once to 9 fathoms, whence it shoalens gradually to the head with good anchorage. The best passage into the bay is to the eastward of all the islands. On the S.W. side of Bear Island, which is the easternmost and largest in the mouth, of the bay, is a small harbour, lying in east half a mile, with from 10 to 23 fathoms of water, but there are several sunken rocks before its mouth, which render it difficult; of access. Six miles to the westward of White Bear Bay, and N. |E. from Ramea Columbe are two small harbours, called Red Island .Harbours, formed by Red Island, which lies close- under the land. The wcaternrnost is the largest and best, and has from 6 to 8 fathoms of water, good anchorage. In going in, keep the island close on board, the outer part, of which is composed of steep red cuffs. . <..: . The 58 BURG£0 ISLES) &C. 4 The BURGEO ISLES are a cluster of islands extending about 5 miles along shore, and forming several snug and commodious harbours. They lie about 3 leagues N.W. hy N. from Ramea Columbe. ' To slul into Burgeo from the eastward, the best passage is on the N.B. side of Boar Itland, which is the northernmost, and lies N.N.W. from Ramea Columbe. S.E. by S. from this island half a league, is a rock, uncovered at low water, on which the sea generally breaks ; you may go on any side of this rock,. the water being deep all round it : so soon as you are to the N.W. of it, keep the north side of Boar Island on board, and steer W. \ N.. for Grandy** Cove, the north point of which is the first low point on your starboard bow ; haul round that point, and anchor in the cove in 14 fathoms, and moor with a fast on shore. The best place for large ships to anchor in is, betwixt Grandy's Cove and a small island, lying near the west point of Boar Island, in 20 or 24 fathoms, good ground, and sheltered nam all winds. To sul into Grandy's Cove from the westward is dangerous, unless well acquunted : there are several safe passages in from the southward and eastward, between the islands, and S^bod anchorage; and in bad weather all the sunken rocks discover themselves, and you may run in without any fear. Wolf Bay extends inwards N.E. by E. one league ; the entrance is E.N.E. 2 miles from Boar Island, and two miles to the westward of Red Island Harbour ; the east point of the entrance is composed of low rugged rocks, off which is a sunken roek, at the dis- tance of a quarter of a mile. Near the head of the bay is tolerably good anchorage, and plenty of wood and water. King't Harbour lies round the west point of Wolf Bay, and lies in N.E. by E. three* quarters of a mile ; before its mouth is a cluster of little islands. To sul in, keep the east pcSnt of the Islands on board, and steer N. by W. and North from the entrance of thetluurbbur, and anchor under the east shore in Q fathoms. Ha-Ha.— On the south side of the islands before King's Harbour, and north one mile from Boar Island, is the entrance into the Ha-Ha, which lies in W.N.W. one mile, and i^'aAnnit a quarter of a mile broad, with from 20 to 10 fathom's of water, and good ground all over. Over the south point of the entrance into this harbour is a high green hill ; and a cable's length and a half from the point is a sunken rock that always shews its^. Over the head of the Ha-Ha, is ilichard't Head, mentioned as a mark for run- ning upon Ramea Shoal. "'' ■['•'.>■• ■■.-•••■«■; i. ../. J'' ■*-■;■ •..:. ■..',; i.i .:...!;. About 4 miles to the westward of the Burgeo I*le», is the Great Barrysw ay Point, wUch is low, white, and rocky ; and N.E. by E. half a league from this point is the west entrance into the Great BarrysMray, wherein is room and depth of water for small ves- sels. Between the Burgeo Isles and the Great Barrysway Point, are several sunken rocks, some of which are half a league from the shore. GoNNoiRE Bay. — N.W.) N. 4 leagues from the Burgeo Isles, is the east point of the Bay of Connoire : this point is so far remarkable that it rises with an easy ascent to a moderate height, and much higher than the land within it : the west point of the bay is low and flat, and to the westwurd of this are several small islands, liie bay lies in N.E. by N. about a league from the east point to the middle head, which lies between the two acms, and is half a league wide, with 14, 12, 10, and 8, fathoms, clo^e to both shores, good anchorage, and cleai' ground, but open to S.W. winds. The "N;E. arm affords shelter for small vessels ftx>m all Mrinds. To sail in, keep nearest the starboard shore, and anchor before a small cove on that side, near the head of the arm, in 3^ fathoms. The Bay of Cutteau lies about 2 leagues to the westward of Connoire : its depth will admit small vessels only. Round the west point of Cultteau is Cinq Serf , wherein are a number of islands, which form several small snug harbours. Right off Cinq Serf, about half a league from the shore, is a low rocky island, westward of which is the safest passage into the largest harbour. Four miles to the westward of the rocky island of Cin^ Ser f, is t||g,haybour of Grand Bruit, which is small and commodious ; and may be1 low rock and the rocky isles of Cinq Serf, half a league from the former, is a sunken rock, whereon the sea does not break in fine weather. The safest passage into Grand Bruit is to the N.E. of this rock, and of the islands lying before the harbour, between them and the three islands (which are low, and lay under the shore) ; and, after you are to the northward of the sunken rock above mentioned, there is no danger but what shews itself. The harbour extends N.N.E> half a mile, and is but a quarter of a mile wide in the broadest part ; but it is bold-to on both sides, and has a depth of from 4 to 7 fathoms. To the westward of Orand Bruit, between it and La Poile Bay, lies the Bay of Rotte, wherein are a great many islands and sunken rocks. The southernmost is a remarkable high round rock, called the Columbe of Rotte, which lies N.W. by W. 8| leagues from the southernmost of the Burgeos. Between this island and Grand Bruit is a reef of rocks, some above, and some under water, but they do not lie to the southward of the direct line between the islands. Within the islands of Rotte there is shelter for shipping. LA POILE BAY is large and spacious, and has several commodious harbours. It niay be known by the high land of Grand Bruit, which is only five miles to the eastward of it ; and likewise by the land on the east side of the bay, which rises in remark- ably high craggy hills. About 1} mile S.W. from the east point lies LUtle Ireland, a small low land, environed with sunken rocks, some of which are one-third of a mile off: north, about half a mile from Little Ireland, is a sunken rock that shews itself at low water, which is the only danger in going into the bay, excepting such as lie very near the shore. Two nules within the west point of the bay, and N. ) W. 2 miles from Little Ireland, is Tweed*, or Great Harbour ; its south point is low, and it extends inwards W.N.W. one mile ; it is about 1} cable's length wide in the narrowest part : and thetanchorage is near the head of the harbour, in 18 or 20 fathoms, clear ground, and sheltered from all winds. Half a mile to the northward of Great Harbour, is Little Barbour, the north point of which, called Tooth's Head, is the first high bluff head on the west side of the bay ; the harbour extends inwards W.N.W. about a mile. In sailing in, give the south point a small berth. You may anchor about half-way up the harbour, in 10 fathoms of water. Gally Bov's Harbovb lies on the east side of the bay, opposite Tooth's Head ; it is small, snug, and convenient for ships bound to the westward. The north point is high and steep, with a white spot in the cliff. To sail in or out, keep the north side on board. You must anchor so soon as you are within the inner south point, in Q or 10 fathoms, good ground, and sheltered from all winds. One mile to the northward of Gaily Boy's Harbour, between two sandy coves on the east side of the bay, and nearly two cables' length from the shore, is a sunken rock, that just uncovers at low water. Broad Cove is about two miles to the northward of Tooth's Head, on the same side of the bay. In this there is good anchorage in 12 or 14 fathoms. About two leagues up the bay, on the eastern side, is the N.E. arm, which is a spa- cious, safe, and commodious, harbour. In suling in, pve the low sandy point on the S.E. side a small berth, uid anchor above it where convenient, in 10 fathoms of winter, good holding-ground, sheltered from all \^nds, and very convenient for wood and w^ter. /ndSan Harbour and De Plate lie just within the outer west point of La Poile Bay ; but they are not fit for shipping. Little Ireland bears from the southernmost of the Burgees N.W. by W.f W. Q% leagues ; and lies nearly 12 leagues to the eastward of Cape Ray. From Little Ireland to Barbour la Coue, and La Moine Bay, the course is W.N.W. }W. 11 miles; between lies the bay of Garia, and several small coves, fit only for small vessels ; before these there are several small islands, and sunken rocks lying along the shore, but none of them lie without the above course. In bad weather, all the sunken rocks discover themselves. The bay of Garia affords plenty of timber, large enough for building of shipping. The S.W. point of the entrance into Harbour la Coue, called Rote Blanche Point, (near to which are rocks above water,) is tolerably high, and the land aear the shore over Harbour la Coue and la Moine Bay is much higher than any other land in the vici« nity : by this they may known. La Moine Bay extends inwards N.E. f E. about 4 miles, and is one-quarter of a mile broad in the narrowest part. Off the east point are some small 40 PORT Auk Basque to cape ray. I .^' tmall Islands, and rocks above water, tn tailing in, keep the west point on board, until you haye entered the bay ; then edge over to the east shore, and run up to the head of the bay, where you may anchor in 10 or II fathoms, good ground : here is plenty of -wood and water. To sail into Harbour la Coue, which lies at the west entrance into La Moine Bay, steer in N.N.W. between a rock above water, in the mouth of the har- bour, and the west shore ; so soon as you are within the rock, haul to the westward, into the harbour, and anchor in 6 or 8 fathoms of water, and moor with a hawser ou shore ; or you may steer into the arm, which lies in N.E. by E. from the harbour, and anchor in UO fathoms, sheltered from all winds. ' To the westward of Rose Blanche Point, is the harbour of the b'une name ; it is smalt and snug, and the anchorage is in 9 fathoms of water. Mull Face is a small cove two miles to the westward of Rose Blanche Point, wherein is anchorage for small vessels in 4 fathoms. Off the west point of the cove are two small islands, and several sunken rocks. Seven miles to the westward of Rose Blanche Point are the Burnt IthtuUt which lie close under the shore, and are not to be distinguished from it ; behind these is shelter for small vessels. On these islands are sunken rocks, some of which are half a mile from shore. Ten miles to the westward of Rose Blanche Point, is Coney Bay and Otter Bay, both of which are rendered difficult of access by several sunken rocks without the passage. W.N.W.fW. 4 leagues from Rose Blanche Point are the Dead lalandt, which lie dose under the shore } in the passage between them and the main is good anchorage for shipping in 6 or 8 fathoms, sheltered from all winds ; but it is very dangerous of access4o strangers, as there are several sunken rocks in both the east and west en- trances. PORT AUX BASQUE.— From the Dead Isles to Port aux Basque, the course and distance are W.N.W. about 4 miles ; between lie several small islands close under the shore, and there are sunken rocks, some of which are half a mile from the shore. Port aux Basque is a small commodious harbour, which lies about 2^ leagues to the east* ward of Cape Ray. To fall in with it, bring the Sugar-Loaf over Cape Ray to bear N.N.W. 4 W., or the West end of the Table Mountain N.N.W. Steer in for the land with either of these marks, and you wilt fall directly in with the harbour : the S.W. {loint, called Point Blanche, is of a moderate height, and white ; but the N.E. point is ow and flat, and has, close to it, a black rock above water. In order to avoid the outer shoal, on which are three fathoms, and which lies E.S.E. three-quarters of a mile from Point Blanche, keep the said point on board, and bring the flag-staff which is on the hill over the west side of the head of the harbour, on with the S.W. point of Road laland} that direction will lead you in the middle of the channel, between the east and west rocks, the former of which always show themselves, and which you leave on your starboard hand : continue this course up to Road Island, and keep the west point on board, in order to avoid the Frying-pan Rock, which stretches out from a cove on the west shore, opposite the island ; and, so soon as you are above the island, haul to the E.N.E. and anchor between it and Harbour Island, where you please, in Q or 10 fathoms, good ground ; and sheltered from all winds : this is called the Hoad or Outer Harbour, and is the only anchoring-place for men-of'War, but small ships always lie up in the Inwr Harbour. To sail into it, run in between the west shore and the S.W. end of Harbour Island, and anchor behind the said island, in 3 or 4 fathoms. In some parts of this harbour ships can lay their broadside so near to the shore as to reach it with a plank. This place has been frequented by fishermen for many years. Ghand Bay lies about two miles to the westward of Port aux Basque ; there are several small isfands and rocks in and before it, the outermost of which are not above a quarter of a mile from the shore, on which the sea generally breaks : it is fit for small vest sels only. From Port aux Basque to Point Enragde, the bearing and distance are W.N.W. about a league, and thence to Cape Ray N.N.W. nearly 1^ league. Off Point Enrag^e, which is low, and to the eastward of it, are some sunken rocks a mile from the shore, on which the sea breaks. CAPE RAY is the S.W. extremity of Newfoundland, situa^ted in lat. 47° 37', and long, dg'* 17' : the land of the cape is very remarkable; near the shore it is low, but three lea to ov a JiiiiiliiilB itWJJJiJ i i i iiiw.«iftaMR'B! aa iM CAPE RAY TO COW HEAD. 41 board, until the head of is plenty of itrance into of the har- ! westward, hawser ou irbour, and ; it is smal? nt, wherein ore are two tinda, which se is shelter lalf a mile r Bay, both ; passage. which lie 1 anchorage r dangerous nd west en- course and e under the hore. Port to the east- Ray to bear for the land >: the S.W. «f.E. point is to avoid the srs of a mile which is on oint of Road he east and lave on your est point on cove on the haul to the 10 fathoms, er Harbour, ie up in the S.W. end of some parts «h it with a ! are several re a quarter r small ves- N.W. about ig^e, which s, OR which 7° 37', and is low, but three three miles inland is a very high Tabic Mountain, which rises almost perpendicular from the low land, and appears to be quite flat at the top, excepting a small hillock on the S.W. point of it. This land may be seen, in clear weather, from the distance of l6 or 18 leagues. Close to the foot of the Table Mountain, between it and the point of the cape, is a high round hill, resembling a sugar-loaf, (called theSugar-Loaf of Cape Ray,) whose summit is a little lower than the Table Mountain ; and to the northward of this hill, under the Table Mountain, are two other hills, resembfrng sugar-loaves, which are not so high as the former ; one or other of these sugar-loaf hills are, from all points of view, seen detached from the Table Mountain. There is a tandt/ bay between Cape Ray and Point Enragee, wherein ships may anchor with the winds from N.N.W. to East, but thev must be cautious that they be not surprised with S.W. winds, which blow directly in, and cause a great sea. The ground is not the best for holding, being fine sand. Towards the east side of this bay is a small ledge of rocks, one mile n'om shore, on which the sen docs not break in fine weather. The best place for large ships to anchor in is, lo bring the point of the cape N.W., and the high white sand-hill in the bottom of the bay N.E., in 10 fathoms of water. Small vessels may lie farther in. Be careful not to run so far to the eastward as to bring the end of the Table Mountain on with the sand- hill in the bottom of the bay, by which means the ledge of rocks before mentioned will be avoided. N.W. I W., nearly one mile from the point of the cape, is a small ledge of rocks, whereon the sea always breaks ; and, one mile to the northward of the cape, close under the land, is a low rocky island ; there is a channel between the ledge and the cape, also between it and the island, with 14 or 15 fathoms of water ; but the tides, which run here with great rapidity, render it unsafe to shipping. v, j.. The soundings under 100 fathoms do not extend above a league from the land to the southward and eastward of the cape, nor to the westward and northward of it, except on a bank which lies off Port aux Basque, between 2 and 3 leagues from the land, whereon are from 70 to 100 fathoms, good fishing ground. S.E. ^ S. 8 leagues from Port aux Basque, in the latitude of 47° 14' is a bank, whereon are 70 fathoms. Thb Island of St. Paul lies W.S.W. i W. [S.^T. 4 IT.} 14 leagues from Cape Ray, in Newfoundland, and E.N.E. | E. 4 leagues from the North Capo of Breton Island ; it is about 5 miles in compass, including the islet at its N.E. end, with threo high hills upon it, and deep water close-to all round. o Cape North is a lofty promontory at the N.E. extremity of Breton Island ; its lati- tude is 47° 3', and longitude 60° 19' : the entrance into the Gulf of St. Lawrence is formed by this cape and Cape Ray, and the latter bears from the former E.N.E. i E. distant 18^ leagues : the depth of water between, excepting near the island of St. Paul, is generally above 200 fathoms. THE TIDES.— Between Cape Chapeau Rouge and Cape Ray, in all the bays, &o. the tide generally flows till g o'clock, on full and change, and its perpendicular rise is about 7 or 8 feet on springs ; but it must be observed that, the tides are every where greatly influenced by the winds and weather. On the coast, between Cape Chapeau Rouge and St. Pierre, the stream sets generally to the S.W. On the south side of Fortune Bay it sets to the eastward, and on the north side to the westward. Between Cape La Hune and Cape Ray, the flood sets to the westward in the offing, very irregu- larly ; but generally 2 or 3 hours after it is high water by the shore. The tide or cur- rent is inconsiderable, excepting near Cape lUy, where it is strong, and at times sets quite contrary to what might be expected from the common course of the tides, and much stronger at one time than at another : these irregularities seem to depend chiefly on the winds. See the Remarks on Currents, &c., pages 1 to 5. ' « CAPE RAY to COW HEAD. From Cape Ray to Cape Anguille, the course and. distance arc N. ^ E. nearly 6 leagues. Cape Anguille is the northernmost point of land you can sec, after passing to the westward of Cape Ray ; it is high table laiid, covered with wood, in the country over it. Between the high land of the two capep the land is low, and the shore forms a bay, wherein are the great and little Rivers of Cop Roy; the northernmost is the (J great 49 CAPE ANOUILLE TO PORT All PORT. ii great rirer, which U a bar-harbour, fit to admit vMseh of 8 or 10 fe«t draught only at high water. The shore may be approached between the two capes to half a league, there being no danger so far off. The island of Cod Roy lies I4 or 8 miles to the southward of Cape An^ille, dose under the high land ; it is a low, flat, green island, of nearly two miles m compass, in the form of a horse-shoe, foitning, between it and the main, a small snuj; bar-harbour for vessels of 10 or 12 feet draught ; the safest entrance to it is from the southward. South-eastward from the island is Cod Rov Road, wherein is very good . .iiorace for shipping, in B, 7, or 6, fathoms, on a clay bottom. With the south point of the island bearmg about W.N.W., and the point of the beach on the inside of the island, at the south entrance into the harbour, on with a point on the main to the northward of the island, you will lie in 7 fathoms, and nearly half a mile from the shore ; one league to the southward of Cod Roy Island is a high I luff point, called Stormy Point, off which a shoal stretches full half a mile ; this point covers the road from the S.S.E. winds, and there is good anchorage all along the shore, between it and the island. From Cape Anguille to Cape St. George, the course and distance are N.E. by N. TN. by E."] 1 1 leagues ; these two capes foiTU the bay of St. George, which extends mwards B.N.E. 18 leagues from the former, and E.S.E. I i leagues uom the latter ; at the head of this bay, on the south side, round a low point of land, is a good harbour, with excellent anchorage in 8, 10, or 12, fathoms of water; the river St. George empties itself into this head of the bay, but it is not navigable for any thing but boats. On the north side of the bay, before the isthmus of Port-a-Port, is good anchorage in 7 or 8 fathoms, with northerly winds : from off this place a fishing-bank stretches two- thirds across the bay, with from 9 to I9 fathoms of water on it, darlc sandy bottom. CAPE ST. GEORGE lies in latitude 48° 29' : it may be readily known, not only by its being the north point of the Bay of St. George, but also by the steep cliffs on the north part of it, which rise perpendicularly from the sea to a considerable height, and by Red hiand, which lies 5 miles to the northward of the capu, and half a mile firom the shore : this island is about 1^ mile in length, and of a middling height : the steep cliffs arouild it are of a reddish colour : there is anchorage with ra-shore winds under the N.E. end of the island, before a sandy cove on the main, which lies just to the north- ward of the steep cliffs, in 18 or 14 fathoms. From Red Island to Long Point, at the entrance into the bay of Port-a-Port, the bearing and dbtaoce are E.N.E. f E. 7 leagues : from Red Island to Chtemtey laland, in the mouth of the Bay of Islands, E.N.E. 1 6 leagues : from Red. Island to Cape St. Orrery, N.E. by E. | £. 90 leagues : and from Red Island to FokU Rich, which is the north point of Ingornachoiz Bay, N.E. f E. 48^ leagues. PORT Av PORT.— The land between Red Island and the entrance into Port-»-Port is rather low, with sandy beaches, except one remarkable high liillock, called Round Head, clme to the shore, about 3 leagues to the E.N.E. of Red Island : but, up in the countiy, over Portpa-Port, are high lands ; and, if you are 3 or 4 leagues off at sea, fM cannot .discern the Long PohU of land which forms the bay: this bay is ca- padons, heiag all eve 5 miles broad at the entrance, and 4 leagues deep, lying-in to the South and S.W. with good anchorage in most parts of it. Long Point is the west point of the bay; it is low and rocky, and a ledge of rocks extends from it E.N.E. nearly a miie. S.E. by E. f E. 4 miles from Long Point, and half a league from the east shore, lies Foa leland, which is small, but of middling height; from the north end af this a shoal stretches nearly 2 miles to N.N.E., cdled Fox's Tail ; and, nearly ^pi the middle of the bay, between Fox Island and the west shore, lies the Middle Oi§und, on one place of which, near the S.W. end, there are not above 3 or 4 feet of water. From the head of the bay, projecting out into the middle of it, is a low point, called Middle Point, off which, extending 2 miles N.E. by N. is a shoal spit, part of which dries at low water : this Middle Point ^livides the bay into two parts, called East and West Bays. From the head of the East Bay, over to the nay of St. George, the distance is a large quarter of a mile : this isthmns is very low, and on the east side of it is a tolerably hi^ mountun> rising directly from the isthmus, and flat at top; on the north side of this, snd about 5 miles from the isthmus, is a conspicuous valley, or hollow, hereafter to be used as a mark. N.E. by E. \ E. above 2 leagues from Long Point, and half a league from the shore, lies Shag Island, ilwiMJtaj^i-JiJiaBa ' JiaBHgjgi^^ raught only If a league, ^ille, cloae in compass, bar-harbour thward. . .horase point of the le island, at orthward of one leazue tt, off which winds, and N.E. by N. lich extends le latter ; at arbour, with >rge empties ts. tnchorage in retches two- bottom. not only by cliffs on the height, and aile from the e steep cliffs ds under the to the north- t>a-Port, the rruey Island, 1 to Cape St. eh, which is a Port-a-Port called Round it, up in the 9s off at sea, IB bay is ca- eep, lying-in I Point is the ends from it lalf a league leight; from i Fox's TaU; lore, lies the e not above middle of it, N. \» a shoal bay into two over to the R is very low, the isthmus, i isthmus, is S. by E. i E. e, lies Shag Island, BAY OF ISi^ANDS, &C. 43 Island, which appears at a distance like a high rock, and is easily to be distinguished fram the main : and W.N.W. about a league from it, Ues the middle of Loitg Ledge, which is a narrow ledge of rocks stretching E.N.E. and W.S.W. about 4 miles ; the eastern part of them is above water, and the channel into the bay of Port-a-Port, between the west end of this ledee and the reef which stretches off from the west point of the bay, is a league wide. /» tailing in, if coming from the S.W. advance no nearer to the Long Point of th° bay than l| mUe, until you have brought the valley, in the side of the mountain befor^ mentioned, (on the east side of the isthmus,) over the east end of Fox Island, or to the eastward of it, which will then bear south a little easterly } you vrill then be clear of the Long Point Reef, and may haul into the bay with salety ; but, if coming from the N.E. without the Long Ledge, or turning into the bay, in order to keep clear of the S.W. end of Long Ledge, bring the isthmus, or the foot of the moun- tun, (which is on the east side of the isthmus,) open to the westward of Fox Island, nearly tMdce the breadth of the island, and it will lead you into the bay clear of Long Ledge : and when Shag Island is brought on with the foot of the high land on the south side of Coal River, bearing then E. | S. you will be within the Long Ledge ; there is also a safe passage into the bay, between the Long Ledge and the main, on either side of Shag Island, taking care to avoid a small shoal, of 2{ fathoms, which lies W. by N. one mile from the Island. To ml vp into the Wert Bay and Head Harbour, keep the western shore on board : This shore is bold-to. In turning between it and the Middle Ground, stand no nearer to the Middle than into 8 fathoms: but you may stand to the spit of the Middle Point into 6 or 5 fathoms. The anchorage in West Bay is in about 8 fathoms, and in Head Harbour, in about 5 fathoms. The JFeet Road lies before a high stone beach, about 2 miles south-westward from Long Point, where you may lie very secure from westerly and N.W. winds, in 10 or IS fathoms of water. The Eart Road lies between Fox Island and the east shore : to sail up to it, you should keep the high bluff head, which is about a league to the E.N.E. of the island, bearing to the souMward of S.E. by E. \ E. until the isthmus is brought to the east- ward of Fox Island ; you will then be within the shoal called the Fox's Tail, and may- haul to the southward, and anchor any where between the island and the mun, in from 10 to 18 fathoms. To etdl up the JEatt Bay, pass between the island and the east shore, and after you are above the island, come no nearer to the main than half a mile, until you are abreast of a bluff point above the island, called Road Point, just above which is the best an« chorage with N.E. winds, in about 12 fathoms of water : and to sail up the East Bay, between the Middle Ground and the Fox's Tful, bring the said bluff point on with the S.W. point of Fox Island : this mark will lead you up in the fair way between the two shoals; give the island a berth, and anchor as before, in from 8 to 13 fathonas-of water. BAY OF ISLANDS. — From the Long Point at the entrance of Port-a-Port to the Bay of Islands, the bearing and distance are N.E. by E. f E. 8 leagues. Be careful to avoid the Long Ledge : the land between is of considerable height, rising in craggy barren hills, directly from the shore. The Bay of Islands may be known by the many i^ands in the mouth uf it, particularly the three named Guernsey Island, Tweed Island, and Pearl Island, which are nearly of equal height with the land on the main. If you are bound for Lark or York Harhoure, which lie on the S.W. side of the bay, and are ceming from the southward, run in between Guernsey Island and the South Head, both of which are bold-to ; but with southerly and S.W. winds approach not too near the South Head, lest calms and sudden gusts of wind should proceed from the high land, under which you cannot anchor with safety. There are several channels formed by the d^erent islands, through which you may sail in or out of the bay, there being no danger but what shews itself, excepting a small ledge of rocks, which lie half a mile north- eastward from the north Shag Rock, and in a line with the two Shag Rocks in one. The safest passage into this bay from the northward, is between the two Shag Rocks^ and then between Tweed Island and Pearl Island. From Guernsey Island to Tortoise Head, which is the north point of York Harbour, and the S.E. point of Lark Harbour, the course and distance are S. by W. f W. 5 mues ; Lark Harbour extends inwards W.S.W. nearly two miles, and is one-third of a mile broad in the entrance, which is the narrowest pait : in sailing into it with a large ship, keep 44 fiONNE BAY, &C. keep the larboard shore on board, and anchor with a low point on the starboard aide*, bearing W.N.W., N.N.W., or N.N.B., and you will ride securely from all winds. From Tortoise Head' into York Harbour, the course and distance are W.S.W. nearly a league ; there is good turning room between the Head and Oovemor't hhnd, which lies before the harbour : but you must be cautious to avoid a shoal which spits off i'rora a low beach point on the west end of Governor's Island, called Sword Point ; ttiere is also a shoal which spits off from the next point of Governor's Island, which must also be avoided : Tortoise Head just touching Sword Point will lead clear of it ; in sailing in, give Sword Point a berth, passing which, the best anchoring ground is in 10 fathoms, along the sandy beach on the main, with Tortoise Head open of Sword Point : westerly and 8.W. winds blow here with great violence. Harbour htand lies at the entrance of the river Humber, and S. by B. | E. 7 miles from Guernsey Island : at its S.W. point is fVood't Harbour, which is unfit for shipping. The river Humber, at about 6 leagues within the entrance, becomes narrow^ and the stream is so rapid in some places, for about 4 leagues up, to a lake, that it is with great difficulty that even a boat can be gotten up against it. The banks of this river are well clothed with timber. The North and South Arm* are long inlets, with very deep water up to their heads. On the east side of Eagle Itland, between the North and South Arms, is anchorage in 8, 10, or 12, fathoms of water. Under the north side of Harbour Island, is good an- chorage with S.W. winds ; and opposite to the S.E. end of Harbour Island, on the south side of the bay, is Frenchman* a Cove, wherein is good anchorage in from SO to 12 fethoms. From Guernsey Island to Bonne Bay the course is N.E. ^ E. 5 leagues, to Cape St. Gregory, and thenco E.N.E< i E. 5 leagues to the entrance of Bonne Bay. The Innd near the shore from the north Shag Rock to Cape St. Gregory is low, along which lie sunken rocks, a quarter of a mile from the shore t but a very little way inland it ri:ics into a mountain, terminating at top in round hills. - Cape St. Greoorv is high, and between it and Bonne Bay the land rises directly from the sea-shore to a considerable height. BONNE BAY may be known, at the distance of 4 or d leagues, by the land about it ; all that on the S.W. side of the bay being very high and hiliy, and that on the N.E. side, and thence along the sea-coast to the northward, being low and flat ; but, at about one league inland, is a range of mountains, which run parallel with the sea-coast. Over the south side of the bay is a very high mountidn, terminating at top in a remarkable round hill. This bay extends inwards E.S.E. nearly *l leagues, theti branches into two arms, one of which runs into the southward, and the other tp the eastward : the southern arm affords the best anchorage ; small vessels must anchor just above a low woody point ut the entrance into this arm, on the starboard side, before a sandy beach, in 8 or 10 fathoms of water, al)out a cable's length from the shore ; there is no other anchorage in less than SO or 40 fathoms, excepting at the head of the arm, where there are from 25 to 20 fathoms of water : in sailing into the Eaat Arm, keep the starboard shore on board ; and, short round a point at the entrance, will be found a small cove, with good anchorage in 17 to 20 fathoms, but you must moor to the shore. There is a snug cove also close within the North Point, with anchorage in 6 or 7 fathoms of water : in sailing in or out of Bonne Bay, with S.W. winds, come not near the weather shore, lest you should happen to be becalmed, or should meet with heavy gusts of wind ; as the depth of water is too great to admit of your anchoring. . Ten miles to the northward of Bonne Bay is Martin Point, pretty high and white, off which, about three quarters of a mile, is a small ledge of rocks, whereon the sea breaks. Broom Point is low and white, and lies about a league to the northward of Martin Point ; about half a mile W.S.W. from it lies a sunken rock that seldom shews itself: on the north side of Broom Point lies the Bay of St. Paul, wherein vessels may anchor with off- shore winds, but it is quite exposed to the sea-winds. Cow Head lies about one league to the northward of the Bay of St. Paul : this is a promontory, which has the appearance of an island, it bein" ioined to the main only by a very low and narrow neck of land : about three-quarters of a mile off this head'lies Stearing hbmd, which is low and rocky, and is the only island on the coast between the Bay of Islands and Point Rich. Cow Cove lies on the south side of G«vw Head, and ships THE GULF OF 8T. LAWRENCE. 45 boArd 8{d«, nds. l.W. nearly attd, which its off from \t i there is I must also ; in aniling lOfathoma, t: westerly E. 7 miles }r shipping. vft and the It it is with 9f this river their heads, nchorage in is good an- >n the south a 80 to 12 to Cape St. . The Ittnd ig which lie land it ri:iC8 ises directly e land about on the N.E. )ut, at about coast. Over t remarkable hes into two the southern woody point I, in 8 or 10 it anchorage ere are from ard shore on i, with good a snug cove ;r : in sailing ore, lest you as the depth iud white, off e sea breaks, lartin Point ; tself : on the :hor with off- aul : this is a mun onlv bv :his head lies : between the iv Head, and ships I ship! may He there in from 7 to 10 fathoms, sheltered Arom northerly and ensterlv winds. Skailow Bay lies on the north side of Cow Head, and has water sufficient for small vessels ; at the N.E. side of the entrance is a cluster of rocky Islands, extending B.N.E. and W.8.W., and at the 8.W. side are two sunken rocks close to each other, which generally shew themselves ; they lie a cable's length from the shore, and there is a channel into the bay on either side of them. Stearing hiand lies right before this bay, which you may pass on either side, but come not too near its N.E. end| as there are some sunken rocks extending from it« ; «> • Wh—The GULF and RIVER o/* ST. LAWRENCE, /m« Cape Ray to Quebec. l.-r^Ac GULF o/ ST. LAWRENCE* TMb entrance of the Gulf of St. Lawrence lies between Cape North, the N.E. point of Breton Island, and Cape Ray, the S.W. point of Newfoundland. The distance between these Capes is 18) leagues ; and the bearing from the former to the latter E.N.E. \ E. At the distance of 4 leagues E.N.E. ) E. from Cape North, lies the little island of St. Paul, which has three hills upon it, and deep water all round. Hence it may be safely passed on either side. From Cape Ray, the bearing and distance to this island are W.S.W.JW. 14 leagues. (See page 41.) The following are the Positions of the chief Poinit in the Gulf of St. Lawbencz, tu deduced from the Retultt of different Obeervatione. Cape North, the northern point of Cape Breton Island, lat. 47° 3', long. 6o° IQ' 80". St. Paul's Island, lat 47° 1 1', long. 60° 4'. The latitude of Cape Ray is 47° 37' j that of Entry leland, one of the Magdalens, 47° l6'j that of the Northern Bird leland, 47° 64)'^; that of Brion or Croee leland, 47° 52' ; that of the north point of Mitcou, on the south side of the entrance of Chaleur Bay, 47° 68' ; that of the Isle Bonaventure, 48'^ 89' j and that of the west point of the Island of ^ttm South Point is the small creek, called ShaUop Cretk, where the other sravernment agent resides, with provisions, &c. as at Ellis's Cove, above-mentioned. This is a very small creek, and has Just water enough for a boat loaded with provisions at low-water. The East Point of Anticosti ia o| leagues beyond South Point. At Anticosti the Tide flows, on the full and change, at eleven o'clock ; it runs tide and quarter. Springs rise 10, and neaps 4, feet. MINOAN and ESQUIMAUX ISLES.— To the northward of Anticosti, near the main, lie the Mingan and Eiquimaux hlandt. The westernmost, called Mingan Island, bears from the west point of Anticosti N.E.f E. distant 10| leagues. The settlement of Minffan is about 7 miles E.N.E. from Mingan Island. The harbour, as shewn in the particular plan on the Chart, is between Canatschou Island and the main. There is good ground in it, and I'rom 9 to 15 fathoms, where ships may lie very securely in all weather. There is likewise good anchorage ail within the Paroquet and other islands, and great plenty of cod-fish. It appears to be very convenient for the cod, seal, and salmon, fishery, and has the additional advantage of a level good soil, and profitable Indian trade. The tide flows here, on the full and change, at three o'clock, and commonly rises about 10 or 13 feet; but it varies much according to the weather. From Mingan Island to Esquimatiz Island, the distance is 6 leagues. Esquimaux Island lies about half a mile from Esquimaux Point, and from this island to that of St. Oenevieve, which is the easternmost of the range, the distance is ig miles. Nearly midway between lies the Isle of St. Charles, within the east point of which there is good anchorage, in from 7 to 10 fathoms. iienl if a suftcieht _ I t I U IfC IBBUCU, receipts for From 2.— 7%e RIVER of ST. LAWRENCE. Thb Channel between Anticosti and the main land of Nova Scotia is, in its narrowest part, near 12 leagues broad : and has, in the middle, very deep water. No ground la to be found in some parts, with 180 or SOO fathoms of line. The BAY or SEVEN ISLANDS, on the north side of the river, is a very secure harlknir for a number of ships in any wind. Its entrance lies in latitude 50° lO' at the distance of 92 leagues N.W. } W. from the west end of Anticosti. Tho Srindpal channel into it is more than 8 miles wide ; and has a depth decreasing from to 30 fathoms. When sailing in, bring the west point of the bay nearly to N.N.W., and steer for it in this direction, passing between the islands on either side. When approacliing near the point, give it a berth, steering inwards, nearly North, whenco y^)u may come to an anchor one mile and a half to the westward of the Harbour Point, m from 14 to g fathoms. At this harbour the tide flows, on the full and change days, at half-past one ; springs tides rise 18 or I9 feeti neaps, 10 feet. The settlement here, destroyed in 1759, was one of the French king's posts for trading with the Indians. Between it and the Mingan Islands there are few places of safe anchorage. TRINITY BAY, on the same side of the river, lies at the distance of about 2} leagues N.E. by N. from Point Deamon, the extremity of Cape Pel^s. Point Oeamon bears from Cape Chat, on the south coast, N. by W. i W. nine leagues. This ia a safe place to anchor in, with westerly winds, for ships that cannot make way upwards, as the ground is every where clean ; and the current, with those winds, is so strong agunst them as to prevent the progress of even fast-suling ships. The coast between Point Deamon and thb bay is indented with small sandy coves ; and in the interval are three large rocks, always above water, which will be avoided by not approaching nearer than in 8 fathoms. On 48 ST. NICOLAS HARBOUR TO MANICOUGAN BAY. On the N .E. point of the bay are two large rocks ; there in no passage between t^em, ' and the northern one dries to the miun in tipring-ebbs. The southern rock lies nearly a quarter of a ihile to the southward of the point. The bay is 3^ miles round, from pomt to point. A river, which falls into it, will supply fresh water ; and there is another stream at half a mile to the westward of the western point. Wood is abundant. To anchor, come-to at half a mile to the eastward of the west point, on which stands across, in from g to 5 fathoms, and with the point bearing W.S.W. or S.W. by W. Small vessels may anchor in 3 fathoms, at low water, just within the reef, the western point of the bay bearing S.W. At three-quarters of a mile S.W. from the point on which the cross is placed, is a ledge of rocks, dry at low water, and which should not be approached nearer than the depth of 4 fathoms. On the West of Point Deamon, or C.\pe Pel£s, the land trends to the N.W., and forms a slender bay, in which small vessels may be occasionally sheltered during easterly winds. At five leagues W. by N. from Point Deamon, is Havre St. Nicolas, or St. Nicolas' Harbour: between these places, and five miles eastward of St. Nicolas, is Godbret River, where the North-west Company have a settlement, and where, therefore, pro- visions may occasionally be obtained, but it afifords no shelter. St. NICOLAS' HARBOUR.->At the entrance of this harbour, which has lately been stated to lie in latitude 49° 31', vessels may occasionally find shelter from westerly winds. The land about it is mountainous ; and, if a ship be to the westward of the har- bour, and bearing up for it, the entrance may be distinguished from the circumstance of its having all the land on the west dry and . irren, the wood being burnt from the mounttdns ; but, on the east side, the mountai are green and covered with trees. To enter, run boldly in, between the burnt cape and the green one, steering North, and the low point which forms the west side of the entrance will appear like an island : this point has a wooden cross on it, which will be seen on steering towards it. The eastern side of the entrance is limited by a reef, one-quarter of a mile long, which stretches S.W. from the green cape; opposite to this reef, on the western side is another; both dry at low water, but the largest is always to be seen. The anchorage is a little to the northward of the stream of the easternmost reef, in frOm 1 2 to 6 fathoms. The distance between the points of the two reefs is about one mile ; both are bold ; 10 fathoms being close to the eastern, and 4 to the western, reef. Small vessels may haul alongside the rock, just within the entrance on the west side, in 10 feet at low water. At about 100 yards within the cross above-mentioned, a bar commences, which ex- tends thence across the entrance, and has only 10 feet c 'er it at low ebbs. This part is only two ships' lengths in breadth at low water, but the harbour widens inward to a large basin, sufficiently capacious to moor fifty sail of the line, in from 10 to 12 fathoms of water, good ground : this place is, however, a bad outlet for' ships bound to the westward, as an easterly wind blows directly in, and the land arouui being mountainous, there is no getting in or out, in a square-rigged vessel, with canvas set. Those who proceed to the basin, must keep their canvas set, and borrow close round the point on which the cross is erected ; then shoot in as far as they can, and down with the anchor. To warp in, keep the western side on board. The bank to the southward of the eastern reef, and all along the shore, is very steep ; there is a depth of 50 fathoms at about 500 yards from it. Near the reef, in 20 fa- thoms, cod-fish are generally abundant. At St. Nicolas' Hai'bour the tide flows, on the full and change days, at XII h. Spring-tides rise 12 feet; neaps 7 feet.. The flood, of spring-tides, runs to the west- ward about two miles an hour, and thus along-shore up to the Saguenay or Tadousac River. MANICOUGAN BAY and SHOALS.— This dangerous bay is about 5^ leagues to the west of St. Nicolas' Harbour. The shore between is bold and rocky ; the land high, and the water deep. The flood-tide sets strongly into the bay, and the ebb stron^y out. The land forming the western point of the bay is much lower than any other near it, and may be readUy known by its yellowish appearance, being of sand, with a finebeachj very flat for two miles off. The on THE RlVKft OF ST^ LAWRENCE^ 49 ween t^em, lies nearly }und» from ind there is is abundant. rhich stands S.W.byW, the western te point on should not- N.W., and ;red during St. Nicolas* is GoDBRET sreford, pro- I lately been )m westerly 1 of the bar- ircumstance at from the t» trees. To North, and island; this The eastern ch stretches is another : ihorage is a ^thorns. h are bold; imall vessels in 10 feet at i, which ex- This part I inward to a )m 10 to 12 ships bound rouui bdng canvas set. r close round n, and down s very steep ; if, in 20 fa- ys, at XII h. to the west- or Tadousac i^ leagues to he land high, I strongly out. >ther near it, 1 a fine beach. The ^he east end of the great shoal of Manicougan lies 14 miles W. by S. from 8t. Nico. las' Harbour. This end is of rocks, terminating in a spit, and dries at law water. The utmost exteiit of the great shoal, from the western point of Manicougan Bayt is 4^ miles ; on its south side therei are 80 fathoms irithin a quarter of a mile of it ; in some places 50, and probably a greater depth. On the shore, mthin the shoal, the tides ebb one mile from bigh>-water mark, and heavy breakers are seen for three nules off, with high reefs of rocks. About the edge of the shoals are string and irregular eddies, which are dangerous to those who approach too near. In these, several men of war have been caught, during a fresh breeze of wind, when not a single ship could answer its helm. Some drove on board each other, and it was not without much difficulty that great mis- chief was prevented by their running foul of each other, in endeavouring to avoid the danger of driving on the shoals. To the westward of the Land of Manicongan is the River and Bay of OUTARDES. The latter is terminated by Point Bersiamitet, and the whole is lined with extensive and dangerous shoals. Ships, in rounding Bersiamites Point, should advance no nearer to it than two miles, as the shoal surrounding it is steep-to. From Bersiamites Point to that of Mille Vaches, the course and distance are W. by S. 9 leagues. On Jeremie Isle, westward of Point Bersiamites, the North-west Company have a settlement, fre- quented by small craft, but inaccessible to shipping. The houses may be seen very piidnly from within the distance of six miles. On the N.E. of Mille Vaches Point, is the little river of Port Neuf, where, also, the North-west Company have a settlement : below this is a range of remarkable cliffs, like chalk-cliffs, the only land of this appearance in the river, and which, therefore, is a sure mark. Ships, being up to Bersiamites Point with the wind at West, and flood-tide, may cross over thenee to Father Point, and engage a pilot for the river. Should the wind be at 8.W. by W., keep the North land on board until sure of fetching the point. In Outardes Bay the ebb-tide is slack, and the fl:>od strong. Ships may always get ground in the bay, but should stand in no nearer than two mUes. . ' Particular Description of the River, /rom Cape Gasps', upwards* From the N.W. end of Anticosti to Cape Chat, the bearing and distance are W. by S. 30 leagues. The coast of the district of Gasp^, from Cape Gasp^ to Cape Chat, is high, rugged, bold, and totally destitute of harbours. The only settlement on its eastern part is in the umall cove, called Griffin Cove, which is about four leagues to the nortli* ward of Cape Gasp^, and here was only one family, in 1817* CAPE CHAT is a remarkable hummock, like a short siigar4oaf, on a point which is lower than the land about it. At about three miles to the S.E. of the eape is a small river of the same name ; and, at six miles E.N.E. from the latter, is the little river of St. Anne. A few families are settled at each place, who willingly render assistance to such as may require it. The land over Cape Chat is very mountunous, and is much broken at the top- Hence it may be readily known, as there is no land presenting similar features in any other part of the river. Between Cape Chat and Matane, in a distiince of 11 leagues, the shore is all bold and bound with rocks. The RivKR of Matane admits small craft only. This place may be known, from witiiin the distance of three miles, by its housef and a bluff cUff, close to the entrance, on the western side. Many pilots live here. The two remarkable mountains, called the Paps of Matanr, stand inland to the westward of Matane Biver, and form the grand mark for this part of the ooaot. At six leagues to the westward is the -western point of Little Metis Cove, a spot surrounded by rocks, excepting the entrance, and in which small vessels may find shelter from westeriy winds in 3 fathoms at low water. The coast from Matane to Little Metis is entirely barren. Another small cove, called Great Metis, lies 2^ leagues frcMn Little Metis. It is nearly dry at low water. A small vessel-may bring vp here in 3 fathom?, with the wind from S.W., but with a West \vind it affords no shelter. The points that fbcm. these 1^ coves 50 THE niVER OF ST. LAWRENCE! cores are very low, and cannot be distinguished beyond the distance of two leagues. Great Metis has a large rock in the middle of the cove. Little Metis has none ; and the latter may be known from the former by observing that a round bluff rock lies at its entrance, on the eastern side ; not far from which, on the east, is a small hill on the mountun, in form of a sugar-loaf. 'l Between Great Metis and the next inlet, named Cock Cove, will be seen the high land of Mount Camille. The bearing and distance between the coves are W. by N. nearly four leagues : and, from Cock Cove to the projecting land of Father Point, West, 5 miles. Here wAl be seen a number of houses : this place being the regular rendez- vous for the pilots. Babnabe' Island presents nothing remarkable. A reef extends from each end of it» under which small vessels may find shelter. Between the island and the main the bank is dry at low water, but there is a depth of 14 feet over it at high water of spring-tides. With neap-tides, only 9 feet. At the little River Ottey, five miles S.W. from Barnab^ Island, fresh water may be obtained. The Habbour of Bic, which is three miles to the westward of the River Ottey, affords shelter to small vessels from westerly winds. Two round islets mark the eastern ude of it, and it is one mile from them to the western side of the harbour. The an- chorage is midway between these and the west side, in 3 fathoms, the western point bearing West. About 2^ miles West from Bic Harbour, and at the same distance South from Bic Island, is Cape Orignd, or Arignol. From this cape a reef extends one mile E. by N. The ISLE BIC is of moderate height, and covered with trees. This island is three nules in length, from East to West, and reefs extend from it to the East, West, and North. At a mile from the north side is the islet called Biequet, which is also woody. Bicquet is quite bold on the north aiM, and tke^c j :S0 fathoms at a musket-shot from it. Between Bic and Bicquet there is no par > r ships, the ground being shoal and foul. The Alcides Rock, on which the ship of that name struck in the year 176O, has been represented as having only 8 feet ever it, and as lying about 3^ miles from the west end of Bic : but of this rock it has lately been said, by Mr. Lambly, '' There is no such rock in that bearing from the west end of Bic ; there is a rock with only 10 feet of water on it «t low water, but it lies S.W. by S. 3^ miles from the west end of Bic, and only one mile from the main ; ten fathoms water leads to the northward of it ; of course it is out of the fair way. This rock and the ledge N.W. from the west end of Bic are the only dangers to the westward of the island. I am sure there are no others.'* The Razade Islets are large rocks always above water. They bear from each other N.E. and S.W. three-quarters of a mile distant. Ten fathoms of water leads to the northward of them. Basque Island appears round ; it is bluff and covered with trees. It lies W.N.W. two miles from the western Raeade, and S.W. by W. ^ W. six leagues from Bic. There are no houses on it, and it is quite bold on the north side. Apple Island, with its rocks, lies at a league and a half W. by S. from Basque Island. This cluster is barren. Between it and Basoue, and just to the northward of the west end of the latter, is a ledge of rocks, dry at low water, with 10 fathoms close to them. GREEN ISLAND.— This island, with the reefs that project from each end of it, is three leagues in extent from N.E. to S.W. Two families reside upon it. The molt re. markable objzct on it is a light-house which stands on its northern side, at about one- third of the length from the N.E. end, and which is abouf; 70 feet above the level of low water-mark.* The bearing and distance of Basque Island from the lighthouse are E.N.E.^E. 13 miles: and from the lighthouse to the extremity of the S.W. reef of * Thic lighthouse, according to an official notice, dated 2l8t Sept. 1S09, will in future exhibit a light, nightly, from sun-set to sun-rise, from the 15th day of April to the 10th day of December, inclusive. Xhe lighthouse bears from the adjacent points as follows : From Red Island, S.E. by E.jE. ; White Island, E.N.E.IB. ; brandy Pots, N.E. by E.|E.; Apple Island, W. S.W. ; Basque Island, W. S.W. I W. ; from the shoal at the N.E. end of Green Island, 8.W. by S. ; and from the shoal at the west end of the same island, N.E. | E. Green DESCRIPTION OF THE HIVER. 51 'O leaffues. s; and the lies at its lill on the I the high W. by N. nint. West, lar rendez- i end of ity n the bank jring-tides. m Barnab^ iver Ottey, the eastern The an- itern point h from Bic iE.byN. nd is three West) and dBO woody, t-shot from leing shoal ' 1760, has is from the There is no •nly 10 feet end of Bic, rd of it ; of west end of no others." I each other eads to the ies W.N.W. Sic. There ■om Basque srthward of thorns close md of it, is he most re- ; about one- level of low ithouse are .W. reef of ure exhibit a }f December, . bvE.iE.; end of Green Green Green Island S. W. ^ W. 8 miles. There is no other danger on the north side of the isknd than a ledge which extends from the lighthouse point, three-quarters of a mile N.E. by N. This ledge is a reef of rocl(8 which are steep-to and covered at high water of spring-tides. The other part is steep>to and rocky.* The ledge of Green Island, Basque Island, and the high land to the southward of Cape Orignal, in a line, bear E.N.E. i E. '•« .-..li . ■'.,•./);■'.' ^ ■ifiu. ;i. To ships, on coming up and going down the river, the lighthouse appears like a ship, and very conspicuous. In the night, the light may be distinctly seen at the diatence of six leagues. ' !T V '" V'"V',;''V-.tir"'' ■ The reef from the west end of Green Island dries to the distance of a mile from the island. The westernmost part is detached from the body of it, and the tide sets through the interval towards Cacana. This part is covered at a quarter flood. Cacana is the high bluff land lying S. S.W. from the S. W. end of Green Island.. The water between is deep. At a mile and a half westward of Cacana, and just to the northward of the stream of it, are the Percy Rocks, two clusters, at the distance of a mile asunder. East and West. They lie at about one mile from the mun, and arc nearly covered at high water. On the south side of them there is no passage,, but the depth of 10 fathoms leads clear on the north. ' !, BARRETT'S LEDGE.— The reef thus called is composed principalty of two de- tached rocks, on the S.W. of which is a black buoy. This buoy lies with the northern extremity of the main land within Green Island, in a line with the northernmost high land of Cape Orignol, bearing N. 6l°E. ; the summit of the southernmost mountain of the high land of Kamourasca in one with the south point of the Great Pilgrim Island, S. 3Q°vf. ; the eastern side of the trees on Hare Island in one with the west Q«ge of the Bay of Rocks, (on the north shore,) N. 47° W. ; and, two houses near the River du Loup, S. 2g" E. ; the latter are the only two houses between the church and. River du Loup. tj' The rocks of Barrett's Ledge bear from each other N. <^"'' ~ and S.63°W one quarter of a mile. The N.E. rock has 15 feet over it; the ^.''^ only 12. Qetween them is a depth of 11 fathoms. Red Island is a low flat island, of u reddish colour, and without trees, lying as already described. The smaller one, called White Island, is round and covered with trees, and bears from Red Island S.W. by W. 3^ leagues, and from the east end of Hare Island N.E. by N. ^ E. A shoal of rocks extends from White Island N.E. by E. 5 miles, and dries to half that distance. HARE ISLAND, &c.— The east end of this island lies S.W. ^S. three-quarters of a mile from White Island ; thence it extends eight miles ta the S.W., and in no part ex- ceeds one mile in breadth : in many places not half a mile.. < ,. r <.. , , ■: At S. by W., one mile from the east end of Hare Island, lies the southcirnmost of the islets called the Brandy Pots, on which is a telegraph. The northern Brandy Pot, high and covered with trees, is close to the southern one, and the bottom between is dry at low water. The southern is a whitish rock, almost barren, the wood being nearly burnt off. Each b about half a mile in length, and they lie N.W. and SE. from each other, at about a quarter of a mile from Hare Island. There is no passage between. At a little to the eastward of the northernmost Brandy Rst is a small islet called the NoooiN, and covered with trees. At low water these are connected by a chain of rocks, leaving a passage for a boat only. Half way between the Noggin and the east end of Hare Island, there is, also, a reef, dry at low water : these are close to Hare Island, and out of the fair way. The depth of 7 fathoms, at high water, leads clear of them. To the westward of the Brandy Pots the south side of Hare Island has a flat of hard 4;round extending from it, three miles in length, and about one-quarter of a mile in breadth. The whole of this side of the island is bound with rocks. * The ArcMuke Charles, transport, from Quebec, having on board six companies of the Nova- otia militia, was wrecked on one of the reets, and eight persons perithe^.^Jray, 1810. MIDDLE Scotia 6^ tut RIVeiC 6> 8t:XAti^Rt«rCE. MIDDLE BANK— Between Hare Mand and the land to the eastward is ttie thoal called the Middle Bank, extending N.E. by E. and 8.W. by W. fo«r mileft. It« lower end lies with the Brandy Pots bearing N.W. distant about two miles. Its shoalest part;, near that end, has 2^ fathoms of watet ; over thft middle of it are 4, and on the went end 5, fathoms. There is good anchoring on ' , iii fine weather. With the S.W. end of Hare Island bearing N.W., Cape Salmon, on the north side of the riv«r, will be open to the westiward of it: but observe that, with this mark on, at half a mile to the north" Ward of the Middle Bank, is a small knoll of only 14 feet of water. By keeping White island open between the Brandy Pots and Hare Island, you will pass to the southward of this knoll, in 5 fathoms. Habe Island Shoal. — This is an extensive shoal lying above, and nearly in the dii-ection of. Hare Island. It commences at about u mile from the S.W. end of the island, and extends thence about three miles to the S.W. A considerable portion of it is dry at low water. Of this dry part the west end bt*.9 N. 36° W. from the west end of the isles called the Pilgrims, and the east end due North from the same. The bank is of sand, some of it above the level of high-water mark, but bold-to on the south 8ide« with 7 fathoms in the fair-^way. Between it and the Pilgrims the channel is scarcely thre^ miles wide. Pilgrims. — The islets called the Pilgrims are four in number, but connected by reds that dry at low water. The easternmost is the highest, and is covered With trees; the others are barren, and of a whitish colour. On the S.W. isle is a telegraph. The N.B. or Great Klgrim bears from the Brandy Pots S. 18° W. 8 miles; from the S.W. end of Hare Island S. 36° E. S^ miles. The Pilgrims occupy, altogether, an extent of about three miles> and they are bold on the north side. The distance of theim from the main is about a mile and a half, but there is no passage between for shipping. KAMOURASCA ISLES. — ^This is a group lying at the distance of two leagues above the Pilgrims, on the same side of the river. The N.E. or Greater Island bears from 'the Pilgrims S.W. by W. The bank between is steep-to, having 10 fathoms dose to it, and 3 fathoms over it, at low water. The island next to the Great (Gro»6e) Island is Burnt Island, and the third of the larger isles is Croie Island. A telegraph stands on the |vest end of Burnt Island. These isles are about three miles in extent, and one from; the shore ; the bank between is diy at low water. Between these isles and the .English Bank, in the middle cf the river, the channel is three miles broad. Great Island and Burnt Island are very steep on the north side, but Crow Island is surrounded with shoal water. The settlement of Kamourasca is within the islands above described. Its church beai-s S.E. three-quarters of a mile from Crow Island. From the latter Cape IMable bears S.W. about three miles, but a long reef extends from the cape towards the island, the easternmost part of which is covered at a quarter flood, and is not more than a mile from Crow Island. Two miles above Cape Diable is Point St. Denis ; in a small cove on the south of this point is a small island, on which stands a tel^aph. From Point St. Denis to Point Oval ( Quelle), the land trends to the S.W., is low, and has regular soundings along it. From Cape Diable to Point Oval the distance is 3^ leagues. The TRAVERSE.—Prom Pwnt Oval to a black buoy, in «i fiithoms, on the onter part of the Bank of St. Roc, or St. Roch, the bearing and distance afe W.by S. 4^ leagues. Within the line of this bearing is a shoal bank, studded with rocks, the upper edge of which extends from the buoy, in a S. S.W. direction, to the Troia Saumon, or Three Salmon, River, a distance of 8 leagues. A red buoy lies on the east end of the Middle Bank, m 3^ fathoms sit low water, bearing from the black one above mentioned N.W. by W. one mile distant. In the channel between are 1 1 fathoms. Mr. Bouchette says. The Passage called the Traverse is not 4»ore than from 1700 to 1800 yards across, between two buoys that mnrk the edge of the shoals; it is the most intricate part of the river below Quebec, and the currents here are various, irre- gular, and very strong, on which account it can be passed in safety only at a proper time of the tide. The ENGLISH BANK, which occupies the whole extent In the middle of the river, from Hare Island shoal to the Middle Bunk, is, in general, about a mile in breadth, and fs DESCRIPTIO^r 01^ THE R1VJ£R. I ttitf KhoAl It«k>w«r lalest pasrt^ tn the wert I S.W. end ill be open the north" ping White soathward arljr in the end of the )ortion of it le west end The bank south slde« is scarcely ted by reds 1 trees; the miles; from altogether^ distance of between for agues above bears from s dose to it> ie) Island is h stands on int, and one sics and the oad. Great i surrounded Its church Ilape IMable Is the island, i than a mile a small cove From Point 1 has regular igues. on the outer W.byS. 4^ {s, the upper Sauraon> or tt low water, ant. In the n from 1700 lis ; it is the irarious, irre- at a proper of the river, e in breadth, and ftod its depths vary ftoA 3 to 14 fathoms, but thi! soondings are regular, and it aSbrds good anchorage, over a bottom of sand and mud. From the red buoy, the Mini'iLe Banu extends S.W.|W. about 3 miles. On its east end are 3} fathoms, on the west 2 fathoms ; but, on its middle part, are only 6 feet at low Water. The bottom of mud, sand, and, in some places, very large sfonta. To the westward of the Middle Bank are the Seal Rsbvs, connected to the ooutb- ward by the islets called the Filiers or Pillars. In many places the rodts wliich form these reefs are dry at low watery they extend N. by W. towards Coudre Island, and, on the east and southern Eldes, are very steep. The Pilier BoUii, or Woody Pillar, is seen to the S.W. of the reefs, and lies N.E. three miles from the east end of Goose Island. It is a high round rock, with trees on the western part of it. The South Pillar is a high barren rock, always above water, and one quarter of a mile in length. This pillar marks the north side uf the west entrance of the Traverse, oad is about three miles from the south shore. The Atignon, a half-tide rock, about 100 yards in length, and round on the top, lies at the distance of two or three cables' length S.E. from the body of the South nilar, with a depth of 7 fathoms close to it. At two miles S.W. by W. from the South Pillar is the commencement of a ledge of high rocks extending thence towards the middle of Goose Island, from which the upper end is but half a mile distant. With the exception of the eastern end, these rocks are always above water, and are steep-to on their south side. This reef, called Goose Island Reef, with Crane Island open, form a mark leading dear of the Avignon Rock, above described. There is an opening between the east end of Goose Island Reef and the South Rllar, towards Pilier Boiss^ ; but, at low water, it is surrounded with rock, both on the east and west ; and is, therefore, no outlet for shippmg. We have now advanced to Goosr Island, towards which ships may stand into 7 fathoms, the island »eing bold-to, and soundings regular. A faim-house will be seen on this island, to the eastward of which, and close to low-water mark, in a large rock called the Hospital Rock. Two miles to the westward of this rock is a long reef, dry at low water, but it is out of the ftur-way, and close to the island. Crane Island, above Goose Island, is about four miles in length. Its north side u in a good state of cultivation. On drawing towards it, you will see a farm-house (M'Phsrson's) on the east end. To the S.E., at half a mile from this house, is the edge of a bank, called Madame Beat^eu'* Bank, having, on its shoalest part, only 12 feet at low water. A bar of 4 and 3} fathoms extends from this shoal to the southern shore, on which the church of St. Ignace may be seen. to the west of Crane Island is the group composed of Canoe, Marguerite, Grdsse, Rat, and Madame Isles. From the west end of Crane Island, a reef of rocks extend outward about half a mile ; they are dry at low water. Between these and Canoe Island is an opening, having a depth of 2| fathoms, but it is too narrow for ships. Marguerite (or Maroaret) Isle is about 2) miles in length. The passage between this and Grosse Isle, which is half a mile broad, is shoal and untfit for shipping. Gbossb Uland, extending N.E. by E. and S.W. by W., is three miles in length. One fttmily resides upon it. Rat Island, the next above Grosse Island, is nearly of the nme length. Madame, above Rat Island, is about 2^ miles long. This and Rat are both naiTow, covered with trees, and without any habitation. Frotti Madame Island a rocky shoal extends three miles S.W. by W. It is dry at low-water, and a«hip should not approach it nearer than in 10 fathoms. On the SotJTHBitN Land, above Madame Beaujeu's Bank, will be seen, in succession, the churches of St. Ignace, St. Thomas, Berthier, St. Vali^r, St. Michael, and Bean- mont. Within this extent are four tdegraphs, a part of the chain connected with Quebec. From the Land of St. Thomas a bank extends more than half way over towards Crane Island, its northern «xtrerotty is two miles S.W. by W. from the south point of the island. The bank is partly dry at bw water. The WvB Rocks lie immediately above the Bank of St. Thomas. This reef is abont half a mile in length, in the direction Y)f S.W. by W. It has only 4 feet over ita west end. 54 THE RIVER OF ST. LAWRENCE. •nd, and 10 feet over the eut end. On the west end is a black bacjf, which lies with the seminary of St. Joachim, on the north side of the riTer, just shut in with the east end of Rat Island, and bearing N. 50° W. Its distance from the nearest shore is less than one mile. On the South Shore, at eight miles above the Wye Rocks, and opposite Berthier church, lie the Bi^llb Chasse Islits, two renoarkable large rocks. They are situate at a mile from the shore. Above these will be seen the telegraph No. 4, standing on the highest part of the point of St. Valier, and at about two miles to the eastward of the church. The ground, all the way up from St. Valier Point to Quebec, is foul and ■ Ifnfit for anchoring. - St. Valier Church bears from that of St. Jean, or St. John, on the islftitd of Or- leans, S.E. distant about three milcH. The Shoal of Beaumont, opposite to the point of St. Laurent, or St. Lawrence, on the Island of Orleans, is a large rocky bank, extending more than half way over from the south shore. It is dry at low water, uneven, and steep-to on the north side, having . 14 fathoms close to it. The ISLAND op ORLEANS is distinguished for its fertility. The shores, in general, slant gradually to the beach ; in some places are a few rocky cliffs, but not of great extent or elevation : from the foot of the slopes are large spaces of low meadow-land, sometimes intersected by patches of excellent arable. Bordering the north channel the beach is flat and muddy, with reefs of rocks running along it ; but, on the southern side, it is a fine sand, with only a few pointed rocks sticking up here and there. The highest part of the island is by the church of St. Pierre, (St. Peter,) about four miles from the western extremity, and almost fronting the Falls of Montmorency ; and also just above Patrick's Hole, on the south side, nearly abreast of St. Pierre, on which is placed the second telegraph of a chain between Quebec and Green Island. The cen« tral part is thickly wooded. The churches of St. Lawrence and St. John are situated close down on the southern shore ; the distance between them is 5^ miles, and this extent presents excellent cultivated lands, richly diversified with orchards and gardens, ' and houses at short intervals from each other. St. Patrick's Hole, a little to the westward of St. Lawrence, is a safe and well-sheltered cove, where vessels outward bound usually come to an inchor, to await their final instructions for sailing. On the west point of it is a group of very neat houses ; at several of which the inhabitants furnish accommo- dations to the numerous persons who visit the island, horn amusement, or from curiosity, both in summer and winter. Large quantities of grain, and most sorts of provisions, are continually sent from this island for the consumption of Quebec : among the fruits, apples and plums attain a much greater degree of perfection here, than in any other place of the Lower District of Canada. Off St. Patrick's Hole, above mentioned, ships ride in 10, 12, or 14, fathoms, abreast of the inlet. The telegraph. No. 2, is just to the eastward of this cove, on the high part of the island. The ground is not good, but it is well sheltered from easterly winds. Here the river is about one mile and a quarter wide, and bold on both sides. At about half-way between St. Patrick's Hole and the west end of Orleans, is a shelf ■called Morandan's Rocks. They extend a cable's length from the island, and have only 10 feet over them. On the S.W. part of the west end of Orleans is another reef: this is dry at low water, ; lies close in, and should not be approached nearer than in 10 fathoms. On the oppo- site shore, a little to the eastward of Point. Levy, is another reef, which should be passed at the same depth. Northward of Point Levy is a small reef, but close in, and out of 'the fair-way. ,, / .. ., BASIN OF QUEBEC. — The appearance of the lands, forming the Basin of Quebec, is given hereafter, in the description of the river, from Montreal downwards. We, therefore, only add here that it is one mile across between the high-water marks, with s great depth of water. The Harbour of Quebec, properly so called, commences at St. Patrick's Hole, and extends thence to Cape Rouge River, which is nearly three .leagues above Quebec. The Port of Quebec comprehends all the space between Bar- na,\)6 Island, and the first rapid above Montreal. The TIDES IN THE RIVER, VU» ss chlies with irith the eMt shore it less ite Berthier r are situate standing on eastwara of is foul and slftud of Or- awrencc, on y over from side, having I, in general, not of great leadow-fand, >rth channel the southern there. The it four miles :y ; and also e, on which I. The cen- are situated ies, and this ind gardens, the westward ound usually St point of it h accommo- im curiosity, ;nt from this ims attain a wer District 14, fathoms, cove, on the i-om easterly >th sides. 15, is a shelf d, and have it low water, n the oppo- ild be passed and out of 1 of Quebec, irards. We, marl(s, witti nmmences at nearly three etween Bar- Thc The laws of thfr Trinity-House are particularly strict, with respect to shipping in the Port and' Harbour of Quebec ; and every attention must be pud to them, as well a« to those respecting QuarMitine. Of the latter, the pilots are bound to inform all masters, as soon as they board them below. A copy of the Harbour-Laws is delivered to each master, on his arrival, by the harbour-master ; and those respecting shipping may always be seen at the harbour-master's office. . ^ ./ TIDES in the RIVER of St. LAWRENCE. On the days of full and change, the tide flows in the river as follows :— At Point Dea- mon, or the extremity of the Monts Pel^s, on the north side, at XII h. In Manicougan Bay, at I ; here spring-tides rise 12, and neaps 8, feet. At Bersiamites Pohit, IJ. Mille Vaches Point II h. On the south coast, near Cape Chat, the time is XII h. Here spring-tides rise from 12 to 14, and neaps 8, feet. At Matane the time is Xll:t: at Bic, II; Green Island, III; Brandy Pots, III^ ; Traverse, IV^ ; Kamourasca, IV; Piliers, or Pillars, IV|; Crane Island, V ; and Quebec, VI. At Green Island, spring-tides rise l6, and neaps 10, feet. In the Traverse, spring-tides rise 18, and neaps 11, feet. At the Isle Bic the stream never bends to the westward until an hour's flood by the shore. The neap-floods are here very weak ; and, with westerly winds, none are per- ceptible. A spring-flood is, however, alw&ys found, within four miles of the shore, be- tween Father Point and Bic. All the way hence to Quebec, the tide, when regular, flows tide and quarter-tide; but it is influenced greatly by the wind, and by no means to be depended on, as to its running any where below Hare Island, where there is a regular stream of ebb and flood. Between Barnabe' and Bic the stream of flood sets in from the N.E. at the rate of about two knots ; then fair through the channel until last quarter flood, when it sets to the N.W. by the west end of Bic, and then gradually to the N.E., as the flood slacks. The whole of the ebb, both to the eastward and westward of the island, sets strongly to the N.E. The current between Bicquet and the north coast is generally very strong to the N.E., irithou* any regular change. In the summer and autumn, as well as in spring-tides, this current slacks, and, near Bicquet, runs to the westward, during flood i but, until the upland waters have all run down, and the great rivers have discharged the freshes* cau. -jd by the thawing of the snows in the spring of the year, this current always runs downward. From Bic to Green Island, on the southern side, the stream of flood is no wherO pevceptible at a mile and a half from the islands. The ebb, or rather current, comes strongly from the N.W., out of the River Saguenay, and through the channel to the northward of Red Island. Here it always runs in a S.E. direction, two miles an hour, with a westerly wind ; but only so to the southward and eastward of Red Island. Be- tween Red Island and Green Island, the ebb runs from 4 to 6^ knots. In crossing over to the north shore, this easterly current will be found to diminish ; for, on the north side, the flood is pretty regular, and the ebb much weaker. Eastward of the Razade Rocks, and near Bic, the current assumes a N.E. direction, and sets strongly between Bic and Bicquet. To the southward of Bic, spring-floods run at the rate of a knot and a half; neaps are not perceptible. Ships that come to the southward >f Bic, with a scant wind from the northward, must steer W. by N., to check the S.E. current, until they come into 18 fathoms of water, or up to Basque, whence they proceed for Green Island. : i.nv' - The first of the flood, spring-tides, sets from the N.E. along the north side of (jfitEEN Island, and strongly towards the west end of it ; then S.S.W. over the reef towards Cacana. In the middle of the channel no flood is perceptible. At two miles to the south- ward of Red Island it sets strongly to the N.W., and the ebb contrary. During spring- ebbs, the meeting of the N.E. and S.E. tides, near the middle of Green Island, causes very strong ripplings : and, to the eastward of Green Island, the S.E. ebb comes strongly about the east end of Red Island ; here meeting, the N.E. tide causes a higli rippling, much ukc brokcu Water iii Strong easterly winds : but, in neap tides, tho floods are very weak, and in the spring of the year there are none. This readers the part of the river now under notice more tedious in its navigation than any other, unless with a free wind; From 56 THE RIVER OF ST. LAWRENCE, UPWARDS. From the West end of Green Island a regelar str ^am of flood and ebb commeneea, wMoh niM five hours upward and seven downward. At the Brandy-Pots it dows tide and Marter4ide : and, above the Parqr Rochs, on the south shore, it sets regularly «!» and lam, N.E. by E. and 8.W. by W. From the Brandv-Pets, the stream of flood sets towards Hare Island ; and, near the west end, N.W., with great strength, through the passage between the bland and shoal. Above Hare Island, the flood sets regularly op the river. The ebbs contiarywise. From the Pilobims up to Cape Diable, the flood is very wealc, but It thenoe increases up to the buoys of the Traverse, where it runs at the rate of 6 knots. The first of the cob sets towards the English Banic and Hare Island Shoal, when abreast of the greater island of Kamourasca, and the ebb contrary. At the Tbavebse, on the full and change, the tide on-shore flows at half past four, but it continues to run to the westward until six o'clocic, when regular in the ohannel. With westerly winds there is a deviation, but it is certain that the tide on shore rises three feet before the stre<\Bi Itends to tii. westward : and this allowance must always be made in every part of the river. In the Traverse, the first of the flood sets from the N.N.E. ; at the bnoys, at a quar- ter food, it takes a S.W. direction , and, when the shoals are covered at half-flood, at the Seal Reefs, it sets until high water S.W. by W. The ebbs» in a contrary direction, run with great strength ; frequently, in the spring of the year, at the rate of 6 or 7 knots. From Crane Island the flood sets fair up the river, but the first of the ebb off L'Islet sets to the northward for half an hour, then fair down the river, and at the rate of not more than 3i knots in spring-tides. DIRECTIONS FOR SAILING UP the RIVER, from Anticosti ;r:f;;:'.;':"^\.; . ■.:. : :;:.,; /.;. to Quebec. _ .; v. , ,•• . ,,^ ,,, ,; , , ;; .,;•;„, Between the d.W. Point of Anticosti and the coast of the district of Gasp^, the cur- rent from the river sets strongly down to the south-eastward. In the spring of the year it is strongest ; this is supposed to be owing to the vast quantity of snow which thaws at that time. In the summer, when the smaller rivers have lost their freshes, this cur- rent is estimated at the general rate of two miles an hour ; but in the spring, its rate has amounted to three and a half ; which, of course, varies according to the quantity of snOw, &c. Mr. Lambly says that, there is a difference of two and three feet in the level oS the River St. Lawrence, between the months of May and August ; which he imputes to the quantity of ice and snow melted in the spring. Those advancing towards the river, in the fairway between the S.W. Point of Anti< costi and Cape Rosiere, with the wind from the North or N. by E., it ignorant of the cturent, may think that they are making a reach up, when really approaching the south shore. This is to be guarded ag^nst ; particularly during a long night, or in dark and tluck weather. It is always best to tack in time, and get out of the strength of the current, which will be found to diminish towards the north coast. In coming vp, with contraby winds, and being far enough to the westward to weather Anticosti, stand to the northward, and keep within tiiree or four leagues of the land up to Point Deamon, the extremity of the Cape Monts Pel^s. The land is idl bold, and the tide along it favourable. After getting up to Trinity Bay, or the coast to the N JS. of the cape, the flood will be found setting along tiie north shore. Should circumstances render it necessary, you may proceed to, and take shelter at, the entrance of the Habboub of St. Nicolas, already described, which lies W. by N. 5 leagues from Point Deamon, or the extremity of Moots Pel^s, . Abbreoet of Makicoitoan Shoals, at about two-thirds of the channel over from the southward, a strong rippling has frequently been found ; at about two miles farther nffirtb, another; and at two miles more a sioular one: these are visible only in fine weatiier, and are supposed to be caused by tlie slack of the eastern current, which runs down on the south shore, and the regular flood on the north. In this part no bottom is •noes may occasionaUy be found, but tho'e is no danger ; it being merely the oonffict of Ae two streams. In , ..U,4W-i~.i»»»i.—. ■ :— lommenoea, t Aow* tide eguUrlf vy id, near the d and ihoal. Btywite. oe inereaaes < first of the the greater If past four, ;he ehannel. shore rises It always be I, at a quar. flood, at the rection, run r 7 knots. boffL'Islet rate of not NTICOSTI .•J/ •■.'■■■ p^, the cur* ; of the year ivhich tlmws es, this cttr« ing, its rate B quantity of t in the level I he imputes int of AntU arant of the ag the south in dark and mgth of the westward to ir leagues of lie land is all the coast to le shelter at, ies W. by N. irer from the oniles farther only in fine ., which runs no bottom is f the conflict In J >-^ w * ■ SAILING DIRECTIONS. 67 4 In proceeding upwards, with eonXrary windt, a ship should continue to keep over towards the north shore, but taking especial care to avoid the Manicougan and Ber- siamites shoaN. Thus she will avoid the current setting strongly down the middle of the river, and have the assistance of the flood-tide, which is not i'clt hereabout on the south shore. The current is always strong to the N.E. between Bicquet and Mille Vachcs. If a ship has advanced up, on the north side, to Bersiamites Point, with the wind at west, and a flood-tide, she may cross over to Father Point, a rd obtain a pilot. Should the wind change to S.W. by W., keep the north land on board, until sure of fetching the point. With a FAIR WIND and under favourable circumstances, a ship proceeding upward, on the SOUTH side of the river, may find soundings, but very irregular, along the coast toMatane; the shore is, in general, liteep. No anchoring in any part : the depth 20, 30, and 50, fathoms at one mile from the rock, and all hard ground ; in from 50 to 80 fathoms, the bottom is of clean sand.* Fbom Capk Chat to Matane, the course and distance are W. by S. 1 1 leagues. When at one or two leagues to the eastward of Matane, and three miles from shore, you will see the Paps bearing S.W. ^ W. : they stand inland to the westward of the river, as already noticed, and this is the best bearing on which they can be seen. Mount Camille will now be in sight, bearing S.W. by W. i| W. 14 or 15 leagues. It hence appears to the northward of all the land on the south side, and in the form of a circular island. From Matane to the land off Mount Camille, the course is from W.S.W. to W.by S. according to the wind. • In the year 1817, Mr. Wm. Bain, a Master in the Royal Navy, pualished an interesting volume, entitled, « An Essay on the Variation of the Compass ; shewing how far it is infiueneed by a change in the direction of the Ship's Head ; with an exposition of the dangers arising to navigators from not allowing for this change of variation," In this work, Mr. Bain has noticed the frequent and re- markable aberration of the compass in ships, when approaching the vicinity of Cape Chat He says, " In the River of St. Lawrence, the change in the variation should be most particularly attenaed to ; as it leads a ship, both in goin^ up and coming down, on the coast most to be avoided. " On coming down that magnificent river. May, 1813, I found that it was necessary to steer a very different course from the opposite one made use of in going up, under very similar circum- stances, a few days before. I noted the circumstance in my remark -book, sent to the Lords of the Admiralty, on returning to England : and, owing to that circumstance, and not having a copy nor log-book to refer to, I cannot state from memory the courses steered, though I remember the dif- ference to have exceeded one point, and that we had an eight and nine-knot breeze, both in going up and coming down, with the weather uncommonly fine, and every circumstance extremely fa- vourable for making such remarks. < ' Subsequent to the above period, one of our ships of war (the Zealous) had a very narrow escape in going up that river. The compasses in the binnacle were so much affected by local attractions, that, had tne fog not cleared away at the moment it did, the ship must have run on shore, not far from Cape Chat i she was in 10 fathoms. " The gentleman from whom I had this information could assign no other cause why the com- passes were so influenced, except from the muskets placed around the mizen-mast ; but, on enquiry, I found that they had been there during the former part of the voyage ; and, consec|uenUy, this could not have been the primary cause, as the deviation must have been sooner perceived, t am, therefore, inclined to attribute the near approximation of the land as being the primary, and the local attraction of the ship as the secondary, cause, acting on the magnetic needle with a compound force. All the compasses in the ship, when brought on deck, were alike affected. " I have great reason to believe that, the non-attendance to the changes of variation in the River St. Lawrent;e, and perhaps in the vicinity, is one of the causes of the many losses that happen there. " Before quitting this subiect, I may, perhaps, be permitted to notice an effect produced by the cliange of variation, but hitherto ascribed to very different causes. And there is not an officer, I will venture to say, in the British navy, but will bear testimony to the truth of the following state- ment : — " When beating to windward, and obliged to tack pretty often, say in chace of an enemy, or en- deavouring to gain a port, all seamen have remarkea that, every time the ship was put about, the wind came round some points with the ship; so that, for instance, if the wind was at South, and l^ing W.S.W. on one tack, the ship would lie only E. by S., or East, on the other tack. At otlier times, we have been well pleased, under similar circumstances, to find the wind favour the ship a point or two in every tack ; so that, if the wind was at North, and the ship lyinp W.N.W. before tacking, she would lie N.E. by E., and N.E. upon the other tack. It is not a change in the wind wuich produces these appareut uiufereuccs, but it is wholly to be sscnbed to the local sttrsctscn m the ship. When the head is westerly, the north end of the needle is drawn half this difference westward ; when ^e head is easterly, it is drawn hidf the difference eastward." {Page 89.) I Eight 58 THE RIVER OF «T. LAWRENCE, UPWARDS. Eight leMues to the westward of Matane River ia Little Mbtts Covb, described on page 49. u requisite to anchor here, give the east end of the reef a I 'th of 100 yardi , or cross it in three fathoms ; then haui up into the middle of the cove, and let go. Great Metis, described on page 49, is Sj leagues 8.W. from Little Metis. The htmk of soundings extends farther to the northward off these coves than off Matane, and 35 fathoms, with sand, may he found nt four miles from shore j but, beyond this, the depths speedily increase to ()0 and 70 fathoms. The edge of the bank continues steep as high up as Green Island. Along shore, within 10 fathoms, the ground is hard« and it is difficult for a.boat to land, unless in fine weather. From Great Metis to Cock Cove, as already shown, page 50, the land trends W. by N. 4 leagues. In fine weather, sliips may stop tide between, in 15 fathoms. Point aux Peres, or Father Point, has been already described, as well as Bar- nab^ Island, which lies to the westward of it, (see pasre 50.) Small vessels, seeking shelter from westerly winds, may find a depth of 3 fathoms, under the reef extending from the east end of this island. Upon this reef is a large round stone, which serves as a mark. To enter, cross the tail of the reef in 4 fathoms, and then haul to the south- ward ;; and, when the island bears W. by N., with the large stone N.W. by W., anchor at a quarter of a mile from the island. From Barnab^ Island, the Isle Bic bears West, 3 leagues, Bicquet W. by N. 10 miles ; and Cape Orignal W.S.W. } W. 3} leagues. Cape Orignal and the east end of Bic lie North and South from each other, distant 2} miles. The Cape bears from Bic Harbour due West, about 2k miles. From the cape of a reef extends E. by N. one mile. The eastern part of this reef and the western point of the harbour, in a line, bear E.S.E. one mile. Soundings, &c. between Cock Cove and Bic Island.— From Father Point, the bank extends northward six miles. At that distance from land are 35 fathoms of water, with sand and mud. Hence, westward, all the way to within one mile of Bicquet, the soundings are very regular. Ships may, therefore, stand to the southward by the lead, and tack at pleasure. They may, also, stop tide any where in this extent, in 9 fathoms, good ground. If a ship arrives off Father Point, during an easterly wind and clear weather, when no pilots are to be obtained, she may safely proceed along the land in 10 fathoms of water.* On approaching the Isle Bic, the reef extending from the S.E. of that island will be seen : give this a berth, and continue onward through the middle of the channel between the island and Cape Orignal. With the body of the island N.E., you may come to an anchor, in clean ground, and wait for a pilot. There is a spot on the island cleared from trees : when this spot bears N.E., from a depth of 11 or 12 fathoms, you will be in a good berth. The ground is hard towards the island. A ship off Father Point, during thick weather and an easterly wind, without a pilot, may stand to the southward by the lead, and tack by sounding. In this case observe that, when in 12 fathoms, Bic will bear due West. To BEAT up from Father Point to Bic Island, you may make free with the south shore ; as, by nearing it, the flood tide will be most in your favour. The depth of 7 fathoms is a good fair-way, and you may anchor in that depth all the way up to the island. When beating in, to the southward of Bic, from the eastward, stand to the southward into 7 fathoms while to the eastward of the island, but approach no nearer to the S.E. reef than 9 fathoms. In the middle are 12 fathoms. In standing to the northward, towards Bic, tack jn 10 fathoms all along the island, and when it bears N.E, anchor as above.f * The pilots repair to their rendezvous in April. On their boats and sails are-, their respective numbers. The proper rendezvous is at Father Point; but they are p^t^inet with at Matane and Cape Chat, and sometimes lower down. ; /.' f A family (that of Madame Petit) is settled at S.S.W. from Bic, in' a small cove at the bottom of a high hill. Here, and on Bic Island, water may be had. The next parish, westward, is Trois Pistoles, and at this place provisions may be obtained. Between these places are no houses or sctiierAcnts, iitit ifOui tiic latter to vtucbec ar£ rcgiiiiur stag£5. Passengsrs n'sshsng tc Quit the ship at Bic, in order to proceed by land, by going to Madame Petit's house, may find a guide to take them through the woods to Trois Fiitoles, or may take a boat up to the latter. (1818.) The SAILING DIRECTIONS. 59 •oribed on 100yardi» It go. etis. The ff Matane, syond this, [ continues nd is hard, inda W. by ell as Bar- Is, seeking r extending h serves as the south- V., anchor '. 10 miles; d of Bic lie iic Harbour mile. The )ear E.S.E. Point, the IS of water, icquet, the >y the lead, 9 fathoms, ither, when ) fathoms of F that island the channel I., you may (1 the island ithoms, you , without a n this case louth shore ; 7 fathoms is ind. When iward into 7 le S.E. reef ird, towards as above.f eir respective t Matane and at the bottom rard, is Trois no houses or guide to take The The GENERAL COURSES, &o. between Capb Chat aod Islb Bic, « • 1 '• arc as follow: ,, . A ship bound upward, and having arrived within three leagues of Cape Chat, should steer W. by S. or W.S.Vv., according to the wind, allowing for current to 8.E.,-a8 already shown. Running thus, for 28 leagues, will bring you to Father Point. Should the weather be thick, you may haul to the southward ; and if, after gaining sounding* 111 from 30 to 85 fathoms, the water Hhould suddenly shoalen to 90 and 16, you will not be up to the point, but may safely run four or Ave miles highea: with soundings, and the water gradually shoaling from 30 to SS, 18, &o. in three or four miles, you will be up with the point, and may make signal for a pilot, approaching no nearer than in 12 fathoms. Here you will be about one mile and a half from shore ; and will, if thu weather be clear, see the houses. The shore is bold-to, and may be approached with safety. From Father Point to the Isle Bic, the bearing and distance are W. ^ S. id milea. While advancing from the eastward towards Father Point, and being off Little Metis, the high land to the southward of Cape Orignal may be seen before the cape itself or Isle Bic come in sight. From off Mount Camille, in clear weather, Bic may be clearly seen. To avoid mistaking Barnab^ Isle for that of Bic, observe that, in thick weather, a ship cannot approach the land, near Father Point, without gradually shoaling the water ; consequently if, while keeping the lead going, you come into 9 fathoms, and make an island suddenly, it must be Barnab^ ; or, if falling in with an island on any bearing to the westward of W.S.W., one cast of the lead will be sufficient to ascerttun wliich it is : for, with Barnabe from W.S.W. to West, you will have from 7 to 5 fathoms only; but Mrith Bic on the same bearings are from Id to 12 fathoms. If, with the lead kept going, and no soundings be found, you suddenly fall in with an island to the southward, it must be Bicquet. With this island S.W., half a mile, there are 60 fathoms of water. At two miles East from it are 10 fathoms, and a ship ad- vancing into this depth, from the deep water, may either haul off to the northward, and wait for clear weather, or proceed, by sounding around the reef from the east end of Bic ; steer thence West two miles, and come to an anchor, within the island, in 12 or 11 fathoms. With an easterly wind, if requisite to anchor en the south side of Bic, to proceed from windward, run boldly to the southward, and look out for the reef extending from the east end of the island ; the latter may be seen, being always above water. Give the reef a berth of a quarter of a mile, and run along, in mid-channel, until Cape Orig- nal bears S.S.E., the body of the island then bearing N.N.W. In 13 or 14 fathoms is a large ship's berth, the ground clear and good. Small vessels may run up, until the island bears N.E. in 10 fathoms, at about a quarter of a mile from the island, but here the ground is not so clear as in the deeper ^' ;iter. Fresh water is obtainable in the cove just to the westward of the east end of the A&nd. If, during a westerly wind, a ship should be to the windward of the island, and it be required to bear up to anchor, stand to the southward into 1 1 fathoms ; then run down and anchor, as above directed ; but particularly noticing that, with little wind, 1 1 fathoms is the proper depth of the fair-way, and that the last quarter-flood, and all the ebb, sets strotagly between Bicquet and Bic. Should you, with the wind easterly, be too far to the westward to fetch round the east end of Bic, in order to gain the anchorage, give Bicquet a berth of half a mile, then run up until the west end of Bic bears S.E., when Cape Orignal will be open of it. The latter mai-k leads to the westward of a reef that covers at a quarter tide, and ex- tends S.W. by W. one mile from Bicquet. Another reef, always in sight, lies between the former and Bicquet. By hauling around to the southward, with Cape Orignal open, you will pass athwart the opening between Bic and Bicquet, in from lo to 12, 10, and 9 fathoms ; the water thence shoalens into 6 fathoms, on a spit of mud and sand lying S.W. by W. from Bic, a mile in length. After crossing this spit, you will deepen into 10 and 12 fathoms, when the passage will be open, and you may come to an anchor. The N.W. ledge of Bic, the west end of that isle, and Cape Orignal, are in a direct line whe" ^pa""'"? S E Wlmn Ytontinop 5ntr» Rip frnm thp. wpRturnrH. whil«> tttnitittnir tn the southward, do not shut Mount Camille with Cape Orignal ; in standing to the north- ward, do not shut Mount Camille with the Isln Bic. Bank 60 THE RIVER OI' ST. I.AWRENCK, UPWARDS. Bank or Soundinos.— In the offing, between Barnab^ and Bic, are regular sound' ingfl, deoitaslng from 36 to 30 fathomt, generally of clean ground. Ship* miiy, there- fore, anchor in any depth, but no nearer than a mile and n naif, with Hie bearing from W.8.W. to S.W,, aa otherwise, the channel on the aouth of that island will not be open ; and, with a sudden shift of wind, you may not be able to clear the island. At N.W. from the eMtern extremity of the S.E. reef of Bic, and just to the soitthward of the stream of Bicquet, is a dangerous ledge, seen at low water, spring-tides only. To avoid them, give Bic the berth of a mile. Westward of Bic, the bnnic trends to the 8.W. from Bicquet, and hence to Basque Isle extends in no part more than three miles from the main land ; and, from that isle, not more than two miles. Ships may here, therefore, stand safely to the southward by the lead, 19 fathoms being the fair-way. ISLE BIC TO QREEN ISLAND.— From the Isle Bic, Oreen Island bears W.8.W.. distance 10 leagues : and the course will therefore be from W.S.W. to H.W., according to the distance northward from Bic, &t. In thin course and distance, you pass the Alcldes Rock, Rasades, Basque, and Apple Island, which have been described in page 60. From the rocks of Apple Island to the eastern reef of Green Island, the bearing and distance are W. by S. 2| miles. This reef extends nearly a mile from the trees on the east end of Green Island, and is always uncovered. The small channel on the south side of Green Island is nearly dry at low water. The edge of the bank is very steep to the northward of the Razades, &c. ; but from 35 fathoms, inward, there are gradual soundings. Between Bic and Gieen Island there is anchorage all the way in 14 fathoms ; and for small vessels, in tine weather, in () fa- thoms. If up to the east end of Green Island, and the tide be done, you may anchor in 10 fathoms, off the reef, and in the stream of the ledge extending N.E. by N. from the lighthouse point, at the distance of a mile from the extremity of tnat Hhoal. Between Bic and Basque the ground is all clean ; but thence to Green Island it is fouL A small vessel may tind shelter under the east end of Basque, in 3 fathoms at low water, giving the east end of the reef extending from that island the berth of a quarter of a mile. The anchorage is with the island bearing W. by S. The LioHTHousB and reefs about Green Island have been already described in page 50. The high land to the southward of Cape Orignal kept open to the northward of Basque Island, leads clear of the lighthouse ledge. With the lighthouse bearing S.W. by S., this ledge will be exactly between the ship and lighthouse. Between the lighthouse and the west end of Green Island, in fine weather, you may stop tide in SO or 25 fathoms, close to the north side of the island : but, if the wind is fresh, the ground will be found to be bad for holding, and too near the shore. During N.E. winds, small vessels may anchor between the S.W. reef and Cacana, in 4 fathoms ; but it will be better to bear up for the Brandy-Pots, lest they be caught by adverse weather, &c. Red Island bears from the lighthouse of Green Island N.W. by W. ^ W. nearly six miles. The eastern extremity of its extensive reef bears from the lighthouse nearly N.N.W. When coming up in the night, the light should not, therefore, be brought to the eastward of S. by £., until you are certainly within five miles of it. If, with the light bearing S. by E. you cannot make free to enter the Narrows, wait for day-light ; and, should the wind be scant from N.W., you may then borrow on the south side of Red Island, but so as to have White Island open from the north side of Hare Island. On drawing to the westward, you may approach the shoal of White Island by the lead, remeinbering that the ebb-tide sets strongly down between White Island Shoal and Red Island, and the flood in the contrary direction. A vessel may anchor, in fine weather, on the south side of Red Island Reef, in 12 fathoms, at the distance of about three- quarters of a mile. The tide hereabouts, as already shown, sets in all directions. The SOUNDINGS between Green Island and Red Island are very irregular. At a mile from each are 40 fathoms of wa<;er. In the middle, no bottom is to be found with a line of 70 fathoms. The water of this channel, during ebb-tide, with an easterly wind, appears broken, but there is no danger. The NORTH COAST.—The Point de Mille Vaches bears from Bicquet N. by W, 22 miles. The extensive ahoal which surruunds this poiiit Cuiaiiiences ai the fivcf of Port-neuf, on the east. The southern extremity of the shoal is about half a league from shore, and it very steep-to. Part of the shoal is dry at low water. Above the point the land HAILING DlaECTIONS. *"•" 61 ular lound- nity, then- aring from >t be opeo ; soitthward tides only. enda to the three miles may liore, ir-way. •8 W.8.W., , according u pass the ed in pngt; the bearinrg le trees on n the south ; but from stand there er, in () fa- y anchor In ^. from the Island it i» loms at low }f a quarter in page 50. of Basque 3.W. by S., er, you may the wind is •e. During 4 fathoms ; by adverse ^ nearly six ouse nearly ! brought to If, with the r day-light ; 3uth side of lare Island. by the lead, oal and Red ne weather, jbout three- ious. At a mile lund with a iterly wind, t N. by W. the fiver of league from ite point the land land forms a deep bay, but it Is shoal, and full of rocks. At about Ave leaguM to th* westward of the point, are two islets, called the Etquemin ItUn, eastward ot which Is • small rlrer, called Baut au Mouton, having a handsome fall at the mouth of it, which may be always seen when passing. Between the Esquemin Isles and Haffuenay River, are three small inlets, named Bondesire and Les Bcrgeronnes, which afford shelter to fishing-boats. Ships worliing up on the north side, between the Esquemin Isles and Red Island, should keep within two leagues uf the north land : the shore is clear and bold, and the flood pretty regular. Should a ship, to the northward of Red Island, be caught by a sudden shift of easterly wind, so that she cannot fetch round the east end of Red Island Reef, she may safely bear up and run to the westward, giving Red Island, White Island, and Hare Island, a berth of two miles in passing. At three leagues above Hare Island, haul to the south- ward, and enter the South Channel towards Kamourasca; whence proceed as hereafter directed. GREEN ISLAND to thk BRANDV~P0T8.— The Percy Rocks. Barrett's Ledge, Wh'.te Island, and the Brandy-Pots, have already been described. See page 51. From Green Island to the Brandy-Pots, the course and distance are from S.W. ^ VV. to 8.W. by W. 5{ leagues. To sail to the northward of Barrett's Ledge, which is the large ships' channer, bring the southernmost mountain of Kamourasca in a lino with the saddle of the Great Pilgrim, or an islet lying off the N.E. side of Green Island, touching the high land of Cape Orignal. Either of these marks will clear the Ledge^ m^4 t^cre the telegra>. on the southernmost Brandy-Pot will be seen. ., .>,,.,.».»,.-, In advancing tow ids the White Island Reef, you may trust to the lead : seven fathoms is near rn' ..gh to tack or anchor in, and this depth is in the fair-way to the Brandy-Pots. Th«; Brandy Pots are steep on the south side, 10 fathoms being close to them. Therr s gc ''d anchorage to the eastward of the Brandy-Pots, in from g to 7 fathoms, and good anchorage above them, in from g to 14 fathoms. This is the best roadstead of any part of the river, during easterly winds, excepting Crane Island. There is a good passage to the southward of Barrett's Ledge up to the Pilgrims, leav- ing the Middle Ground, which is above Barrett's Ledge, on the starboard hand. The north passage, is, however, the best, and most used. ' '■;. > ) : BRANDY-POTS to the TRAVERSE and GOOSE ISLAND.— For the flat on the south side of Hare Island, above the Brandy-Pots, see page 52. This flat is bold-to, there being 7 fathoms close to it, quite up to the west end ; and the whole of this side of the island is bound by rocks. The upper end of the Middle Bank, as already noticed, (page 52,) bears S.E. about two miles from the Brandy-Pots. Between the Middle Ground and Hare Island are SO fathoms of water ; on the south side of the Middle Ground, 10 fathoms. At half tide, in this part of the river, a large ship may safely beat up or down. In order to pass through the best water, between the Middle Ground and Hare Tvard of the buoy. A red buoy has been laid down on the east end of the Middle Bank, in 2^ fathoms, bearing from the black one above described N.W. by W. one mile distant.f This has been already noticed. i ^ This buoy lies in 2| fathoms, with the church of St. Roc, or St. Roch, S.E. by S. 5 miles ; the church of St. Anne, E. i S. ; River Quelle Church, E. by N. ; East end of Coudre Isle, N.N.W. I W. ; Cape Goose, N.N.E. ; and the northernmost high land of Kamourasca jiut open with the low land of St. Denis, N.E. by E. | £. •f- The black buoy was formerly laid near the same spot, and a white one where the black one now lies. The frequent changing of buoys in this manner is, at times, very perplexing to navi- gators. For example : — Extract from a Letter, dated Quebec, 31st May, 1815.—" Having just brought a convoy of valuable transports, with provisions for the army, I conceive it my duty, for the good of the public, to acqudnt youvrith a remark which I made on my passage through Uie Traverse, passing up this river. " By all Charts that I have seen, on the North Bank of the Traverse, a black buoy was placed ; and, on the south edge, a white buoy ; consequently, ships passed between them ; or, if one was gone, acted by the other. By this year the white buoy is taken away, and a black one placed on the south shore in its room; therefore, all ships coming up in Uiick weather, if obliged to ran without pilots, will, by their, Chart, go on the South Bank, by keeping, as usual, the black buoy on their starboard hand. . f< Having felt the important charge, &c. &c. (Signed) Chas. Church, R.N. Agent for Tran^orla." The red buoy U«s with the summit cf the second mcuntain, ircm the northward, of the high land of Kamourasca in a line with the low land of St. Denis, and Pilier Boisse its own breadth open to the southward of Goose Island. Its thwart-marks are, the road behind St. Roc's Church thrice the church's length open to the nenvrard of the cburchj and the black buoy, (as above,) S.E. by E. The ind Kamou- nd with the :he depth of oal of Hare may cross deep water. 18 described a place on uls' breadth arry 14 feet reef extends Qore than a t in, should ! place for a church and le reefs, run side; then Should the Traverse, eding, keep low point of and, when a line with ilier Boisse one half or r the Fillers kt half flood, 2^ fathoms, ant.f This y S. 5 miles ; Coudre Isle, isca jiiat open the black one exing to navi- a convoy of of the public, issing up this y was placed ; n ; or, if one I a black one c weather, if ' keeping, as Qspcurta.". ..^ nf fko liSok I own breadth hi open to the The . ' iJiAf SAILING DIRECTIONS. r/Ul SJIi $$i The direct coarse through the Traverse from the buojrs, inth flood-tide, it S.8.W., and, with an ebb-tide, 8.^ The distance, 5| leagues. >i ;^ ' If running from off Cape Diable for the Traverse, during the night or in a fog, strike the bank off that cape in 7 or 8 fathoms, and steer about W.S.W. By keepmg that water, it will lead to the buoy. On passing the point of St. Roc Sand, the water will suddenly be found to deepen, whence you must haul to the southward, and be sure to : keep the south side on board. In beating up from the cape to the buoys, take the English Bank as your guide to tack from when standing to the northward ; and, from the southward, the Flat of St. Anne. There is deep water between the Flat and English Bank, but you may anchor on either side, according to the wind. If entering the Traverse with little wind, be careful to allow for the first of the flood, as it sets strongly ton-irds the point of St. Roc's Bank. On going through, if mere than half-flood, allow for a set to S.W. by W., and be sure always to keep the south bank on board. Above the Fillers, or Pillars, the tide sets fair up the river. In beating into and through this passage, be careful and tack from each side on the first shoal-cast of the lead ; but most so to the northward, on the edge of the Middle Bank. Ten fathoms is near enough to the bank ; and it is to be remembered, that the ship will always go farther over towards the Middle Bank than to the point of St. Roc's Shoal. Anchorage. — Between the Brandy-Pots and Traverse, there is anchorage all along the English Bank, and upon the edge of the flat on the south side, between the Pil- grims and the greater Kamourasca Isle, in Q fathoms ; under the Pilgrims, in 3 fathoms j off Cape Diable, in 10 fathoms ; and thence, along the flat, up to the buoys. Should the flood be done, when a ship is in the Narrows, or between the buoys, or if any occurrence render it necessary to anchor thereabout, instead of coming-to in the channel, run below either buoy, and come-to there, in 7 fathoms, on cither side. The tides will be found much easier after half-ebb below the buoys than between them. In the deep water the tides here run very strong. Should the wind be inclinable to the westward, you may anchor at half a mile to the eastward of the red buoy, in 6 fathoms, clear ground, and moderate tide. Should the wind be inclinable to the southward, an- chor to the southward of the stream of the black buoy, in 7 fathoms. Should a ship be a mile above the buoys, under similar circumstances, she should anchor on the edge of the South Bank, in 7 fathoms, with a good scope of cable before the tide comes strong ; for, if the anchor once starts, you may have to cut fi-om it, as it seldom takes hold again, the ground hereabout being foul and unfit for holding. Near the Pillars the tides are much easier than below ; at and above them, setting at the rate of not more than 3{ miles an hour. Ships bound down, with easterly winds, may anchor at two miles to the eastward of the South Pillar, in 7 fathoms ; or, to the southward of it, in the same depth, with good ground. Soundings, &c. — Opposite to Cape Diable, the English Bank has 14 fathoms of water over it ; thence eastward to Hare Island Shoal, and westward to the MiddleBank, it grradually shoalens to 2) fathoms. In the channel between the cape and bank, are. from 35 to 30 fathoms. Near the buoys are from 11 to 13 fathoms. The Middle Bank is steep, 10 fathoms being close to the edge of it. The Bank of St. Roc is, also, steep, and has 5 fathoms close to it. Above this, each side is equally steep to the Pillars. In the middle of this part of the Traverse are 12, 10, 9, and 7, fathoms. In the channel to the southward of the Pillars are 7 and 8 fathoms. .' SOUTH PILIER, or Pillar, to Crane Island.— From abreast of the South Pillar, or of the Avignon Rock, the direct course and distance to Crane Island, are S.W. | W. 6 leagues. On this course you pass Goose Island, and arrive at the Bank of Madame Beaujej, detcribed on page 53. The south side of the channel is a muddy flat, of 3 and 2 fathoms, jvith regular sou t.Mngs towards it. There is hence good anchorage all the way up to \yrau6 IslniiU( .liu no itc&Fer tOwaruo vxCu36 iStftuu <«£€• than but above h, as already noticed, you may stand towards the island to 7 fathoms, page 53.) I o ^A^K^kv I •«> ai»««aw«aa4 y (See To 64 THE RIVER OF ST. LAWRENCE, UPWARDS. To clear Madame Bravjeu's Bank, keep the Bouthernmost of three mountains stand- ing to the southward of Trois Saumon on with the islet to the W. S.W. of the same, distinguished by a telegraph : with this mark run into 4 fathoms of water, until you bring the farm-hQuse on the east end of Crane Island to bear N.W. Here you will be up to the Bank. Now bring the bluff point of St. Valier two sails' breadth open to the southward of the west end of Crane Island, which will lead fair in the best water. When up to the body of Crane Island, you may approach safely, as it is bold and clear, with 7 fathoms close to the rucks. Anchorage. — From the Pillars to Crane Island, there is anchorage in 7 fathoms all the way, with good and clean ground. There is, also, a good road off the body of Crane Island, in 10 fathoms. The best road in the river, during easterly winds, is at a mile to the westward of Crane Island : and ships bound downward, if at the Pillars, and caught by strong easterly winds, had better run back tc this place, than ride below, and risk the loss of anchors. CRANE ISLAND to POINT St. Valier.— The direct course and distance from Point St. Valier to Crane Island, is from W. by S. to W.S.W. six leagues. Between are the mud bank of St. Thomas, the Wye Rods, the Belle Chasse Islets, and a small bank off Grosse Island. For description, iee page 53. When St. Thomas's church bears S.E., you will be abreast the point of the bank, and may thence steer directly up, W. S.W. To avoid the Wye Rocks, never stand to the southward of seven fathoms in the night j and^ by day, observe that the long mark is to keep Belle-Chasse Islets always open to the southward of Point St. Valiei. The Rocks lie with Belle-Chasse Islets and the telegraph of St. Michael in one ; and the islets then appear twice their breadth open to the northward of Point St. Valier. When above Marguerite Island, stand no farther to the northward than into 6 fathoms, and thus you will avoid the bank extending from Grosse Island. Rat island and Ma- dame are flat to the southward ; 7 fathoms will be near enough to both. The south side of the channel, up to Belle-Chasse, is all bold ; 8 fathoms are close to it, with 7, 8, 9, and 5, fathoms, quite across. There is good clean anchoring-ground, and easy tides, all the way. When up to Belle-Chasse, stand no nearer to these islets than 8 fathoms, and to Me ?ame than 6 fathoms. The shoal extending from Madame has already been noticed. See i'Oge 54. ST. VALIER to QUEBEC— From the Point of St. Valier to that of St. Laurent, or St. Lawrence, in Orleans, the course and distance are from W. S.W. to S.W. by W. 4 leagues. Both sides are bold ; 10 fathoms in a fair-way from Orleans, and 8 fathoms from the south shore ,; with 20, 18, and l6, fathoms in the middle,, quite up to St. Law- rence's church. Ships may anchor towards the island, in from l6 to 10 fathoms. The Shoal of Beaumont, described in page 54, is steep-to. Make short boards until you are above Point St. Lawrence, when you will be above it, and may safely stand to the southward into 10 fathoms. . From Point St. Lawrence to Point Levy, the course and distance are W. by N. two leagues. At a mile and a half ^^ > ard from St. Lawrence's church is St. Patrick's Hole. (See page 54.) Here, in about 10 fathoms, is the fair-way to tack from. The depth in the middle is 10 fathoms. From Point Lew to Quebec, the course is W. S.W., and the distance about two miles. The shoals of Beauport, on the north side, may be easily avoided : in standing towards them, advance no nearer than in 10 fathoms, as they are steep-to, and are, in some parts, studded with rocks. Ships, arriving at Quebec, with flood-tide and an easterly wind, should take in their canvas in time, and have cable ready, as the ground in the basin is not veiy good for holding. The water is deep, and the tides strong, particularly spring-tides. If obliged to come-to in the middle, there will be found from id to 20 fathoms abreast of the town ; is a depth of 1 ! fathoms • and near ---1 r. sV-'as' lflR~*V» f" *\x. here vessels are easily brought up : but, in the o£Sng, l6 fathoms of cable will be re- quired. On the Point Levy side is a depth of nearly 30 fathoms, and the tides are stronger ■ and to ■ .r SAILING DIRECTIONS, w. r 6S stroLdrer here than near the wharfs. With the udnd heavy from the eastward, the best riding will be above the wharfs, off the cove called Diamond Harbour, in the depth of 10 fathoms. The Ballast Gbound, or place appointed by law for heaving out the ballast in, is to the westward of two beacons fixed on the south shore, above Quebec. These bea- cons stand on the brow of a hill, above a cove called Charles Cove, and when in a line bearS.E. , if.,- GENERAL DESCRIPTION of the River of St. Lawrence, from Montreal to Quebec, &c. .-i , '--■.-J Canada extends in the same parallels of latitude as the kingdom of France ; but, instead of exaling the exquisite fragrance of flowers, and ripening delicate fruits into delicious excellence, as is the case in that country, its surface is covered with accu- mulated snows for nearly one half of the year, and vegetation is suspended for the same period by continued frost. Notwithstanding this severity, the climate of Canada is con- genial to health in an eminent degree, and highly conduces to fertilize its soil. Heat and cold are certainly felt to extremes, and the latter, both in duration and intensity, is by far the most predominant.* ' Mr. Grece, in his publication on Canada, where he has farmed extensively, says, *' The spring and summer months being very warm, not unhcalthfuUy sultry, the rapid advance of vegetation is almost incredible to thosa who have not actually visited it. Wheat has sometimes been sown as late as Msy 1 1th, and harvested in the August following. Limestone is abundant, and various other manures easily to be obtuned. Cherries, chesnuts, walnuts, hickory, hazel and filbert nuts, being natural to the soil, grow wild ; as also grapes, gooseberries, strawberries, raspberries, blueberries, cran- berries, and black currants. All the superior European fruits flourish, and orcharding is most successful. Game in immense quantity and variety, and no game-lawt." From the beginning of December until the middle of April, the water-communica- tion of the River of St. Lawrence is totally suspended by the frost. During this period the river, upwards, fi'om Quebec to Kingston, (in Upper Canada,) and between the great lakes, excepting the Niagara and the Rapids, is wholly frozen over ; the lakes themselves are never entirely covered with ice, but it usually shuts up all the bays and inlets, and extends !nauy miles towards their centres. Below Quebec the river is not frozen over, but the force of the tides incessantly detaches the ice from the shores, and such immense masses are kept in continual agitation by the flux and reflux, that navi- gation is totally impracticable these months. By the beginning of May the ice is either dissolved or carried off by the ci.tient. The Island of Montreal is cot)si<< led as the most beautiful part of Lower Canada. On the S.E. side of it is the City, with its convenient port, at 90 sea-leagues from the Isle of Bic, and to this place ships of 600 tons may a »nd with very little difficulty. From Montreal, downward, the navigation assumes a c " ter of more consequence than what it does above, being carried on in ships and dt. vessels of all classes. In the distance hence to Quebec, 45 leagues or 155 miles, the nnpediments to the navi- gation of large vessels, up or down, are not many, and they may be readily overcome, if expedient for cargoes to be so conveyed, in preference to small craft. Ou either side of the river the prospects are admirable, the land being in the highest state of im- provement that the agriculture of the country will admit of, although the component parts do not possess that degree of grandeur which is exhibited below Quebec. Nume- lous villages are seen, for the most part, built around a handsome stone church ; while single houses and farms, at agreeable distances, appear to keep up a regular chain of communication. At about 3g miles below Montreal, on the south bank of the river, is the town of Wileiam Henry, formerly Sorel, which stands at the entrance of the River Richelieu, and above the Lake of St. Pierre, or St. Peter. The latter is 22 miles long and 8 broad ; but a portion of about eight miles of the western part is filled with a group of islands, which, however, for.Ti two distinct channels : and of these, the one on the south being the deepest and cleanest, is the best for ships. Here the banks on each * Bouchette's Description of Canada, 1815. K 'nP «<..>"£'•;,*■. I aid* 66 THE RIVER OF ST. LAWRENCE. side a^^ fet^ld'^,' with slioals stretching from them to a considerable distance, so that a narrow passage only, with 18 to 13 feet of water, is left cle&r. On the north side of the river, at about 33 miles below William Henry, is the town of Taoia Riviebes, or Three Rivers, the third in rank within the province of Lower Canada. It stands at the mouth of the river St. Maurice, and here the tide entirely ceases. Between Trois Ri^eres and Richelieu Rapid, about 33 miles, there is little variation in the general aspect of the country. At the Richelieu Rapid the bed of the river is so much contracted and obstructed, by huge masses of rock, as to leave but a very narrow channel ; and in this, at ebb-tide, is so grtat a descent, that much caution and a proper time of tide is necessary for passing through : at the ecd of the Rapid is good anchorage, where vessels can wait for a convenient opportunity. From Montreal, thus far, the banks are of a very moderate elevation and uniformly level; but hereabout they are much higher, and gradually increase in their approach to Quebec, «'ntil they attain the height of Cape Diamond, upon which the city is built. This spot, and Point Levy, on the south shore, command the finest views that can be imagined ; the assemblage of objects is so grand, and they are so beautifully contrasted^ that the mind of the spectator is overcome with a sensation which cannot be expressed. The capital, upon the summit of the cape ; the river of St. Charles, which flows to the northward of it, through a fine valley abounding with natural beauties ; the Falls of Montmorency, at two leagues to the eastward; the Island of Orleans, and the well- cultivated settlements on all sides, form altogether a most beautiful picture. The Basin of Quebec is two miles in breadth. The Island of Orleans, which has been already described, divides the river into two parts, or channels ; and, of these, the one to the south is always used by ships. The shore on thit side is high, and on the opposite, in souye parts, it is even mountain- ous ; but. both are well settled, and the lands in so high a state of improvement, that a large track in the vicinity of the Riviere du Sud is commonly considered as the gra- nary of the Province. Crane Island and Goose Island, below that of Orleans, are cul- tivated, but the islets in the vicinity of them are neglected. The western side of the entrance of the Riviere du Sud is distinguished by the re- spectable village of St. Thomas, and the country about it is very fine, exhibiting many churches, telegraph-stations, and villages ; the houses, being generally whitened, are pleasingly contrasted by the dark thick woods on the rising grounds behind them, the boundary of view beyond which is a distant range of lofty mountains. M' ii: DESCRIPTION of the Old Traverse, or North Channel, CouDRE Island, &c. This channel, which is now entirely disused by the pilots, lies along the South or 8.B. Coast of the Isle of Orleans, thence to Burnt Cape, Cape Maillard, Coudre Island, and Cape Goose, whence ships crossed over the English Bank to the Kamourasca Isles, &c. In this channel the water is, in general, deep; the passage, lu-xr Orleans, narrow and intricate; the tides very strong ; the lands high, rnd heavy squalls therefore fre- quent; and, lastly, few places for anchorage.' - .. .".- ■' ST. PAUL'S BAY, to the N.W. of Coudre Island, is shoal &T.i rocky to some dis- tance off, whence the French have given this part the name of the whirlpool, in pass- ing here, whether up or down, it is necessary for a vessel to go as near the reef as she safely can, to keep out of a contrary current. The north cape of the Isle of Coudre kept about a cable's length open of Cape Goose, Isids clear of the reef. In the channel between the Isle aux Coudres, or Coudre Island, and the north shore, the current is rapid, the dtpth of water great, and the ground^ in general, bad for anchorage. The island, being cultivated, presents a pleasant aspect, and here are seen the settlements of the Bay of St. Paul, inclosed wixhin an amphitheatre of very high hills. In case of necessity you may, however, moor eft Coudre, in 17 fathoms, coarse ^and, with Cape Goose just open of the land to the westward of it, bearing E.N.E. ^iJ. and the east end of Coudre Island E.8.E. ^ E. In this place the tide runs very strongly, and causes a ship to swing round with the sun. You te, f th»t the town ! of Lower de entirely ■e is little bed of the eave but a ch caution le Rapid is uniformly pproaoh to is built. at can be ontrasted, expressed, ows to the he Falls of the welU The Basin river into by ships, mountaiu- [uent, that as the gra- s, are cul- by the re- liting many itened, are them, the t.NNEL, e South or dre Island, asca Isles, ns, narrow erefore fre- 9 sonoe dis- . In pass- reef as she of Coudre the north ineral, bad id here are f very high ms. coarse E.N.E.iE. y strongly. You RATES OF PILOTAGE FOR THE RIVER. 6/ You tntty also moor in the channel of Coudre, in 17 fathoms at low water, land and mud, with Cape Goose E. by N. ^N., Cape Torment S.W.fW., the east point of St. Paul's Bay W. by N. } N., and the water-stream on the north shore, North. The tides at Coudre, both at ebb and flood, are veiy strong ; yet at the meadows there is good anchorage, but not near the north shore. It is high water at Coudre by the shore at half-psst four, at the full and change of the moon, and it runs off in the road an hour longer. There is a very long reef of rocks running o(F the N.W. of the island, which are all covered at high-water. The bearings from the end of the ledge are, St. Paul's-ohurch (just open) bearing N.41°W., the east bjuff point of St. Paul's Bay (called Cape Diable) N. 27° W., the water-fall on the north shore N.27° E., the N.W. bluff point of the island S. 22° W., and the N.E. bluff point of ditto, off which is a reef of rocks, E,9°N. N.B. The part of this reef which is dry at low water lies to the westward, about S.W. and N.R., and to the eastward about East and West. Near the length of a cable farther out, are A fathoms at low water. RATES OP PILOTAGE for the River of St. Lawrence.— 1814. From Bic to Quebec. Per foot. £. s. d. From the 2d to the 30tli of April, inclusive i Q 6 . . 1st of May to the 10th of November, inclusive. •.?•••• 18 . ' 5 11th to the 19th of Novembei', inclusive • • • • I 3 20th November to the Ist of March, inclusive* ........ . . .180 From Quebec to Bic. ■• '•■ ''';"•: Cu' i-u. '_; ■■',,(, ■; ■ .-..'i'! •.•,■,»', ,: u ■.-; From the 2d to the 30th of April, inclusive • -^ • • • • • CIS 3 . ■ , 1st of May to the 10th of November, inclusive * • • 15 1 1 1th to the 19th of November, inclusive •• ^ 10 9 20th of November to the 1st of March, inclusive 1 5 9 Rates of pilot-water and poundage on pilot-money are payable at the Naval Office, by masters and commanders of vessels. For every foot of water for which masters and commanders of vessels are bound to pay their pilots from Bic to Quebec, and from Quebec to Bic, 2«. 6d. currency, per foot. For Vessels going to Three Rivers or Montreal, Of 100 to 150 tons, inclusive, 2Z. currency. '','',, ; »: ■ , Of 151 to 200 tons, inclusive, 3/. ;:'!'!■'. ;'' .1 ■ , . * ! > , i,'! At or above the Point of St. Roc j — one-third of ditto. ' Fqr above the F ii . au Pins, on the Isle aux Grues, . ru. below Patrick's Hole ;— oq one-fo.i: ,th of ditto. "■ " / ' ■'' .n*. i,--:k : ,.!i; i And at and above Patrick's Hole.— The rates already established by law for shifting a vessel from one place to ;> iher in the Harb.; ;; 'f Quebec, viz. l/.r ■ :<:•<, Rates above the Harbow o. istaebec :— From Quebec to Port Neuf. To aiwbe« from Port Neuf. For vessels of registered measHrement, not ex- 41. currency. ceeding 200 tons 2/. 10#. currency. 5/, If above 200 and not exceeding 250 tons* • • I 61. If above 250 tons 4i. To 68 COASTS OF NEW BRUNSWICK, &C. To ThTM Riven, or above From Tbree Rivers, and above PortNeuf. ,•...,. ;, , r PortNouf. 6/. currency. For vessels not exceeding SOO tons 4/. currency. 7/. If above 200 and not exceeding 260 tons ••••••. 41. 10«. ' j. .^.„ ' ; If above 250 tons 5/. 10*. ' To Mootrea) ami above •, ,, From Mootreal and above ThreeRiver*. . . ."i. „. t i . •», ; , > .. » ? ;.-. ThrteRiven. 11/. currency. Fnr vessels not exceetting 200 tons 7/. 10*. currency. '," 13/. i!t' above SOO and not exceeding 250 tons 8/. 15*. ' 16/. If ilave uJi) tons 10/. 15*. - Idiots art! Bt ''i'ji'ty to leave vi.:S8eIs forty-eight hours after they arrive at the place of their dentiuiattoik. lY.— The EASTERN COASTS of NEW BRUNSWICK, ' S^c. to the Gut of Canso, inclusive; xvith Prince Edward Island. ■■ • • ■ ^ • ■-■ ■■ ■■■^■.- * •* ^ : .• . ',1A.^?E' Bay, &i -Cape Gasp^ lies at the distance of 6 miles to the southward of Cape Rosiere; iu>d Point Peter, or Plat Point, lies 6 miles to the S. by W. 4 W. of Cape Gasp^. At the distance of about 5 miles 3.S.E. ftom Cape Gasp^, is a small fishing- bank, with 15 fathoms over it, sometimes called the Norwich Bank, around which there is, at a short distance, a depth of 58 and 60 fathoms. The Entrance of Gaspb' Bay is formed by Cape Gasp^ and Point Peter. In this bay, at the distance of 1 1 miles N.N.W. from the 'entrance, within a point on the south- em side, near its head, there is an excellent anchorage in from Q to 12 fathoms of water, 'sheltered from all winds. There is, also, good anchorage with westerly winds off Lonisa Cove, on the western side of the bay, at about 6 miles N.W. by W. from Cape Gasp^, in g or 10 fathoms. Throughout the bay there is deep water; nearly 50 to 40 fathoms in the middle, and 20 very near the shore on the eastern side : on the western side it shoalens more gradually towards the coast. The tide flows until 3 o'clock, on the full and change. , The shores of the bay are elevated, and the settlers upon them nearly all fishermen. Douglas Town, or rather the situation for it, as but few houses are yet built, is at the entrance of the River St. John, on the south side of the bay. On the opposite shore of the same river is the site of the intended town of Haldimand.* From Point Peter, off which there is a little islet called Hat Island, the bearing and distance to Bonaventure Island are S. by W. ^ W. 6 miles. Between lies the bay called Mal-bay, or Cod-bay, which is nearly 5 miks 'v width. Very near the southern point of Mal-bay is t. remarkable rock, (Roc PercieJ rising about 200 feet out of the water, and of about 1200 feet in length, in which there are three arches, completely wrought by nature ; the central one is sufficiently large to ad- mit a boat under sail to pass through it with ease. From this rock, along Mat-bay, to Point Peter, there is an excellent beach for fishing, part of which is named La Belle Anse or Lobster Beach : close to this place is the house of the late Governor Coxe. The village called Perc£e, situate on the i\s'v inoond that '^orms the southern point of VAal-bay, contains about thirty houses, i^iabited, piljicipnlly, by fishermen; but, aiv ' .,' these is a gaol and courthouse. \ \ i'l'ont of it the bi ^rh is convenient for the cut : ■,' fish, end off it are some of the ' .>st banks for catching them. The Isle of Bonav' m . lies at about a mile and a quavter from the shore opposite to the point ; Ml iH \i': better than a barren rock, but yet a few persons are hardy enough to winter «.li'.'r», r the sake of retaining possession of the fishing-places they have occupied i'^ ^At^ die summer. jCtVSI i^ aiiu uiSiSnce ircm jL>cnaTCiiiturs to v^aps jL/capair are S, >' . v\ aiK Uitiwt o the north end of Miscuu Island S.W. i S. 26 miles. * See the large Chart of the Gu'- r-"^ St. Lawrence. Nearly CHALEUR BAY, MIRAMICHI, &C. 69 n, •nd above luf. ency. eal and above Riven. currency. le place of WICK, DWARD uthward of V. of Cape lall fishing' rhich there r. In this the south- fathoms of :erly winds ly W. from ; nearly bO ide : on the il 3 o'clock, • fishermen, lit, is at the lite shore of l)earing and ! bay called rcie) rising h there are large to ad- VlaT-bay, to ed La Belle Coxe. le southern fishermen ; iivenient for The Isle of I the point ; h to winter re occupied TV . 1^ «A«««V>.' > Nearly Nearly S.8.E. S miles from Cape Despair, lies the sunken rock, called the Leander ttock, over which there is a depth of 10 or 18 feet of water. As this rock lies in the fair-way of ships coming from the northward, with northerly winds for Chaleur Bay, it should be avoided py giving the cape a berth of 3 miles. The bearing and distance from Cape Despur to Point Maquereau are W.B.W. ^ W. 19 miles. Between these points lie the two coves called Pabos and Petite Pabos, or Pabou and Little Pabou, as shown on the Chart. On the western side of the entrance of Pabou Harboub is a small village ; and, on the opposite side, on a projecting point, stand the summer habitations of the Ashennen, as they are usually termed. Several streams descend into this harbour froci a numer- ous chain of small lakes to the north-westward. Next to the westward of Pabou is the township and inlet of Port Daniel, where vessels may find convenient shelter during westerly and N.W. winds. CHALEUR BAY.-— Point Maquereau and Miscou Island foim the entrance of Cha- leur Bay, and bear from each other S. f E. and N. f W. distant 4^ leagues. From the entrance of Chaleur Bay to that of Ristigouche Harbour, which is at its head, the dis- tance, on a West and N.W. by W. course, is 22 leagues. The bay is of moderate depth near the shore on both sides, and has, towards the middle, from 45 to 20 fathoms of water. The town of New Carlisle, the principal town of Chaleur Bay, i^ situate in Coxe Township, on the North shore, as shown in the Chart. It is so laid out as to become hereafter a compact and regular little place. The number of houses is about fifty, all of wood : it has a church, a court-house, and a gaol. The situation is veiy healthy, and the surrounding lands some of the most fertile in the district. In front is an excellent beach, where the fish is cured and dried. In the adjoining township of Hamilton, on the west, is the village of Bonaventure, contfuning about twenty-five houses and a church, on level ground. It is entirely de- pendent on the fishery. In RisTiooucHE Harbour, at the head of Chaleur Bay, there is good anchorage ia from 8 to 12 fathoms, land-locked from all winds ; but it is so difficult of access, that it should not be attempted without a pilot.* The tide flows here, on full and change, until 3 o'clock, and its vertical rise is 6^ or 7 feet. The' distance from the north point of Miscou Island to the south point of Shippigan is 19 miles : the course is nearly S.W. by S. From the south point of Shippigan to Tracadie, the course and distance are S.W. ^ S. 4 leagues. From Tracadie to Point Escuminac, on the south side of the entrance of Mirmmchi Bay, the course is S. by W. \ W. distance 9 leagues. MIRAMICHI is a large harbour, in the mouth of which there are several island*; between the northernmost of these islands, called Waltham or Portage Island, and the next to it, called Fox Island, is the passage into the jay, which is intricate and shallow at low water. Hence it is requisite to have a pilot. The pilots' houses stand vrithin Elscuminac Point, and sometimes pilots for this place may be found in the Gut of Canso. The custom-house is situate on the north side of the river, 14 miles within the entrance. From the northern part of Miscou Island to Escuminac Point, th.. soundings are regular ; and, in thick weather, the shore may be approached by the lead to the depth of 12 or 10 fathoms. From Eaeutntnac Point to the entrance of Richibucto Harbour, the course and dis- tance are S. by W. ) W. 7 leagues ; from Richibucto Harbour to the entrance of Buck- inch, S. f W. 19 miles ; from Buchtuch to Cocagne Harbour S. ^ E. 5 miles: from Co- cagne to Shediac Barbour, the distance is 2^ leagues. From Shediac to Cape Tormen- tin, the coast trends S.E. by E. ) E. 10 leagues. The harbours here mentioned are not of sufficient depth to admit large ships for a lading. At the distance of 2 milias E.S.E. from Cape Tormentin there is a shoal, having over its shoalest part a depth of only 6 feet. Its shape resembles a fan. Small vessels pass within it. The outer part, on which there i? a depth of 20 feet, lies 3 miles from the point. . -•',•' -'J '•-', * We presume, however, that the particular Chart of Ristigouche Harbour, given on the large rhart of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, will obviate thl» difficulty. Within 70 IIIVER PHILIP, TATMAGOUCHB, &C. Within Cape Tormentin'ti t,he iitthmus And boundary between New Branswiek and Nova Scotia, the narrowest part of which, from the Bay Verte tb Camberland Basin, at the head of Chignecto Bay, is only 15 miles in breadth. ' ' 'H . The northern COASTS op NOVA-SCOTIA, Ao. !• < The (general features of the Northern Coast of Nova-Scotia are pleasing : the land low and even, or slightly broken by agreeable inequalities. In the Strait of Northuna- berland, to an extent, from end to end, of not less than 100 miles, the bottom, in many places nearly level, varies in its depth from 20 to 10 fathoms. The bottom is, gene- rally, a stiff clay, and good holding ground. Between Cocagne, on the west, and the high rock called the Barn, on the east, the shore is, in general, bound with red cliffs and beaches under them. The inland country, between Tatmagouche and the basin of Cobequid, appears remarkably high to vessels in the offing. RIVER PHILIP.— To the southward of Cape Tormentin, at the distance of 4} leagues, is the entrance of the River Philip, a oar-harbour, having only 10 feet at the entrance. In advancing towards thia place, when in the depth nf 5 fathoms, another harbour will be seen on the eastern or larboard side, which is called Pogwath. In the latter, ships drawing 17 feet load timber. This harbour is safe ; but the entrance is so narrow as to require a pilot. Ships commonly anchor in 5 fathoms, at 3 miles from shore, with the entrance bearing to the S.E. In Bay Verte, within Cape Tormentin, the shores are lined with flats, formed by the decomposition of the coast ; but the anchorage is good. Vessels of considerable burthen take in cargoes of timber here. The interior, from the Bay to Amherst, Cum- berland, Tantamaree, &c. is in a highly improved state. From Cape Tormentin to Cliff Cape, the bearing and distance are S. by E. J E. l6 miles ; from Cliff Cape to Shoal Point S.E. 3 miles : and from Shoal Point to Cape John S.E. by E. 11 miles. Between the latter lie the harbours of Ramsheg and Tat- magouche, which are good and well sheltered, but each requires a pilot. RAMSHEG HARBOUR.-— The €ats extending from each shore, at the entrance of this harbour, leave but a nan-ow channel, through which, at all times, excepting at slack water, the tide runs with great velocity, and renders the navigation into it very unsafe, although the depth up to the anchorage is sufficient for a frigate j there being, in mid-channel, 3) fathoms at low water. In sailing in, steer south, westerly, towards Gravois Cliff, giving Shoal Point a beith of a mile, until the N.W. arm is well open ; then steer for \he latter, keeping your lead going, until the beach to the N.W. of Gra- vois Cliff bears S.W. by W. TATMAGOUCHE.— On the western side of Amet Isle, the passage is quite clear ; but, in sailing in froo the eastward, between Cape John and the Isle, you should keep nearest to the cape, as a ledge extends from the isle to a considerable distance. Amet is a low island, without trees, and it will be most prudent to keep at least three-quar- ters of a mile from it. The best anchorage for ships is in Harbour or River John, on the east side, in 4 or 5 fathoms, muddy bottom. Small vessels may nm up to Tat' magouche, and anchor off the town in 10 or 12 feet at low water. Here the tide rises 5 feet, on full and change, and flows till 7 o'clock. In coming from the eastward, when between Amet Island and Cape John, your course toward River John will be W. by S. In passing between the island and cape, you will have 4^ fathoms, until you open the River John, on the larboard side. You will then have 7, 8, and 9, fathoms ; and, if bound for this river, or for Tatmagouche, may obt^n a pilot, by making the usual signal. Tkf" ':% anchorite at 2 miles Jr;pm shore. In RamsL<;g r itmagouche, and J^hn, Harbours, sV. ^is of 15 feet draught load timber. CARIBOU fTARBOUR,— From Jape John to Caribou Point the course and *s- tance are E.S.^'. 6 leagues. Here the water ^aduaiiy shoalens to the shore, from the depth of 8 or 9 fathoms, at two miles off. To st'-angers it may be dangerous to ap- proach Caribou Harbour, as it has frequently been .vstaken for Pictou, which lies to the fouth'wcstward, and some have run on shore btr'>rc the error has been discovered. For iwiek and id B«sin, }. <■' the land Northum- , ia many is, gene- east, the ] country, ▼essels in ice of 4} ;eet at the I, another I. In the ance is so ailes from formed by nsiderable rst. Cum- !. I E. 16 t to Cape ; and Tat- jtrance of :epting at ito it very ere being, r, towards rell open ; V. of Ora- lite clear; lould Iceep Amet hree-quar- John, on ip to Tat- ; tide rises ohn, your and cape, lide. You uagouche, niles^jpin ad timber. e and ^s- * *!._ ■ruiu luc rous to ap- ich lies to Kscovered. For FICTQU, MERICOMISH, ANTIOONISH, kc. 71 , . For it is to be observed that, ahips are M«n riding, not in the antraBOe of the harbour^ but within a sand.banlc, stretching from side to side, with not more than 3 or 4 feet over it, and which appears iilia a good channel. Small vessels load with timber here. Caribou mav be known from Pictou by obsenring that the hollow land over It appears like a deep inlet ; but the hish lands of Pictou seem to fold over each other, and blind the entrance. The ledges about Caribou extend upwards of a mile from shore, and some of them are dry at low water. Nearly in mid-channel, to the northward of Caribou Point, is a rocky shoal of 10 feet, lying as shown on the Chart. It is a quarter of a mile in circumference, and around it the depths are 4, 5, and G, fathoms. The tide, both ebb and flood, sets rapidly over it. PICTOU. — The Harbour or River of Pictou has a bar across its entrance, having over it only Id feet at low water ; and without this is a shoal, called the Middle Ground ; having the smaller deplh of 7 feet. The entrance lies S.W, ) 8. 6 miles from the west end of Pictou Island. The windmill near the town, in a line with the beach t'lat forma the left or south side of the entrance, is the mark to clear the Middle Grouni',, and. for the deepest water. Within the bar and the beach the water deepens to 5, G, and 7, fathoms, muddy bottom. This depth continues up to the town, opposite to which a mud flat extends outward so far as to leave the channel midway between tb j two shores. Above the town, the river divides into three branches, as shown in the Chart; of these, the eastern one is winding, but navigable to vessels drawing 15 fc>;t, about 4 miles upward, at which distance" the river is impeded by a bar, although above it the water increases. At 9 miles above the town of rictou arc the well-known coal-pits, the pro- duce of which is brought down to the bar in large flat boats. The Middle and West Rivers are navigable upward to a considerable distance. The lands hereabout being good, the population is rapidly increasing. The town of Walmsly, on the north side of the harbour, is the residence of the prin- cipal merchants who load timber in these parts. MERIGOMISH, which is an excellent bar-harbour, lies 7 miles to the E.S.E. of the entrance of Pictou : the merchants of which place have ponds here, for the reception of timber, with which a number of ships are annually laden. To sail in fo, this place, bring the east end of Pictou Island nearly North, and keep it so until off t he harbour's mouth, where you may either obtain a pilot, or anchor in 4 fathoms. A itti. y should not venture to enter the harbour without a pilot, as a ledr;e stretches off i i either side. There is a depth cf 14 feet on the bar at low water, and the vertical rise of tide is about 8 feet. The depth within is from 4 to 7 fathoms, soft mud. PICTOU ISLAND, which lies off the entrance of ' " ♦ou and Merigomish, is culti- vated, and contains about 3000 acres. Fine quarries ( p-stone have been opened here, and strong traces of coal are visible in several plawc;j about the cliffs. From the east end a spit of rocks extend about a mile ; and, at the E.N.F. fronn it, one league and a half, is a shoal of 21 feet. Between the island and Merigomish the bottom is muddy, and the depth from 11 to 7 fathoms. ' There is no harbour between Merigomish and Cape St. George ; but the coast .?< clear; high. .•■• .' ' '1, and vessels may sail along it in safety, at the distance of a mile. As a place oi j .„gc for small vessels in distress, there is a new pier on the coast, at 7 leagues to the eastward of Pictou, and at the indent formed by the rock called the Babn. There is good anchorage under Cape St. George^ in from 10 to 7 Sui;homs, sheltered from westerly winds. '• ■ '' ' 'i. ' ' ANTIGONISH. — The entrance of the Harbour of Antigomsh lies 10 miles to the S. by W. from Cape St. George. Here small vessels load timber and gypsum, or plaster, of which there is abundance in the neighbourhood; but the harbour is so shcal, that even these complete their cargoes without the bay, although the anchorage ia not safe. The rivers which fall into this harbour run through many miles of fine land, and the population is considerable. At PcMKET Island, 6 miles eastward from Antigonish, ships of any size may lead in safety. In sailing in, when from the northward, leave the island on the starboard side, keeping close to a rock, which appears 5 or 6 feet above water. This rock is steep-to, and lies off the east end of the island. WJth'^'it it, at the distance of three-quarters of a mile. M 78 ... ,^. THE OtJT or CANSO. a mile, lie Mveral lunken ledfee, which are dangeroui. After patting th« rocic, a bay will open on the starboard side, whioh you stand into, till you are shut in with the '^land, where there is anchorage in 3^ fathoms of water, at about half a mile from the 1b id. AUBU8HEE, which lies between Cape Jack and the Out of Canao, is a sm, jar- bour, occupied by an industrious and thriving people. Here a number of huaM v jssels hare been built, carrying from 15 to 50 tons. A rocky ledge extends without the har- bour, in a north-westerly direction, as shown on the Charti " '.' , The gut of CANSO to Inhabitant Bay. • "'' The Oct of Canso forms the best passage for ships bound to and from Prince Edward Island and other places in the Qulf of St. Lawrence. It is shorter, and has the adTKQtagc of anchorage in case uf contrary winds or bad weather. Its length is abci't 4 leagues, and breadth more than three-quarters of a mile. The east side is low, with beaclves, but the west shore is mostly high and rocky ; and that part of it called Cape Porcupine is remarkably so. The deepest water is on the western shore ; but both 'hores are bold-to, and sound, excepting a tunken rock, which lies near a cable's length trom kiie eastern shore, and about midway between the southern entrance of the Gut and Ship Hait'bour, and two other rocks, under mentioned.* Mill Creek, Oypmni or Platter Cove, Fenut Creek, Ship Harbour, Holland Cove or Pilot Harbour, and Eddy Cove, afford excellent anchorage, in a moderate depth, out of the stream of the tide, which generally sets in from the southward, but is very irregular, being influenced by the winds. After strong north-west winds, which happen daily during the fall of the year, the water in the Oulf of St. Lawrence is rendered low, which causes the c rrent to run northward through the Gut, at the rate of 4 or 5 knots, and the contrary happens after southerly winds. Caps St. Qeoboe, which is a remait.able promontory, lies at the distance of 10 J leagues to the eastward of Pictou Harbour ; and a course of 6 leagues, thence to the south-eastward, will lead to toe entrance of the Gut, whence you may run along the Breton-shore. It is to be observed that, there is a ledge of rocks, in the offing, between Aubushee and tb^ '^ut, already ni.Mcf"^ ; some of thtfte are nearly dry at low water, and nearly in the direct course for the Gu . they must, of )U''8e, be carefully avoided. Oppoaite Mill Creek, at the upper c- of the Gu , on the Nova-Scotia side, you may stop tide, or lie wind-bound, if it does uot overblow. Keep the creek open, and come to anchor in 8 or 10 fathoms, within a cab'-j's length of the steep rocks, on the south side of the creek. The best water is with *l^e creek's mouth open. It will be neces- sary to carry a hawser on shore to the rocks, to steady the ship, as the tide here runs in eddies. You may obtain fresh water from the ci '" at low water. Upon entering the Gut, there will be seen, on ihe larboard hand, a red house, on a point, called Belle Athe'e Point, off which, at nearly a cable's length from shore, there is a sunken rock, which may be readily distinguished by the eddy of the tide. Within this point, on the S.E., is Gypeum or Platter Cove, where shipping frequently anchor. When abreast of Gyptum or Platter Cove, the remarkable headland on the western side, named Cape Porcupine, will bear nparly S.W. To sail into the cove, keep nearly in the middle; and, when in 10 fathoms, let go your anchor. You will find suffcien^ room for s^\ -nging round, in 7 fathoms. Ship Habbo'Jb, which lies half-way down the Gut, on the eastern side, is a good harbour for merchant-shipping. It is, however, more particularly useful to those sailing northward, being a good outlet. It is a very proper place for ships of l6 feet draught. If bound in, from the southward, give the starboard side a berth of a cable's length, (it being flat,) and run in until you shut the north entrance of the Gut, and come to anchor in 4 or 5 fathoms, soft bottom ; where you may wood on the Breton side, and water on the opposite shore, at Venus' Creek ; the larboard side of this harbour is * See the particular Chart of the Gut of Canso, on the large Chart of the Gulf of St. Lawrence. — In this Chart we have inserted two roclu in the Gut of Canso, which had not previously been laid down in any chart. They have been iuserted on the autliority sf Captain George Dixon, of London. The first lies near the western side of Gypsum Cove, at the distance of about 60 fathoms from the shore: the other lies at about 100 fathoms without Bear Island, at the S,E. end of the Gut. On each rock the depth of water is from C to 8 feet only. bolder-to the rock, a bay with the Mand, >m the ie id. i> a am, iiiir- of Biuall vessels vithout the har- id from Prince ■ter, and has the lensth is abci guide yoo from it. Having passed the spit of Eddy Point, you may steer to the S.S.E. I'ntil abreast of an island which appears covered with green spruce-trees having red bark. Hence you pro- ceed to sea, according to the Charts. Be cautious of running in the direction of a dangerous tteep rook, called the Cerborru Roch,yni\\ only 10 feet of water over it, and on wbieh the sea breaks with a wind. Thin rock lies with Verte or Oreen Island in a line with Cape Hoagais, or Iron Cape, on the Isle of Madame, at the distance of about 4) miles front that island. At the entrance of the Out, within a mile of Eddy Point, there is a middle ground of 7 to 19 fathoms, on which ships may stop a tide in moderate weather. To the west- ward of this ground there is a depth of I R fathoms, and to the eastward of it W to 2,> fttthoros. With the wind inclining from the southward, steer in nearly west, and keep the lead going, until you shoalen to 1 1 fathoms, when you may let go your anchor. Oypsura or Plaster Cove, is so ctdled from its valuable quarry of gypsum, which appears to be exhaustless. The anchorage at the mouth of this cove has fi-om 10 to 4 fathoms ; bottom of soft mud. Cape Porcupine, opposite to this cove, is .5()2 feet in height, and this is the narrowest part of the strait. On the banks of the Out, in ge- neral, the hills rise in easy acclivities, which present settlements on the whole range of the shore. INHABITANT BAY, &c.— Those who wish to anchor in Inhabitant Bay or Har- bour, may bring the farm that is opposite to Bear Head* open. Bear Head bearing W.S.W. This mark will lead you clear, and to the southward, of the Long Ledge.f and in the mid-channel between it and the steep rocks on the east or opposite shore : at the same time, take your soundings from the Long Ledge, or north shore, all the way till you arrive at Fiat Point ; then keep in mid-channel between Flat Point and the island opposite, from the N.E. side of which runt off a spit or ledge of rocks, at the distanee of a cable and a halfs length 1 then port your helm, and run under Island Point, and come-to in 5 fathoms, muddy bottom. Up the river Trent are plenty of salmon, in the season, and there you may find wood atid water. N.B. The leading-mark to dear the steep rocks of Steep Point is, to bring the penin- sula in a line oveir the point of Turbalton Head, bearing 8. or S. ^ E. until you open the island to the northward of Island Point ; then haul up for the outer harbour, and come-to in 10 or IS; fathoms, muddy bottom. Thoee who are bound up the Gnt of Canto, and taken short by a N. or N.W. wind, at the soutli end of the Out, and who are desirous of good and safe auchorage in 10 to \2 fiEithoras af water, may come-to on the north side of Bear Island ; but, should it blow hard, to a gale of wind, down the Out, this anchorage is not altogether so secure as a careful master or pilot would wish. You must then leave the road of Bear Island, and sail round the south end of Bear Point, giving a berth to the spit that rans off it, of 3 cables' length, and haul round to the N.E. into Sea-Coal Bay, and come to anchor in 4, 5, or (j, fathoms, sandy and muddy bottom. Marks for anchoring, viz. bring Bear Head in a line over Flat Head, bearing tV^.S.W., or W. by S., and Canton CWSi to bear N. by E. or N. in 5 ur 6 fathoms, and you will have a good berth, sheltered from the W.N.W. and N. winds. Here is sufficient room to moor ten or twelve sail oif any ships of war, of the sixth to the third rate. * Bear Head is the south.easternmost part of the Gut. t See the Charts of Inhabitant Bay and Harbour, and of Breton Islaod, published by the Pro- prietor of the present work. L ' Ships 74 PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND. Shipi coMl/if <^'U^ 'Air Ovi of Catuo, which may hare reached past Rddy Point, or at far as Cape Ar^^c, and caught with a B.K. to a 8.8. W. wind, and cannot hold their own bv beating h> ■viiid {ood hold< t take up ir paitage ur beating >, bringing of water, eep water. rOR. narrowest or 5 railei rge; and, Duth shore om VII to bund that« many auc- tmmander- for all ge- coasts of th it. In- I that of a beautiful. i not high, trees, and red with a hay. The :hanges of f Decem- :hind; ge- "event the generally the trees untry pre- peas, &c. ■ally level, irbich pro- titants are d Hilbbp. ?he island all vessels y, or the iver; Be- lorth. RDIGAN CARDIOAN BAY, or the Three Rivers, lies between Braughton Itlaad Kod Paninure Island; it is the common entrance to three rivers ; namely, Cardigan River, BrudeaeU River, and Montague River. In the former there are from 7 to inthoms of water, and in the others from 4 to « fathoms. r..,>k^ • Town stands on a peninsula between the rivers Brudenell and Cardigan. In tV ■&«: pla:es many large ships have loaded timber There is anchorage without, in Cardie n Ko,, in from 10 to 16 fathoms, where a pilot may be obtained. MURRAY HARBOUR lies close to the north-westward of Bear Cape ; and the en- trance is narrow and shoal, difficult of access, and not having more than ii feet of water. But small ships have frequently loaded here. Vessels from the eastward, and bound to THaisK Rivkbs or Mubray Haaaoua, must avoid coming too near the east point, from which a ridge of sunken rocks stretches off about a mile ; the ground of the eastern coast is clear between the east point and the Wood Islands, and there is a depth of 3 fathoms of water all the way, near the shore, and good anchorage. HILLSBOROUGH BAY is the finest bay in the island, and the River Hillsborough Is a fine navigable river ; but timber here is not plentiful. Before Charlotte Town, in this river, there is good anchorage in from 6 to g fathoms. Vessels from the eastward, when bound to Hillsborough Bay, and passing Pictou Island, must cautiously avoid the rock of 10 feet, whieh Ties to the northward of Ca« ribou Point, (see page 71) and 5 miles N.W. } N. from the west end of the Island: at the same time, also, they must equally avoid the Indian Rocka, which lie off the shore of Prince Edward Island : the latter are covered at high water, and are very dangerous in the night. BEDEQUB BAY, which lies between Cape Egmont and Carleton Point, has good anchoring ground in from 6 to 8 fathoms. The harbour Mrill admit ships of 400 tons, but the channel is narrow, crooked, and requires a pilot. It is the chief port for load- ing timber: but the water freezes much sooner than at Pictou, or the harbours on the Nova Scotian coast. . , Between Cape Eomont and West Cape, in Halifax or Egmont Bay, there is good anchorage with northerly and easterly wbds, In 6 or 8 fathoms. WEST CAPE.— About the Vl^nst Cape of the Island a sand bank extends to the dis- t«nce of three miles from tit <-.ii <- If we take an extent of three miles with the com- passes, and describe a c' '» ifcn. ( te West, as a centre, this will give the shape and extent of the bank veiy — •"' • " -"*'* *~ ' '■ — *- '" ' --''^'- -^ -*- in shore. v. . u. Richmond Bay, to within a mile of the shore. 76 PRiSCt Et)1<^ARD IStAiftt if St. PETER'S is the first harbour on the north side, when coming from the easCwufd; it is fit for small vessels only. The bar runs out about a quarter of a mile. The next is Tracadie or Bedford Bay; this has about 8 or 10 feet of water on the bar, which extends outward half a mile. ,' RASTICO or Harris Bay is very shallow or the bar, and calculated to admit fishery schooners only. The bar stretches off nearly half a mile. New London or Grenville Bay has about & or 10 feet of vrater, but the bar is very difficult. The latter extends off nearly half a mile. RICHMOND BAY, or Malpec, is a spacious harbour; has about 17 orlS feet upon the bar. The sands which form the bar exteitd more than a mile off the harbour. The shoals on each side are generally discernable from the swell on them, and the course in and out is East and West. On a vessel's anchoring off the bar a pilot will come off. "fhere are two entrances into the bay; between them is Fishery Island. The eastern is the only channel by which a vessel of burthen can enter : the western channel being very shallow and intricate. Vessels usual ^ complete their lading at about a mile \nthin Fishery Island, but a. considerable current runs there ; rafts of timber frequently break adrift in blowing wea-^ ther; and, on the ebb-tide, ai-e frequently carried to sea, when a great part is lost. The anchorage is good, and vessels lay in perfect safety. , , .:>..>! HOLLAND HARBOUR, or Cascumpec, is the westernmost harboar on the north side. Here the sands form a bar as at Richmond Bay, and run off about a mile and a half. The harbour is easily known by the sand-hills which extend along the coast. At about half-way between the entrance of Richmond Bay and Holland Harbour, is one sand-hill, near Conway Inlet, much higher than the rest. Holland Bay may be known by its being at the west end of all the range of sand-hills. There is good anchorage . close to the bar in from 5 to 8 fathoms. There is a )]epth of 1 8 feet of water on the Bar, and it is not difficult for a tiranger to run in with a ship not drawing more than 12 feet of water. There being two leading' marks, punted white, bearing W. by N. by compass, a vessel of this draft, by keeping the two marks in one, with a leading wind, may rnn in with perfect safety. But, as these mark." will carry a vessel over the south tul of the northern sand, ves- sels drawing more than 12 feet should not venture without a pilot. There is a buoy on the end of the south sand; between that and the t«ul of the north shoal there is 18 feet' of water. Vessels entering the poit, if drawing moi-e than 12 feet of water, should not bring the marks in one till they are within the bay. The soundings off the harbour are regular, and the ground clear. Ships, on coming to anchor off the bar, will imme" - diately be attended by a pilot. . There is shoaler water between the Outer and Inner Harbour, on which is about 14 - feet of water in common tides. Vessels generally load to 13 feet in the inner harbour,, and complete their cargoes in the outer one. In the former, they lay alongside a wharf at Hill's Town, in 4 fathoms of water, where they lay without any current, as in a dock.- In the outer harbour the spring-tide runs strongly, but the water is smooth, the sea being broken off by the bar. Holland Harbour is the most convenient port in the island for loading timber, at which there ia a very large quantity ; also a saw-mill, for cutting plank and board. The CURRENTS around the island are very irregular, frequently running many days along the north coast, from East to West, and at other times from West to East. The TIDES, also, in the north-side ports, are irregular,, excepting spring-tides. These sometimes keep flowing for forty-eight hours, and at other times not more than three. In common tides, the water seldom rises more than two feet ; in spring-tides, (except ir strpng winds from the northward and eastward,) not more than five feet. / \ v.— BRETON BRETON ISLAND, &C« f^ '!■■■'( •*^^e>i\' v.— BRflTON ISLAND, with CHEDABUCTO BAY. io yK"i--.) fiji) GENERAL DESCRIPTION op thb COASTS of BRETON f \ ISLAND, &c. ■ h,i / [-;« f! V? Thr Eastern Extremitv of Breton Island, which is cbmmornly made by nim^gatonr on proceeding from Europe to Nova Scotia, appears on tho sea-shore, and to some dis"' tance up the country, barren and rocky; and the tops of the hills, being much alikcy have nothing remarkable. The ruins of the lighthouse and town of Louisbourg distin-' guish, however, that part of the island on which they stand. The coast to the westo' ward continues rocky on the shore, with a few banks of red earth, which appear less barren. Blancherotte Cuff, on thetouth coast, is a remarkable clifiTof whitish earth, in' latitude 45° 39^, and Tongitude 60° 20'. Four miles to the westward of it is a small woody island, lying at the distance of two miles from shore, and off the little harbour ' called St. Esprit. Without this island, at the distance of a mile and a half, on the S.B., is a breaker. • , ' ; ' •••■■-■ ' ,,.!>■=;. i „... The land hence to the Isle of Madame is generally' low; it presents several banks of bright red earth, with beaches between them. Albion Cliff, on the south side of Madame, is rocky, remarkably high, and precipitous. On the S.W. side of this island is the settlement called Arachat or Arochette. the total population of which has been lately stated, by Mr. Lo side of the beach, bearing N. by E. or N.N.E. : these Icept in a line will lead you clear of Spithead, in 4 co fiithoms. On the opposite shore is a long and broad flat, stretching from the shore ■ three- von mav wood r.nd water, at the creek or spring, close to Governor Mac Cormick's house. The water is remarkably pure, .... This 80 SOUTHERN COAST OP NOVA SCOTIA. m ii.'sl This harbour is capable of conttdning the whole navy of Great Britain. On Flat Point, without the east side of the entrance, it is intended to have a lighthouse, in latitude 46 deg. 17 min. to guide ships into the harbour by night. Fish of various Icinds, coi, haddock, &c. are caught on the coast in great abundance. The tide in the 'larbour flows at 9 h; mi riaes. 6 f'iet. The variation hsx9t ta ^bsejrved in 1 7^, va« iO| A^ff^^i ■west.. ..i. , '..,•.'.. ^i.i ;^^i i.. 'r-,,;/.-:* ' . -• ; • • •- ■' '■; r- ., LOUISBOURO HARBOUR, situate on the 9,.t. sfrfe o/ feape Breton, to tbe west- ward of Scatari Island, is easy of access ; you majr be soon in, and you aiuy likc«^s« be soon out, if you please. Be careful to avoid the Nag's He»A, ( Hinken rock on the fttar board band going in. Tlve cast part of the barbour is the sia/f .< ^ the lighthouse, whiot) the Freiich erected, is now nearly in ruins, front neglecting to veaair it ; as is also the town from the same ' dason i for the inhabitants consist of a few fishermen only. Water is plenty here, but .vood is scarce. K.B. The Nag's Head rock lies nearly one-third from the light-house point, and has no more than 3 /eet on it at low water. The larboard side going in is the boldest. From the entrance of Louisbourg to Guyon Isle, called also Portland Isle, the course is 8.W' by W-, and the distance more than 3 leagues. Between lies the bay called Ga- barus Bay,, which is spacious, .nd has a depth of from 20 to 7 fathoms. Of the south point of this bay, called Cape Portland, lie tY.e Cormorants, a number of islets and rocks, which are dangerous. ARACHAT, or Abochette. — Arachat Har'i;ok:r, in the Isle of Madame, already noticed, has been but indifferently surveyed ; ships bound to the south from the Gut of Canso, if caught by a S.E. wind, may, in this bay,, find shelter by coming to anchor in the bay on the south side, in 6 or 7 fathoms ; and,* by sounding with your lead, you may find the passage over to the north shore, which is the f afest anchorage. The harbour has two enttanoes. To sail into the easternmost, keep the starboard shore on board, in order to avoid Henley Ledge ; pnd approach the Seymour Isles no nearer than the d«;pth of 6 fathoms ; as you will thus avoid the East-reef, and a small sunken rock, which lie about a cable's length N.E. by E. from it. CHEDABUCTO BAY is wide and spacious ; it is hold-to on both shores ; on the north side you will see several red clif . ; this shore is sandy, with regular soundings in the uuddle of the bay, the water is deep, from 25 to 35, &c. to 50 fathoms. '. Caow Harbour is situated on the south side of Chedabucto Bay, and is capable of centaining ships of war of the 6tu i?nd 5th rates, merchant-ships, &c. Many schooners and sloops resort here in the months of July and August, to take mackarel and herrings. The passage in is to the S.W. of the island that lies in the entrance. N.B. On the south side of the beach Mr. Backhouse erected a beacon to lead ships clear of rfhe Corbyn Rocks, which are incorrectly represented in the former Charts. Keep chJ!' beacon in a line with a remarkable tree upon the high land, and it will lead you also o'.^r of the Rook Island Rock, that lies 25 fathoms from the N.W. point of Rook Island MiLroBD H.- /j;(i^ pr the Harbour of Gaysborough, at the head itf the bay, is im- peded by a bar ^vu*' e. sloop of war may pass over it. Within the bar vessels lie in per- fect security ; the ode, *'.owever, sets in and out with great rapidity. The town is, at present, a place of little trade : it is protected by a battery. VL—Tke SOUTHERN COAST of NOVA SCOTIA, //y>77/ Chedabucto Bay to Halifax Harbour. The Eastern part of Nova-Scotia is broken into the several islands tn|H jinssngps re- presented on the Charts. Of the isles, which are low and covered with otuiitcd fli- trees, the first, on the N.W. is now c&MeiLur ell's Island, the second, Georges Isluiul, TIIC lllliU, t^l M LJ( (I II tJ- Island, which is now distinguished by a lighthouse, and there is another fqi l|jt jjiis, ijj between George's and Durell's Isles. " '" '' " - 6H|il< wm m m mf*»» \ bt Point. titu4.e 46 nds, corf, B 'larbour 5 degrees the we»t- ;ev/5se be the star ae, whiolt s also the Water and has de)«t. he course ailed Ga< the south islets and , already he Gut of anchor in , you may e harbour on board, r than the ken rock, s ; on the indings in capable of schooners ikarel and e. lead ships if Charts, t will lead 7. point of tay, is im- iie in per- own is, at \fJ)om Uiiitt'J tli- SOUTHERN COAST OF NOVA SCOTIA. I^ape Canso is the outer, or easternmost, point of St. Andrew's Island. From this cafe, westward, to Torbay, the coast makes in several white heads or points ; here the country is much broken ; and near the 8.E. extremity many white stones appear from the offing, like sheep in the woods. During a southerly gale the sea is dreadful here. From Torbay to Liscombe Harbour there are banks of red earth and beaches ; and from Liscombe Harbour to the Rugged Islands, (excepting the White Isles, which are white rocks,) the capes and outer islands are bound with black slatey rocks, gene- rail/ stretching out in spits from east to west : and from the Rugged Islands to Devil's Island, At the entrance of the Harbour of Halifax, are several remarkably steep red cMffi, linked with beach. Die New Lichthousk on CaANBERav Island will be of great importance to the trade in this part ; and it has been said, by Mr. Lockwood, a gentleman well acquainted with the subject, that " the Gut of Canso will, by its means, become the common gate- way to the Gulf and River of St. Lawrence, and will tend to mitigate the rigours of a late or early passage to Quebec."* The fishermen of Arachat are acquainted with the channels and indents on this coast, and frequent them, more particularly in the spring and fall, to catch mackarel and herrings, of which large shoals are common here : but the rocks are so numerous, and the passages so devious, that no stranger should attempt them. Of the numerous rocks hereabout, the outer breaker, called the Bass, a rock of 3 feet water, lies more than two miles E. i^ S. \E. 13° A^.] from the lighthouse on Cranberry Island. At seven-tenths of a mile S.E. 'itom Cape '^anso is a similar rock, called the Bull ; and, at one mile to the E.S.E. of tbe latter, there is said to be another, disco* ven^d by a fisherman of Canso, in 1813 ; but its existence seems to be questionable. The HARBOUR of CANSO, within St. Andrew's Island, is well sheltered, with good ground, and sufficient depth for vessels of any burthen. In a rough sea the dangers stiew themselves ; but, with smooth water, it is hazardous to enter the passages v/ithout a pilot. Mr. Backhouse says, " Canso Harbour has a passage through from the bay to the south ; but I would not recommend ships of war to attempt it, unless they answer their helms very quick, and even of those not such as draw more than l6 feet." RASPBERRY HARBOUR,t to the westward of that of Canso, or Port Glasgow, is small, and the shores within quite bold. At the entrance, on the eastern side, is an island, having a ledge close to it on the S.E, By rounding this ledge, you may steer directly into the harbour^ and come to a:: anchor under the island which lies in the middle of it, in the depth of 7 fathoms, where you will lie safely. The countiy here is rocky and barren. WHITE HAVEN, which is two leagues to the westward of Raspberry Harbour, is 8 place of hideous aspect. Of its rocky islets, the larger and outer one, called White Head, from the colour of its sides, is 70 feet above the level of the sea. This islet ap-;- pears round and smooth, and is a useful mark, as the passage in, on either side, is in mid-channel. OFT the Head are two breakers, one S.S.E. and the other E. by S., half a mile off. The most numerous visitors of this place are crows, eagles, &c., yet the neighbouring fishermen, during spring and summer, find ia it Ituge quantities of mac- karel, herring, gaspereaux, &c. TORBAV. — The entrance of this bay is formed on the west by a JolJ headland, called Berry Head. The channel in is between this head and the islets to the eastward. At E.S.E. from the head, and south of one of these islets, named George's Island, are three very dangerous rocks, which do not break when the sea is smooth. Within the bay, under the western peninsula, there is excellent anchorct^^e ;n from 6 to 4 fathoms, mud ^y bottom, up to the eastern part of the buy. There is also anchorage on the west3rn side of the b~y, in from 7 to 3 fathoms, similar ground, where a vessel may lie in safety during any gale. This bay is settled, and had twenty-one families in it, in 1818: the lands are rocky, hut a few salt-marshss enable the inhabitants to maintain some cattle. Vessels are built here, of from 40 to 12C tons, which are employed in the fisheries. • To those who wish for an accurate knowledge of this country, we recommend Mr. Lock- wood's " llrlef Descripdon of Nova-Scotia, with Plates of the principal Harbours; mcl-ding a 4ta T.nnHnn. ISlft. Bfl's " Jlrlef Descripd pariic^iiar Account of iiic Isianu of Grand irssnan. t The Port Hov/e of M. d— Barrcs. pDjItf M TORBAY 1 ijf^^^ 8S SOUTHERN COAST OF NOVA SCOTIA* T0U3AY TO COUNTRY-HARBOUR.— From Torbay, westward, to Gowntry-Har- bour, the country, in general, continues rocky and sterile, with deep tvater close in, but regular soundings without, and from 30 to 20 fathoms of water. Coddle's Harbour, which is 3) leagues to the westward of Berry Head, affords shelter to small vessels only ; and these enter on the eastern side, to clear the breakers. The fine harbour called Country-Harbour is navigable, to the largest ships, twelve miles from the entrance. It is, at present, but thinly settled, yet there are reasons fur believing that, as a consequence of local improvements in the neighbourhood, the po- pulation will increase. The shores are bold ; the anchorage soft mud, with a depth of 13 to 5 fathoms. Mr. Lockwood has said that, " no position in the province is more advantageous for settlers than this harbour: at its mouth the islands afford shelter to fishermen and small vessels, as well as the means of erecting their ships ; and the fish- ing grounds, at a short distance in the offing, abound in halibut, haddock, and cod : and what they term the bait fishery ; that is, mackarel, gaspercaux, smelt, &c. Salmon are plentiful in their season ; and, but for the improvident use of this valuable addition to the means of subsistence, would continue for ages." The ledges off the harbour generally break, and between them are deep passages. On advancmg from the eastward, there are two rocks to be avoided, which lie as shown on the Charts. On proceeding inward, give Green Island a small berth, and the dangers on that side will be avoided. The rocks on the west of the entrance, named Castor and Pollute, are above water and bold-to. When above them, give Cape Mocudame a good berth, so as to avoid the Bull, a dangerous sunken rock, that breaks in rough weather, and lies about half a mile from the extremity of the cape. The islands on the east side of the entrance. Green Island, Goose Island, and Harbour Island, are low, and covered with scrubby trees.* Within Harbour Island is excellent anchorage. Fisherman's Harbouh,' on° the west of' Gouiitry Harbour, is a favourite resort of fishing vessels, it having a shingly beach, forming an elbow, and very convenient for drying fish. Bickerton Harbour, to the west of Fisherman's Harbour, is fit for small vessels only. At two miles to the west of it is Hollin's Harbour, a place of shelter for coasters, and resorted to by the fishermen. Indian Harbour is a shallow and unsafe creek, but has good lauds, well clothed with pine, maple, birch, and spruce. The next inlet, called Wine Harbour, has a bar of sand, which is nearly dry. There are a few, and but few, settlers on these harbours. St. MARY'S RIVER.— The navigation of this river is impeded by a bar of 12 feet of water, which extends across, at the distance of a mile and three quarters above Gun- ning Point, the west point of the entrance. Below the bar, towards the western side, is a middle ground, which appears uncovered in very low tides ; and, above the bar, nearly in mid-channel, is a small rocky islet. The passage over the bar is on the east- ern side of this islet. The tide, which is very rapid, marks out the channel ; the latter is devious, between mud-banks, extending from each shore, and dry at low water. The depths upward are from 24 to 18 feet. The town of S|Herbrook is, at present, a small village, at the head of the river, about three leagues from the sea. The islet called Wedoe Isle, which lies at the distance of half a league south from the S.W. point of St. Mary's River, is remarkable, and serves as an excellent guide to the harbours in the neighbourhood. The side of this islet, towards the main land, is abrupt, and its summit 115 feet above the sea. From its S.W. end ledges extend out- ward to the distance of half a mile ; and some sunken rocks, extending towards it from the main, obstruct the pa.ssage nearly half way over. At 2\ miles south from the Wedge, is a fishing-bank of 30 to 20 feet, the area of which is about 200 acres. The Harbour of Jegogan may be readily found, on the eastward, by Wedge Isle, above described ^ and, on the westward, by the bold and high land called Redman's Head. The passage in is at the distance of a quarter of a mile from that head ; be- lt /5 . ._ J Wf. uCGsc aim nofuour Aiiiina are tne wiHiam''an(i Augustus of M. des Barres; and are so called in several Charts. cause. try-Htir- e in, but ARBOUR. SOUTHERN COAST OF NOVA SCOTIA. 83 tmxBe, at the distance of three-quarters, is a dry ledge, called the Shao. Within the small island on the east side of the entrance, called Tobacco Isle, there is anchorage in 4 or 5 fathoms, muddy bottom. LISCOMB HARBOUR.—The entrance of this harbour, which is one of the best on the coast, is between Liscomb Island and the head-land on the west, called Smith or White Point. From the S.E. end of Liscomb Island, a ledge, with breakers, extends to the distance of three-quarters of a mile. Within and under the Ice of the island is safe anchorage in from 13 to 8 fathoms. On '.e N.E. of the island, a vessel caught in a S.E. ^ale may be sheltered by Redman's Head, already described, with the Head S.S.E., in 6 and 7 fathoms, bottom of clay. On the west side, the ground from Smith Point is shoal to the distance of nearly a mile S.S.E. ; and, at 2^ miles south from the point, is a rock, on which the ship BUtek Prince was lost. It constantly breaks^ and is partly uncovered. The island-side is bold. The first direction of the harbour is nearly North, then W.N.W. Opposite to the first fish-stage, at half a mile from shore, is as good a berth as can be desired, in 7 fa- thoms. From this place the harbour is navigable to the distance of four miles : it is, however, to be observed that, there are two sunken rocks on the north side. BAY OF ISLANDS.— The coast between Liscomb and Beaver Harbours, an extent of six leagues, is denominated the Bay of Islands. Within this ppace the islets, rocks, and ledges, arc innumerable : they form passages in all directions, which have, in gene- ral, a good depth of water. At the eastern part of this labyrinth, near Liscomb, is Marik-et-Josbph, an excellent harbour, the settlers on which keep large herds of cattle, &c. The White Islands, nearly half-way between the harbours of Beaver and Liscomb, appear of a light stone colour, with green summits. The latter are above 60 feet above the level of the sea. The isles are bold on the south side ; the passage between them safe ; and there is good anchorage within them, in from 10 to 7 fathoms. ^ BEAVER HARBOUR is too intricate to be recommended to a stranger : the islands off the entrance, however, may occasionally afford shelter from a southerly gale. Four Dutch families are settled here, and appear to be doing well in tarming, fishing, &c. SHEET HARBOUR.— This harbour is nearly in the half-way between Country Har- bour and Halifax. It is very extensive, though but thinly settled, and the deep naviga- ble water contiflues to the. tails, v(hich are ^bput niqe miles above the enti'ance of the harbour. The name is derived from a blank cliff, ou a rocky isle at the entrance, which appears like a suspended sheet. Without the harbour are the several ledges shewn on the Charts. These ledges shew themselves, excepting the outer one, called by the fishermen Yankee Jack, and which, when the sea is smooth, is very dangerous. It has been asserted, that a rocky shoal lies half a mile to the south of the Yankee, but its position has not been ascertained. Within the entrance is a rock, two feet under water, which will be avoided by keep- ing the Sheet opcu of the island next within it on the eastern side. In sailing or turning up the harbour, gives the sides a very moderate berth, and you will have from 11 to 5 fathoms, good holding-ground. MUSHABOON, to the westward of Sheet Harbour, is a small bay, open to the S.E., which affords shelter at its head only, in from 7 to 5 fathoms, muddy bottom. It is connected to Sheet Harbour by a clear, deep, and bold, passage, between an island and the main land. Here you may lash your vessel to the trees, and, lying in 5 fathoms, soft bottom, with the side touching the cliff, be perfectly sheltered from all winds. This place is uninhabited, the land being incapable of cultivation. SPRY or Taylor's Harbour.— Cape Spry, or Taylor's Head, divides Mushaboon ifrora Spry or Taylor's Harbour. On the west side of the latter are two large islands, now called Gerard's Islands. Cape Spry is destitute of trees , and, being composed of large white rocks, is distinguishable atar off. From the point of the cape, westward, is a low shingly beach, which is shoal to the distance outward of one-third of a laile. On the opposite side of the harbour is a sunken ledge and a large dry rock : these may be passed on either side, whence you steer for the eastern point of Gerard's Island, and sail close along it, as a sunken rock lies off it at the distance of 300 yards. The rest 84 SOUTHERN COAST OF NOVA SCOTIA. m rest of the way is clear, up to the anchorage. E.8.E. winds. This harboar is open to the S.E. and At the distance of about three miles S.S.E. from Cape Spry is a dry rock, called by the fishermen Taylor's Ooote. At about midway between it and the Beaver Islands lie the Shag Ledgee, (Peganu fVing of De» Barrta,) which are partly dry, and extend nearly a league East and West. Within and about them the depths are from SO to 7 fathoms. DEANB or Pope's Harbour, on the western side of Gerard's Isles above mentioned^ has a ledge at its entrance, forming an obtuse angle at the two pointt. at three-fourths of a mile from each, and from which a shoal tails to the southward \..::.i a mile. It may be passed on either side ; but, on the west, care must be taken to avoiu a shoal extend- ing from the outer Tangier Island. The best shelter is under the smaller island on the eastern side, where there are from 8 tu 6 fathoms, with good clay ground. TANGIE!* HARBOUR, nexttoDeane or Pope's, is formed by craggy barren islands, tvhich secure vessels from all winds. At about two miles from its in juth is a ledge that dries at low water. The anchorage Is under the eastern shore, 5 to 4 fathoms, stiff mud. Here are some good tracts ^ pasture-land, and the few inhabitants are occupied in the fishing and coasting trade. SHOAL hAX.— (Saunders Hr. of Des Barret.)— This bay has a good depth of water and excellent anchorage. The latter is to the northward of the island now Called Charles Island, and vessels lie in it, land-locked, in 7 fathoms. OS the mouth of the harbour is a rock, that always breaks; but it is bold-to, n 'd may be passed on either side. Some parts of the harbour will admit large ships to r- afloat, alongside the shore, over a bottom of black mud. Supplies of stock, &c., may be obtained from the inhabitants of this place. SHIP HARBOUR. — In this harbour, and on the isles about it, are about twenty fami- lies, who keep small stocks of cattle, &c. The entrance, called by Des Barres Knowlet* Harbour, is deep and bold ; it lies between two islands, of which the eastern is Brier's Island. A white cliff, which may be seen from a considerable distance in the offing, is a good mark for the harbour : at first it resembles a ship under sail, but on approaching seems more like a schooner's topsail. There is good anchorage in every part of the harbour; and, above the Narrows, a fleet of the largest ships may lie without the smallest motion. Brier's IsUmd, above mentioned, is a low rugged island, and ledges, partly dry, extend from it three-fourths of a mile to the eastward ; avoiding these, when entering this way, you may range along the western island, and come to an anchoi- under its north point, in o or 7 fathoms, the bottom of mud. OWL's HEAD, or Keppel Harbour, which is next to the west of the harbour last described, although smaller than many other harbours on the coast, has sufficient space for a fleet. It may be known, at a distance, by Owl's ITead, on the western side, which appears round, is abrupt, and very remarkable. The neighbouring coast and isles are rugged and barren, but the harbour has a few settlers. The entrance is of sufficient breadth to allow a large ship to turn into it : and, within the harbour, shipping lie land-locked, when in 6 and 7 fathoms, bottom of mud. In taking a berth, you will be guided by the direction of tlie wind ; as^ with a S.W. gale the western anchorage is to be preferred, and the eastern with a S.E. JEDORE HARBOUR.— fPort Egmont of Des Barres.)— From the appearance of this harbour on the Chaits, it might be presumed that it is spacious and commodious ; but, on examination, it will be found that it is really different. The entrance is blind and intricate ; a shoal of only 1 1 feet lies at its mouth ; the channel within narrow and winding ; extensive mud-flats, covered at high-water, and uncovered with the ebb : hence a stranger can enter with safety only at low water, the channel being then clearly in sight, and the water sufficient for large ships. The best anchorage is abreast of the sand-beach, two miles from the entrance, in from 9 to 6 fathomS;, bottom of stiff mud. The lands at the head of the harbour ai-e stoney, but tolerably good ; the rest hi^ -eu and deplorable. The inhabitants, an industrious people, consist of about twcn ru . liCD j uicy Buusiai. (;uiciiy from the unoccupied lands around them. uy COaatiiij}, aiiu Sup^'iy HaiiiUA vvitu vfOOu, WlliVii li: Withou k SABLE ISLA. n AND BANKS. 85 ».E. «nd Without the entrance, on the eftstern aide, are two isles, called Roger and Barren Islandt, between and within which the paiaagea are good, and afford •heiter in case of, necessity. ■■'. ,* ir»;.f-i^V>\i' .* The Baio Rock, a very dangerous rock of 3 feet, about the size of a frigate's 1ong-> boati lies 8.E. ^ E. from Jedore Head, and S.W. two miles from the ble called Long Island. The weed on the top of it may frequently be seen at the surface. The marks for this rock are, a house and barn in Clam Bay just open of the east end of Long Island, bearing N. 5° E., and the house on Jedore Head open to the N.E. of JedoM Rook. ., Hn.ii y vlj^ At about nine miles south from Jedore Head is a reef, called the PoLlvck SMoAt] its area is about one acre, has a depth of 24 feet over it } and, during a swell, the mm breaks on it with great violence. " '" "• • ♦ '' '■''' Those advancing between the Brig Rock and PoUuck Shoal, should be cautious of approaching any of the JEooau Ledoes : they are laid down on the Charts, and said t^ extend from five to nine miles from the mouth of the harbour. . \, .^ Between Jedore and Halitax, there are no harbours of any consideration for ship^ ping, but there are numerous settlements. The land in this extent is, in general, of moderate height, rising gradually from the shor.. Red and precipitous cliffs, the cha- racteristic of. the eastern coast, may be seen from seven to nine miles off. The best harbour is that called Three-Fathoms Harbour, which has occasionally received large vessels in distress. This harbour lies immediately to the east of an islet called SJmt-in Ithnd ; and, with the wind on shore, is difficult and dangerous s so that it is to be at-> tempted only in cases of real distress. The channel lies two«thirds over to the north- ward from Shut-in Island, and turns short round the starboard point to the westward. In beating to windward, ships may stand to within a mile and a half of the shore, the soundings being tolerably regular, from 20 to VZ and 8 fathoms. VIL— 77/6 ISLE of SABLE and BANKS of NOVA SCOTL4. The southernmost part of Sable Island lies in latitude 44" 0' ; the West end lies in longitude 60° 38' 30". On the days of the new and full moon, it is high water along the south shore of the island at half an hour after 8 o'clock, and it flows till half an hour past 10 o'clock on the north side, and till near 1 1 o'clock in the pond. Common spring-tides rise seven feet perpendicular, and neap-tides four. The flood sets in from> the S.S.W. at the rate of half a mile an hour, but it alters its course, and increases its velocity, near the ends of the island. At half-flood it streams north, and south at half- ebb, with great swiftness, across the north-east and north>west bars ; it is therefore dangerous to approach without a commanding breeze. The north-east bar runs out E.N.E. about four leagues from the eastern extremity of the island, all which is very shoal, having in few places more than 2, 3, or 4, fathoms of water, whence it continues E. and E. by S., deepening gradually to 12, 15, and 18, fathoms, at the distance of 8 or 10 leagues, and shapes to the S. and S.E., sloping gently to 60 and 70 fathoms. To the northward and eastward it is very steep, and, in a run of 3 miles, the water will deepen to 130 fathoms. Abreast the body of the isle, the soundings are more gradual. The shoal ground of the north-west bar shapes to the westward, and deepens gradually to 70 fathoms of water, at the distance of 20 or 25 leagues from the isle ; and winds east- erly and southerly, until it meets the sounding of the north-east bar. The quality of the bottom, in general, is very fine sand, with a few small transparent stones ; to the north- ward, and close to the north-east bar, the sand is mixed with many black specks ; but, near the north-west bar, the sand has a greenish colour. The north-east bar breaks in bad weather, at the distance of 8 and 10 leagues from the island; but, in moderate weather, a ship may cross it, at 5 leagues distance, with great safety, in no less than 8 or 9 fathoms of water j and, if the weather be clear, the island may be seen thence very distinctly from a boat. The north-west vjix breaks, in bad wcathpr, at 7, and some- times 8, miles from the island ; but, when the sea is smooth, ships quay cross it wijthin the SABL£ ISLAXD AND BANKS. II ft the distance of 4 miles, in 7 fattiomt of wftter. [Tktit bar$ are detcribed at they were fmmi fty Mr. Des Burei i but, ot they we eompoeed of •hiftlng tani; repeated atorms,, and the violence (\f the iiea, may, in the couree of years, con idttably alter their form and esteni."] Along tbe north And south SMes of the island are many spits of sand, nearly parallel wllh^ and within a mile from, the shore. Vessels may anchor on the north side of the island, between the ipiti, and not be liable to be driven oft by southerly winds. On the •oath side, '*. is boldest off the body of the^ island, having 10 or 12 fathoms of water, within a »'ah< of the shore; but towards the bar it is more shoal, and dangerous to approach j nor the currents, which are uncertain, are, in a great degree, influenced by the winds whi'ih have preceded. The surf beats continually on tbe shore, and, in calm weather, is heard several leagues oflT. Landing on this island, with boats, is practicable on the north side, after a continuance of good weather onlv. The whole island is com posed of white sand, much coarser than any of the soundings about it, and in^ermixi with tnrall transparent stones. Its face is very brolcen, and hove up in little hilb, 1< lob and cliffs, wildly heaped together, within which are hollows, and punds of fresh fate the ski ."ts of which abound with Cranberries the whole year, and with blueberries, ^u* niper, kc, in their season ; as also with ducks, snipes, and other birds. This s. '" island iffords great plmty of beach.grass, wild peas and other herbage, for the sup, of th« horses, c( #8, hogs, &c., which are running wild upon it. It produces no trec^ j bttt iDOundance o£ -wreck and drift-wood may be picked up along shore for fuel. Strong nortlierly winds shift the spits of sand, and often even choak up the entrance of the pond, whirjh usually opens > again by the n«rt southern blast. In this pond are prodigious numbers of senls, and some flat-fish, eels, &c., and, on the south-west side, lies a bed of 'vmarkably large m«scl«» and clams. The south shore is, between the cliffs, so low, tbdt the sea breaks quite over in many places, when the wind blows on the island. The Bam^e Head is the higi sst hill-on this island ; it has a steep cliff on the north-west, and fills gently to the south-east. The Naked Sand-hills are 146 feet in perpendicular height, above the level of high«water mark, and always appear very white. Mount Knight is in the shape of a pyramid, situate in a hollow, between two steep cliffs. Mount Luttrett is a remarkable hummock on the top of a large swelling in the land. Gratia Hill is a knob at the top of a cliff, the height of which is I2(j feet perpendicular, above high-water mark. The Fiale of Misery is also remarkable, as is Smith's Flag- Staff, a Targe hill, with a regular ascent every way. From the ofling, the south side of the island appears like a long ridge of sandy cliffs, lessening towards the west end, which is very low. The Nova Scotia Banks extend nearly 70 leagues, in a westerly direction. From the Isle of Sable, they are from 20 to 25 leagues wide, and their innei* edges are from 14 to 18 leagues off shore. They are intersected by narrow winding channels, (the bottom of which is mud,) running N.W. and S.E. Between these banks and the shore are se- rtrtd small inner banks, with deep water and muddy bottom. The water deepens regu- larl* ftx)m the Isle of Sable, to the distance of 22 leagues, in 50 fathoms, fine gravel ; thenceproceeding westward, the gravel becomes coarser: continuing westward to the western extremity of the banks, the soundings are rocky, and shoalen to 18 and 15 fa- thoms of water : Cape Sable bearing N. by W. distant 15 leagues. The south-west extremitv of Banquereau, or Bank Quero, lies 17 leagues E.N.E. JE. from the cast end of the Isle of Sable. This bank extends E. by N. 35 leagues, and is near 8 leagues in width ; its shoalest part is about 5 leagues from its eastern extremity, in l6 and 18 fathoms of water, slimy sand and clams : whence it deepens regularly every way to fk) and 70 fathoms, towards the edges of the bank. This bank is steep-to ; and, from its soundings on the north side, you £b11 immediately into 90 or 100 fathoms of water, black mud ; and, on the south side, into 120 fathoms. In the year 1803, the legislature of Nova Scotia passed a liberal vote of moneyjpr the purpose of commencing an establishment on Sable Island, in order to prevent ship- Wreck, and to protect all persons and property which might happen to be cast ashore. Commissioners- were consequently appointed for executing this important trust, and a supeitntendant to reside on the island, empowered as a justice of peace, surveyor and siCarcher of -impost and excise, and anthwised by a warrant to takt; charge of the island, srhores-,imd fisheries, and of all wrecks found there, in cases where persons are not saved c!(Anpetent to the eai'Q of such property. Instructions were given to him, that persons saved SABLE ISLAND AND BANKS. 87 saved with property nre to have the foil care, charge, wmI poNteiloai of it> vaA he allowed to export it in any manner they may think proper. Every aid and aiaUlMoe* to be afT'orded, and a receipt given ■peeifying the property tavitd, the aid peoeivied» and' referring; the salvage or reward to be aaecitained by the commieaboMe at HalifiiXi but neither fee or rewwd is to be taken, nor property dispoMd of, upon the is' u id. . There ' wen dlso, ordered four able men and proper boats, with tnaterriiib>con'rrovin^ns out of the cabin-windows. The crew, thirteen in number, were all lashed, and had nothing to subsist on but a little raw beef (of which they were each allowed two ounces per day) and a small quantity of rum. The water-casks being ,all stove by the violent motSon of the vessel, they were obliged to drink thdr own urine. By the 23d, four of the crew had miserably perished, and were thrown into the sea. On the 24th, they came within sight of land, which proved to be Sable Island, on the outer bar of which, on the north side, the vessel struck about 2 p. m. that day ; she lost her rudder, but did not go to pieces. Here they remained two days longer. On the 25u(, four more of the crew died. The people of the island appeared with a boat on the 28th, which had been brought overland in a cart for their relief. They were conveyed to a house two miles from the shore,- and recrived very proper treatment. Milk was the first thing o^ven to them, and in a week they recovered Uieir strength. The four dead bodies left in the ship were brought ashore the next day, and were de- cently interred-in one gravet and an inseription placed thereon. Three of the survivors subsequently arrived at Shields. They left the island on the 23d of June, ' 181 1, after having lived there mere than seven months. The other two, Mr. Tliomas Ridley, the owner, and the Captain, put toaaO' from tlie island, in an open boat, a considerable time before them ; and, being taken up by some ship at sea, arrived at home safely. The account adds, that Sable Island had been settled by Uie Government of Halifax ten or eleven years before ; but diere were not more than eight persons living on.it when tlie crew left it, at the date above mentioned* The Hope and Marshal Wellington^ above mentioaed, were lost in June^ 1823. Of these losses a ratlier indisdnct account was given in the London newspapers of and about the 23d > of July. According to this account, the vessels were totaUy lost, and bedded in the sand, but the greater part of tlie people was saved. Previous to the catastrophe, southerly and scant winds only prevailed, and these were succeeded by a thick fog ; so that the shore could not be seen at the dutance of half a cable's length. The Hope was lost on the 4th of June, at 5 a. m. on the eastern side of the island, and a strong current from S.E., during an interval ot scant or calm, had carried her notth>wcstward c for, by observation on the 3d, she was in lat. 43° W, 30 miles to the southward, an^ 90 to the eastward, of the isiaiid. Two days auer the marsiiai Wellington's boata came in with the crew : site also got upon the N.E. Bar, and filled. There IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) // 1.0 1.1 2.0 Hi lU u ■4.0 Is Mas Ui^ '/ Hiotographic Sciences Corporatioii rO- \ ^ iV \\ 4 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. U5S0 (716)872-4503 f^ ^ y 88 sAMfkim^fi^ 4i^Wim%iiHf^ yiA\ itil : the o/ext Js on r^on't^e 'sqifth sMef^^rfimr iUO^ irau ore «urc(inr;''ci(Nie"t(rtn««iisiem are not in sight from m>%mv?^fm ^bM •#i44«»*a#toiMiAfit;i«ifdi««ih»iimisiitti. tUMtfUlKHiWb IIM aMi|iaiQMteM».>!jVb<»^iil)ifMitfrinilMMMrf ttMler. IfiAntailMlAIMr'eML "VMM i*»^iMittd(IHi8h<«ii«MnfKm(li,)(iM«mt(«-iipallftyfte pbtttlsK^ byfdiggtngtil^itak ■ T\a N.W. Bar now extends 15 mil^td^ti'N^.IV'.'fH^tHii 4^Sl^a'«( tU ifiliM. ^ifmyikimi^riiiW^ My1< W^Mhui*;!' l ,tinoAiA I'^^Th'^ ' N,|:;. Baji ext^naa 7 |«yigwes E. bjr N.,. tindid abdiit i:«p'iiv(|fe5 '^i&7;° !^ appears to be travelling I>^orth. In galea of Wind i}ii^ wnble 6f: ii'ajppears ^ktruhe^l^ 6( ,brei^ker8;i but in more moderate weather they do hot «^t^nd'b«^dnd f4^'mif«^ ilma. fohielibay cross at 16 miles ill ? fathoms. The flood-^de here ietiiiKt; K.'N'># ^^the l4fae qf '5 knots j the ebb S knots or less, and is scarcely Mt #ith a tn^ll df '88^#1ftid c&use annua) stiiftingii'df the Ikf '6riij()tf bafs^'^tv^htiili/Wih^'^cdi^^H^ Strp] |l^i^.'i£uit alter their form and extent. Mariners ap^roabhing the isle wMrvronkM to J^^p''ttil4 Yekd jibing, and never to approach the South «ide/^neat-eir' thanin lOfiitboiias, nWr' the North side nearer than in 25 fathoms. . .. . ,:v, On the south side, the Current, in shoal water, with prevailing South' atidcB.W. winds, sets rapidly eastward, until it reaches the end of the N.E. Bar; it then unites and blends with the St. Lawrence' Stream, which passes the bar in a S. S.W. direction^ and runs strongest in April, May, and June. Mr. Darby says, I have sufficient reason M ietimng that the Gulf-Stream on the parallel of 42° SO', running B.M.F odcii^o&a the St. Lawrence' Stream, then running S. S.W., to glide to westward. The strength of this stream has never been noticed, and three-fourths of the vessels lost have ima> gined themselves to the eastward of the island, when, in fact, they were in the longitude of it. Qnthe North side of the island, the Currents are variable, but mostly eastward. i><3'heiBotiNDiNos decline regularly on the South side of tiie island pnlyj on apprflMl)- lnlK'itlvemafty other bearing whatever, compu-atively deep water will, be fpuoAJ^^jMiip fbMiboiiror more, close to danger; In foggy weather, vessels should not {mpfOipk we ilblllPtide br pcmit of either bar nearer than in 23 fothoms. Two b^^ts .euqr^b^ |^|j|^}(^; ihl!!QMMi^ «t « qiile from shore, has 2$ fathoms on it. These bjslti^fr^ i^rj^f^ffd ^j[, iritobfg)ij»i^^ whiofa, raking the island, drift the s«n4 from tMm-.llftl^iflaiii MiaAdbeiMg composed of loose light sand, high gales frequently lUt^c^jijivi^ii^i^H^ tm^MA^ & i€Mel happen to be ashore in a fbg, iiltuation uii^nbwi^ IcnverwlNAdtiartNtn f^hllH»^' ihd observe the foUowing notice. . If Breakers extend N.W^MMlrft^ii'jyou flie W%e^ NiW. Bar : if they extend W. S.W.,aBd Efif South, and then lie E. and W., you are on the North side. ■ ►.•^'^ ).;{|r, irnjid h/u? v/hor 'Thi^pirevalling winds about the lilaad are AriJm.E.to Sw i0dii!^«S»it9T.W<.,tWith tl^iese th^ north or leeward udeu tbtop^twfel^r smooth* tfioiiDaili/flfe<«hailu>AttdtUve»iimf*ibaf«Bwd ^jMMiiBg thimi^^ndthtes gettiiigDtvJe«#iMdimli^ 1iyC#'l^e%ttif «hOdldaip|»e«# too>id4iigaMlpaj ^indtkftryioneaitj Xkj tryitor)««MtiMi'Allc;bRr MWjiHfieir;! Having onet' got «o >h< awt « hwmM i efettotoi^ llsitiiiiq>#£Lior,V|rallJ9U^ IM«^tl Way fa«, MtlM iMdi? and l»lnfe;th«(tMUi|^ Afgigf jyiijjl?e North side, push the boat right Jliefore th" «"■ fiir th«^ land rather than nsV getting to leeward by crossing ^itherbiu', am Ah'iUfJi .CMHU/^j-y-^i. If i oext is on notRe,,iin- Inbvlbuses m^ tinier-. gglngril-4m %l^ ««»«!. .0 pirn urn a Nitf. (^'the 'DOfflnHMId e rwamM to 10 fWthOBM, ii >• ,-i-*TS'>'> then unites V. direction^ cient reason P oocit^o^s 'he strength it have ima« lie longitude y eastward. mappi^J) ^M |»,.W«,iVith y.'alRuddnbe wy^dlBWd Ktiv^ntontilitry iti|ifi<^<}liftr 4toJla>«|Baer bfr»»fe«lo''th ik getting to If * VrMBlBOVR OF HALIFAX. 89 If ashore on the Bovth «dge of ckher Bar, w)th the wbd North, laadon the Sooth tide. If ashore on the N.B. Bar i^ tolerable weather, with the wind about West, you may land at the east end without crossing the Bar; and, vtc€V0raa, if on the N.W. Bar, and, owing to the inner belt, the time of high-water is the best for landing. After landing, if owing to a^ you cannot judge of yov sltttation« so as to shape yoor course to one of the houses, seek the lake and then proceed. The preceding description, excepting a little alteration, is from Che obsenratfons of Mr. Joaeph Darby, master of the schooner Two Brothtrtt and ten years in the service of the isUnd. (Halifax, 8th April, 1824.) Mr. Darby has also given a list of ships and vessek, wrecked upon the coast and bars, thirty>four m number, between ISQ9 a«4 1824 ; the greater part upon the southern shores. It may be observed, generally, that the soundings all along the Nova Scotum Coast, between Cape Canso to the E.N.B. and Cape Sable to the W.8.W., are very irregular ; from 95 to 40 and 50 &thoms. In foggy weather, do not stand nearer in-shore than 35 fathoibs, lest you fall upon some of the ledges. By no means make too boUl with the shore in such weather, unless you are sure of the part of the coast yoi;^ are on ; for you may, otherwise, when bound for Halifax, fall unexpectedly into Margaret's or Mahone Bay, and thus be caught with a S.E. \rind. At the entrance of the harbours and rivers on the coast, salmon is taken firom April until-August ; and, teom one to two or three leagues out to sea, cod, halibut, poUuck, haddock, rays, and maekurel. Herrings are taken in the bays and harbours, in the months of June and July, and tom-cod all the year round. The weather on the coast is frequently foggy in the spring and some part of the sum- mer ; in particular at the distance of 4 or 5 leagues from the shores. On approaching nearer, ttie weather is found more clear ; and, with the wind from the land, it is per- fectly clear and pleasant. VIII.— HALIFAX HARBOUR, and Me coast thence, WESTWARD, to CaPE SaBLE. The land about the Harbour of Halifax, and a little to the southward of it, is, in ^pearance, rugged and rocky, and has on it, in several places, scrubby withered wood. Although it seems bold, yet it is not high, being to be seen, from the quarter-deck of a T4-gun ship, at the distance of no more than 7 leagues ; excepting, however, the high lands of Le Have and Aapotogon, westward of Halifax, which are to be seen 8 leagues off. The first, which is 1 2 leagues W. S. W. from Cape Sambro' appears over Cape Le Have, and like little round hills of unequal height. Aspotogon, when blearing N.W. by N., appears di- rectly over Margaret's Bay, 5^ leagues westward from Cape Sambro' : it is rather a long high land, nearly level at the top, and rising above the land near it. When bearing North, distant between 5 and 6 leagues, Sambro' lighthouse will bear E.N.E. distant 7 leagues. The lighthouse on Sambro' Island is remarkable, it being a high tower on that island, which is small and rocky, lying at S| nules to the S.W. from Chebucto Head, on the S.W. side of the entrance into Halifax Harbour.* Chebucto Head has a remarkably rocky and barren appearance. There are two otlier lighthouses on the coast jvestward of that of Sambro' ; the first is on Coffin's Island, at the entrance of Liverpool Bay ; the second is on Cape Roseway, at the entrance of Shelburne Harbour. Of these, one may be distinguished from the other by noticing that the lantern of Sambro' lighthouse, exhibitiugaytrtfif light, iselevated 8 1 feet above the level of the sea ; while the light on Coffin's Island is only gO feet ; the latter is mofoMig', and appears fuU at Intervals of two minutes : the lighthouse on Cape Roseway exhibits two lights, there being a small light at about one-third from the top of the building. Cape Roseway is about 30 leagues to the W.S.W. from the lighthouse of Sambro'. The island and lighthouse, near the harbour of Halifax, lie in latitude 44° SO* N., and lon^tude 6S^ 31' W. of Greenwich. * The appcftrance of it is given on ihe Chart of Nova-Scotia= N HALIFAX about eight square jbUss uf govld alKMMIf^.cl ^; ^-VE /uiaI^I e'lirXI b^f; ..^oiini f * ,W fe Above t^, li'fttf fijeik^'ln; t!^ qentrt of tto^bai^ar^ !»«»' isUt,jofcl||fidva90U^iIi^md< Th«^^^f^^^l[i(^ ^t-4v9S?«r,(^ ttnd pvQtectif ik^eiifyioSMimuit, >r)T ,a 6b a'ftplt oir gmvei, ulQed AfdMVf** A^A; exCtadifag to«lirda nftdi eiUAMd^ IHMs Mac Nab'» Island^ is a tbwep, caUed Sh&rbrooke Tme¥. Netir this/W«Mil'1j|rMlltt^sei boilt iti 1818, is intended to direct shiptinte the karbour^i olcar of, tile i|hiBi)a:J|C»nfifter d^Bdftted.' '" ■•'■A ■' ■ " , ■'•• -•: '■ ;':•.- •, ,; ■> >■. -a? ■:■>, j.u r.-t-v. '/.'oi »« Northward of Manger's Befteh, Is the cove noirdall^ Alio N«b^Cofr,':Jk MMriRMi-' chmge in from Q to 4 fcithoms, mud. The best spot is in 7 fatlioms, '%lm ln9,:/ The LioH'THovflB of Sambro',. already noticed, has seven lamps, and exhibit^ ^Ked light. |tr lantern iar elevated SIO feet above the level of the sea* A smalt .*«f atjkSlei^ are stationed here, to attend to signals, with two twenly<^r ipoiiu^d^g'^ iii^riit»^^: by the attention of tl^eae men several sbipwrecks^itt is amdi^^faavei^MwIy i, !'w^^j)^and!ab^i'tf^tiflMfe%ii%e9i*¥h- fno^t isi^ie Boll, a rock above \*rater, which liies about thrfe^-qutfrtert'orii'ibife^.j6.t|jE. ,|MHn t^f nidant Point, with the lighthouse bearing E. 7* S., 2|i toiles*.^'''"'"'''^ ''"o^' *f> "Tb thtf sb6th.eastward of the Bull, at the distanceof a nule,.IiM!#e,I^^ e^t(4^^e HbMn»* Hfith the lighthouse bearing E. by N. on^ nj|ie and thi«prflH9||t<|rrj^tij^j '^ The S/(ir rock' or ledge lies with the lighthouse N.Eil^nOlci^.j ;iu uiimjl iivM ,n.> The HtNftsGV Rock, with « feet over it, lies vdth the lighthouse N.f<*.W/iW.'SriitI*8. Tothe E.N.S.i at a ndie from this^is anotiier^theiiLafAsecNK^^f/lSifiwij. sBetkiwe, of cenrse, eicee^^^ dangeroust^to th9Be4q)pk'0Mhii^ jwithitt a abort dortwioA. , , ,1,, 1!kt«^'Ji\M?«y« £^/>4i«^ «M4ighthAite< > /GliebtaGt»«e«d'H:M£«^will citAirthera Besides the. rocks above described, the Bell, a rock of 18 feet, lietfwk MMtfe^^f a mHe ftoin Bhure, WKh tSteeittenuty 5if€aiebnBtQHeiKl«N. bJjK..4tE»i£W^ X. * See the pardcular chart of the Harbour ankEnvi^dhi<>fHilifes.'^ ' ' ' ' ' Within ^^M^ fAHABBOUni OP) OMmAJi^i 91 "<'..s ■«:. . 8,W. Si »Ue.. »d DeyU'. Island N,B. J !!,.«*»*•. u,,,, r^W^lr^^i^'^^ TliA sw^dllri'tiie TVunr 0<^»*ave^ w1ii«)vexten4f from th» aoiit|i eipil ctf Ma« N»b'8 IstMtd; flUdnMch ocbknicmed the meUoclMlf los$ of ^he.Trilmw irigAte,. with SSOhtive tim^^tvi'^NiOtkdhii'kr die harbour Iram Qi^ eqitwa^. . The tiurart-marlc tp olear it " •---■----.--- -^ • '"^'^^-^ i^ih-^MjtttK- 'ltilf W««toir ^' '!%« j^jjn^/l^ Rooft) wVtch liei tbwards the western iidpt l)a« only t^ ^eet orer it at low water. The marks for it are, George's Island just open to the eftstwjwrd of '^oint Saod«dcb« and the patiwe betweeea the Devu's Island and main open, b«wiiig„lB.hyN. "..■-'' •• ■"^'o-..>a:v,^, ^''Abilfe^the'l^cfafteld Rock, on the same side, atanule abov^it, is the.rbck.calleii Mart' Rock. It lies with Point Sandwich bearing North, half a mile, and nearly in a line. with it) and the west side of George Island. A ree^ called the Horae-Shoe, extends from Mauger's Beach, on the west a|\ ; ww • ' Between Manger's Beteh abd Point feasant Shoal is. a middle gvoand of 4| a^d 5 fathoms, distinguished by a buoy. This middle ground extends North and South a cable's length, and is about 30 fathoms broad : as you fall off to the eastward of it, there may be found from 7 to 13 fathoms, muddy bottom. On the west side are froln. ^0 to 14 fathoms, coarse and rocky bottom. .,.i /i ulj-.ti'l!* ' Rei^t Rock, having 12 feet over it, lies in>shore, about half-way between Point Plea- sant and the south part of Halifax. The thwart-mark for it is, a farm-house in. the wood overAbUiik rock on the shore, bea'ing W. by S. Opposite td Reid's Etock is a buoy on tiie spit extending from the N.T^. end of Mac Nab's Island. DIRECTIONS FOB the HARBOUR.— On i^proaching the Harbour of Halifax from the westward, advance to the eastward so as to pass the Hghthouse at the distance ipf a 'leagM|; taking care not to approach too near to tlie Henercy or Lockwood Rpc|f^"al- ^^Wdy described. When the lighthouse bears N.N.W.fW. you will be in a, Jipe urith the Henercy Rock, and with it N.W.fW.^in a line with a,< kept on, will lead in the fair^way up'to<]reorge Island, leaving Point Pleasant Sboala o» the J^, i^and tiie^prse-gfjqe, pr ShqaH /?f Mac IJIaVs Island, on the right. ^ '^ George^ Island may be passMdn either iside, dnd you may choose your anchorage at pleasure, in frott 13 to 6 fethon^'tenddfr bottom. From George Island to the, head [jof Bedford Bawnthwiaif no phstfaip^oft,tp#PP«»g- , , -, u:^:A.V to ; irrV.!^ j.ii "i oifiiyp^of Wttr tsu^ymchM* offitlie Naval Yard,, which. mfky be di«thigMij^Mflr»t a dis. tancebythe masting sheers. Merchant-vessels discharge and take in, thw^, P9«goes at ■ tlie«tAWA;iWhw£B*i{ ,i')!)i i-i ^ci Jaqi fl ,.t.iaa r-Ht ,b'»t'» '•/odrv^lr^i^,'; 3rfyi.c,.«-fa!j'/ " "bntidUWrf^i$l^ }U:\j v.; -=it'.''i On s« i* CQ^» f WMTlR^IWlXWTinWfcllAXV. J On ENTBJ;^^(f the HAfmi^vii froin»-,}lMkJj|||8TWABD, eapcciBlly in|tk;«|h«nll«lt)l(mfMl^( ; particularrciiu^ma9t bo^takeiito ^li^j^J'hrum Cap »ad.Bock«UeadMf•Hd- ing this mftufi^ Wiest* < w.?>LW.f((ur ^i^.i{ accmding to .the. wind i^idi^ifiiftiAtolMce from thf / 8ho9)8^>ntU . G^rgQ Island; •jyp.tbe Hatbouc«. ia op«w a aaaVa krciMlhi to.the westward/Of Mt^ tJah's . islands Aeny)^^llJ^^or Sandwich. Pe^p|;;#nA.ypf kJ^dd*^ until ym|.8fe /dio «teqple ^of St. Pa^'s Church, in Halifax, jl ahipU. lcngt)f.>ti|)«felto the eastward of Judse Brenton's house, a remarkable one, frojitiQg/tiiiejiiQtIhvii iSateir-: mark, keptc|p;,vwiiri«ad xlear„of l^mft . Pleasant Shoal,, and. in.a.£Bir<^Mll;|«ti(«en Manger's Beech and Sandwich Point: whence yoM inay,'9t(i«ai lAir<0%iitK>>Gftfrge Island, afd yasf in on thr east side,, if the wtad will permit }>ii>.U i>'j).i^iiii In iurt^U^windwarifigvrt the upper or inner part of ]|ulaiig«i<*i Blkdk Vl^ff of one cable's length, in order to avoid the Horse-Shoe Spit, that hihs flrdin llfte iMiVJhrt of the beiichto the ^stance of one cable and a halPs length. Y6a mky ^inHk tttjthe Sandwich Point side to within two ships' length, that being bold-to ; btftittHd^no^ farther over to the westward, to avoid Point Pleasant Shoals, than keepiM|r litl'^BMH^^ church Opiih to the eastward of Judge Brenton's house, on the south saorfe, itK'ilM^e- mentioned. ;■ "'' When arrived thus far, put in stays; and, standing to the eastward, keep tattle Thrum Cap Island, ^now CarroP;) a red bluff, open of Mac Nab's Island : having; ihis mark on, put in stays agdn, and you will thus go clear of the N.W. spit of Mac Nab's Island. . „.a„.^i>i.-:' To^iu* -■.•>■.-. .>nT COAST WESTWARD of HALIFAX— The little harbour, or cove, called Catch Harbour, which lies to the westward of Chebucto Head, has a bar across the entrance, having nine feet over it at low water, with breakers whfeAith^ wind VIdws on the shore. Within it are three and 3} fathoms. In 1817, twenty families were settled hejr^,aqd n}sppotk«A, principally, by supplying the market of Halifax with fish. oaowJisd ,mi>i^inv. y.- • ~^^^ -^'^ -'^-^ -^ -'^^^'^ " * ' C^ENERAL REMARKS on the COAST WfiStWARb: 1*" J From Halifax, westward, to Margaret's Bay, the country appears, from the offing/^ very rocky and broken; the shore is steep-to, and bounded with white rocky cliAk'/' The high lands of Aspotogon, on the eastern side of Mahone Bay, are most r^arki^'^ able ; tilie summit is very conspicuous ; it is 438 feet high, and may be seen at thp distance of 7 or 8 leagues. ProceetUng westward, from Mahone Bay, the rocks vUi9^. surround the shore are black, with some banks of red earth. Cope k,ffme)n«Sii,. abrupt cliff, 107 feet high, above the sea : it is bald on the top, with a.r^d ^f^^ W^ it, fisteingthe south-westward. Between this cape and Port Medway^ ^heriq titef^me^ hutnniibtws Within land, about wivich the country appears low and leyd , from .the ^sea;^^ and;* iMi the shore, white rocks and stony beaches, with several low bald[ pbinis : Jhjnce to'«Mibtirn« Harbour, the land is woody. About the entrance of "Port twoiif.^^^ withinHkhd, are several barren spots, which, from the offing, are eksu^ '^^ci^^'^^ i thaM9«ti'tirGApe Sable, the land appears level and low, and on th6 Bik^I^a{e^liIi^^tk ofv<>K0ffMKngly white sand, partiicularly in the entrance of Pott IiU6afi iUddidti<€ape^< SiMp, ,«;banti{iiii-^eA^W^' FfcamiSanAio^^Llj^l-lwuseta''^''''^ •P"*'!fliaiWrtc.^8«'' ^"JllJ^.'^^y""-'^ ■oM^^owslo sjiTGiiebucto«eaid;w-w.»..'ii;v;'.j-i»i«m« "W.El"^' ' ■■'lil!^' MW-l '^'^JN.fi;*'®- ^"*' Three Fathoms Harbour E.N.E. — #'i'i^^''' '^Kj6". f E;''^°<^ f%^.P»ter/MdifltM».^iiw.i.>r4»l.ir ji.iBast«if. -J-ii :id6*iJt : ufBjNcB..^f'*Ew o-aH A: I^th«|is«:>t<>TM<...9,HtM.Rri ,i»Kjtl»p8ti<.»e «t.,v..KJe:Ji fiJW.'hf-WjiMj' We *.^^*.^*^«.» w.S.W» i^.^ H3 . . S.W. I W. ?5!S£Q =.i(l % -n'-n-iiuH \■\^i",U,dH ~ Liverpool LivMtt .)ii Af\ Ktolhe f«(idii)t, htntk of (A tu'the H'iil^e- ip t^jttle vinfirthis d Catch entrance, 10 shore. .'' * iJRhn; >H le offingy ' nafc tbe ir'e ^^Ue fc»ar mmfh ■{iunniy, ^ owi Jo W. verpool •n»giMfetf»f|i*'lll*wA''.vU.ul wutJvi;oiJB.iy.il JPB;W^.. ';"3|iv.;7.' JN.''6o^-B. ''^'^^ «''■ ■iI«lrHo|>».:'**^vjwl.....*tyi.'JJ.';4 -f 'B;^. | fl. ' -i-' 'w ''J'i'*jB.Siw/| W.''< "*'"' SfawlbiirneiLlght^aitt' to"''"* r^'"' '»I('."'J'i/i«'''' '^ , >«i)" ' h':i tn- U ;/uruil. I'l h*i; /'>««» »it.' '•'^tiwrBcwIhtiiid'dr |li«'WMfenittdit"' '-■' ■" '' '<'■'' t'"*^ '"" '^' - " -i-^y^unU Rugged Island •'Jwyq.'Ji.v 'B.N.B. iE. — 7f*ii'" W.B.iyiK •^'^*^'' IoTI>a«P4A' fr,J|ipi8tmi RoBged Itkmd E. i N. ^ l()| •>« - &NiB;t tv\ tt\ 1ul*fiHrW..jllrwk«r«fRttggedl»I«nd B»8.B.iE. — ' TJ-n., , B» i 8.»H.r.7 ^'lyoo TO .'■"'■'"•■- ■■ U ;«.^ fivf^ Mr ;Vt «"! yoivwrt ", .. ,. : . " ' M !' ■ .(! li nitltiV SAMBRCy HARBOUR.— The Harbour of Sambro', which has thirty faniiiliM.Mi>jf||i. berders, lies at one mile and three quarters to the N.N.W. of the Lighthouse Island. Off its entrance is the Bull Rock, already noticed, and' there are two other rocks be- tween the latter and Sambro' Island. The best channel into it is, therefore, between Pendant Point and the Bull Rock ; but vessels from the eastward may run .up ^ftween Sambro' Island and the Inner Rock. Within the entrance is an islet, called: the Isle of MaPr which is to be left, when suling inward, on the left or larboard hand. Thie anchorage is above this islet, in 3 fathoms, muddy bottom. This is a place of aafety for, and.mocl) resorted to by, coasters in bad weather. -'' "' PENOAKT HARBOUR, (Port Affimk of De« Barret,) the next to the we^tward^ .SaiiabiD'i^as good anchoring grouno. The islands on the west side of it ari^ bold-tol ,andf'the«r6iinS is likewise gm>d. The depths are from 10 to 5 fathoms. ' >- v<'f)>;; ^t|«Avl^f ]^Vf (Pt* Bristol Bay,) between Pendant Harbour and TenantffrBa^* ti pi:e^(^n1;9,j^!ptlie,e}^e9f, a stranger the rudest features of nature. It is,,qV*(n^Afipj»r9A«4 therefrom by a large cluster of islets and broken hindi:tl« extremity of jwhich is named Cape Project or Mari^ Head. On iiidMnleitilft'tlfi^^^ appearance is rugged ; but the harbour is extensive and safe ; and, in rough weather, the dangers in the vicinity show themselves. The inhabitants, about twelve families, are settled on the left, or western side, and subsist by the fishery. Two sQi^l ^I<^A^ 9^ Ml'^.'.#4^'»>%^>AJ^^'^^i'''9^)^>' and on tiiese are ue itBge»<*Thd is- ' trance is between an islet, called ffobjiton'a Nottf on the S.E., and a rock, named Dortnan Rock, on the N.W. There is i orea^y^, with 3 fathoms over it, at the dutance of two i^^Ues' length. ,t^ the ea8t.,gf ^^Jiatter. Within the hwlN9qCitha6:«r::flaod! ancht^rage^ n>r,the largest ships; ana| f^r smaller yeasels, , in 4 fattwMstj i whoriOthe bottoirt Is of jtiff blue cl^. ,. . ,[ y. -^^ , , J ; f . r • 5 i T 8HIl4' HiyiEOUR, iC^jeUh an*oiatM)i\J)e» Barret,) is the neic «^a«<^ of Pro^ieftlfMlMur; iti«(tbeNJ3. ariftiO&an inlel,- of which thf'NlWlliHn^W B Biff, llio'^olh of /i^ich itivcelleat an^^ln^ may bs .found. • • In -tfae c6tliiio«i mUxmee w)Ch(*it^9<1nttaollt tkejBogr* 8un&efi(rd6k, having only & fe^titmit^ c^iif.^'^liis W ^-.V/.a " = '.r1 — ■-■ W j. moat difflonit, there being a ledge eatending hdlh "finite tPwMiit,fi(Wthee,»l«it»ej?tf?«D4lafqf.T^jrler'iI|^M>^ ?'i-,.,rfffxiH nT)^!!,^ DOVEft PORT U«t on the western side of the 'entranec/' tdi^{ind''ftiiifl ^'IUHli fohnedbyTaytor's Iiltod, and several other Islands. Vht \Mt fiaMM' A eastward of these, giving them a moderate berth. The anchorage bt^An&'Hif^rbbdy' of Ti^lorfs Islmd^ In 10, 9, or T* fathooBs; bottom of nnd. l|i;hail)af.Iia,.givd a berth to4h»reef, whidiextenda S-B. hall a aatle from.Taylor'^.IiUuid ; .'n. in« v.rr *" Betweet^ the Harboqf'of Halifax and* this plaiBe, tbe eoiMrtt 'i^rroJraWi^j'b) barren ; the Shore iron-bonnd anA ste^p, anTd a tree is searcelf to bk seenA''] erer, are abundant, and the harbours are most conveniently situated for thoHli ** lllAHQAR^*^ BA¥;.— This bay >• « beautifta sl^et ofjr^t^r, aWwt drcupfereni^, in leogtb nine» and two miles wide, at thf entrwqe. (^ cV^^^^^ harbours c^Mt^ of reeot^'ing^ships of the line, even against the sii^ oftlie jlDf>fC»t To thf WjSft.of the . entrance jtands the High Land of Aspptogon, alreadjf notiqea, jibe summit of which, bearing N.W., leads directly to the no^utl^ of the fiiay. Tl^(6'jih6i«« at the ontraince are higl^ white rocks, and steep-|p. ph the ^^i^tern side is an«it des Barres, lies in latitude 44? 34' 2&", and Icmgltude 63° 55' 30''. This islettfa a hbdff of rock, about bO feet in height, and hold-to on all sides.* >{ Qathe.Bastern side of the Entrance, 300 yards firom'^Mf Poin^, is a rock uncovered sitlowWMer: and'thereiii, ata.nuiotMPfda,hall'ao^|b fi^oia Sot|tii]f^t ,ld^^ fi ^1^^ SI tkaJSIertiMAoe, almost eovered and surrounded with bre^prs, ^^nd w^ich affvcs Ih^Motbpoint of Taylor's Island W. by N., 4} miles .: tiif ff^ptj^s ,furouni^ \^i^f ■X 9»UsflS««tem tuk qf the Bay, at 2^ miles to the no^ward of Aist'orMay 'Mnt, ^•an irregular projecUon called Peggy's Point. At a noiiie beyond this is an isle named ShU'in Mmd, which is 208 feet high, covered with wood, and bold-to; bbt there ai« two ledges between it and the inner part of Peggy's Point, over which the deptlit a(!e 8 and 9 feet In a southerly sale the water i^ smooth on the lee side of the bland< ai^ the bottom good. At a mite and alialf N^E. | N. from Sbui-in Iskuid is'.a maUer isle, named iMk^e, forming a Complete break to the sea^ and used' as «i sh'eepofi^. ^ero is good anchorage on the N.£. side of it, smooth in all asasohs} i^^j^^if is, .t)^fi>r<^' auseMplaee^of shelter../' ,«:,, •;„ U- '^^^-^-yX-^^Ci'^^sJi' t4\M«\ni V lintiiln< tMTo iiules northward of Luke^ Isle is a cluster lf.uAaer_;the..lee«ljiM olm-. e'jyifcyijil/'. ax t It has often been lamented that the bulk and prl^%^H¥8h^,. '&ibo)p«d'in ^pr,ii^ rocli (alW^ftetfer to different At /•A" 7ltAHDNE ^AMSyfrciLK >:4 *,ivf 9S «\Ar4l4MMnhiedoin».<«mllfed Ha(iheM»v'L0dg«ifJtorik IMJuvj^^^hU iraboit Mlft.fe«lwiMria'«lMttk9 wi i J a w rtAt biAk vaMn 5W ▼•••fl» «^« buUdlng;i»nd;«i^41lq»<»f^»,the h9mp,Ooil9^^(Xg*mdiU Cdnie,} 9 adles to tin eoittliwapd Of HiftUwtfli CoV«; flB^the^ western side of flie liiijr,' ift i^' gcNMr ahohoriige with a.weatcrlf ili4nd.. An'vxetUent 8trean^,Aa|rh|(^Jii|^Mw,fQm,?«lU Iftlto this place, fleafe^ southTvurd, the, coast is Wl'^ViliWIWWi^^ V^^m W »» ganger, ^xcept|||g one smi^l rocjk of jdi^ fcfei of water, close ,f^qr^,i, ^, , , ,^ .At » mile to the northward of Soutjiweftt Isle, in the entrf^ice of the Pay, is the l|ttle If'emf^.l^.W. tttrbotw, sheltered by an islet (Hortt lahi) and withiii ^Wh is Ife^i^Qhonuie toi" wmHi craft,: both the channeU into it .are good. Bl^ma| |ill^4i)i^iif^ icettled ^re. Abovp thivbwbtnir tAie west shore is rugged and bold.' ;^ 'f,,\ MAliONB BAY u divided from Margaret's Bay' by the peninstdaj on wliicb fttttd the high lands of Aspotages*. whoee appearance, in three regular swellii^, 4« jirery rentarkable at a great distance in the offing. This Bay is nearly 4 leagues in extent, (HikoCS'.V. te^lVV,^ and coiftains! 'nameroua islands and. rocks, the kvgvsti «ft%Hibh, <3VMrt ataf \£lf^ Ttfh^ol!, are oh the eaaterii side. ■ v.i :;. Without the entrance. Is Hfreeri likmid, above mentioned, another smalMsM^'bi^ifed DwJt Itle, on the . opposite side), and a larger, more to the west, named Cffptf, '^^^^^ Between the two. latter is a channel, one mile in breadth. .■'.^f.'-i The Outer Ledge, which always breaks, Kes at one wile and Jtwo4bir^* NiBi'.f N. fittm the east end of Duck Island, and W. ^ N. 3 miles from the w^jt p*g these, which Are hold-to, you proceed to' siid bet6urij( iFsl^'^'biM^^^w^^ the lM«t point of lE^e Tarteeeki ^TOe isM^ off the tbwn rfender the liitiWAii'iMiBtith and ttture-, th^tlcptlk iff 'w1Uci(%' (^^ 5 to 2 fathoms. .. . ■iiji:...'. -X v. ^.,.,;.,cx, .>C ,i£^ uuj^ Chester church open, on the west of Great Tancook, leads clear to the westward of ,,thiJBtalRpck,AildddM«JDi(itekIilateA ;^ ^^^^^^^^ ^ In Margaret's and Mahone Bays it is nigh water on the fuU and change at VIII h., ;imdthfi,fpr6cal<.rise^W^,m::,^POWr'Sf«OWAY. . ;' JOALAQUABH o» LUNfeNBUflO HARIOUR-Thk b a plM* of oonaldmbla inde, Md Its ptipoktlBh, fn I»17; lutiiiralcd to •^,•00 pcnon. Vaaaeb ara constMlly pljrlng bctirMft iMmnbng and fkittfax, ourjring to tha Uttar ekoni-wiMd. kmber,lM]r, oattlSi alook, and all kladf of vegetable!. The harbour it ewy of ao«es»» witb aadierage toiCihead. ^, To mik 1b, van mmf pase on oMmt aide of Otom Island,* but tbo obaimel on Umi west •Ma «f tfM hlaad la tha bate Im wdllng through the uoMham ohauial, ba.oaraful ito a«e neKt point, which Is Oven^ PoM, give it a berth of two or three od>l^' length i wr, around Ovens' Point is a shoal, to which you must hot approach nearer than in 7 fpKhPffM. From Ovens' Pblnt, N.E. three quarters of a mile distant, lies the Stu^h Vifiut lioeh, dry at low water. Your leading-msrlc, between Ovens' Point and the Cat]W:it b, a waggon>road-way (above the town of Lunenburg) open to the westward ofJBfttery Fdnt, ^^ch marie wui keej) you clear of a rock of 4 fsthoms at low water. The; best anohoiing ground is on the west shore, opposite the middle ftirm«house, in 7 fMb<>>^>> mudldy bottom. Your course in, is from N.N.W. to N.W. by N. In this bay. ^th good ground4ackUng, you may ride out a 8.E. gale verv safely. The harbour, wh|«^ is to tha northward of the Long Rock and Battery Point, is fit only for small ships of war and merchant-vessels. Along the wharfs are IS and 13 feet of water i and, at a SAprt distanec, from SO to 84 feet, soft mud. The latitude of Cross Island, according to the observations made by Mr. Backhouse, is 44<> SO'. M. des Barres gives it as 44° 83' iiS", in longitude 64° 5' 10". This island is* in a state of cultivation, and on the N.E. is a small nook, in' which coasters may lie securely. The west and south sides of the island are bold i and, at two miles from the south side, is an excellent fishing-bank, having over it from 14 to 17 fathoms* From Green Island the cast end of Cross Island bears W.S.W. distant 6 miles. From .the east end of Cross Island that of Ironbound Island lies S.W. by W. ^ W., 6^ miles : and from the latter Cape le Have bears S.W. by W. i W., 4J miles. jr«oi '^i ai » f«(4 CAPE LE HAVE, described on page 92, stands at the distance of 18 leagues f W. 4 S. from Sambro' Lighthouse. At one mile S.E. f S. from this Cane lies the Bbick Roek, 10 feet high, and 1 00 long, with deep water around it, 10 to 14 fathoms : and at 8} Boiles. W.S.W' iW. from the Cape is an elevated rocky islet, called Indian lale, which lies at a mile irom shore, off the S.E. point of Palmertton Baj/, or Broad Cove : this point is 8| miles westward of Cape le Have. ^ •>>.(..<"> Palmerston Bayt is two miles in breadth. At the head of it, to ihe S'.wl {n^Pgtit itnter, a settlement formed by the French, and the farms of which are in fine condnton. From Cape le Have, westward, to Medway Head, an extent of 11 miles, nearly. W.a.'W. the land is, altogether, broken and craggy. ^ PORT MEDWAY, or Metwav.— Medway Head, (AdmiraUjf Aenlof Oes Baivea) lat the entrance of this port, is Itud down in latitude 44° 10* SO", and longiUi4«i64f ^'. The entrance may be known by a hill on the head, and a long range of -lovi nigfed islands extending true South, forming its eastern ude: it is sevenrcigbths of a mile broad, and has a depth of 10 to 4 fathoms. This port is now cetnsideraUe^ both, in its navigable capacity and its consequence as a fishery: in 1817 Jt oontai^ fifty fiuulies, or 876 persons. Five saw mills, on the river above, are constantly employe^. ""'"'Tho land tc che eastward of the harbour is remarkably broken and hilly. The proiic|^ jM>e 1 7 Hhm»- eCft^Iinck lofBfttery Thf b^tt 7 fMbo)^«, bay. w^th upa of :nrar at A a^Qrt 3ackbQU«e. ThuUIand en may lie IS from the ilea. From , 6^ miles : ■ leaguifs f B the Black 18 : and at tulkm laJe, oad Cove : rrk',Pkt coBmUpn. 1] f ;, \ i..)lC)S Banree^jat \»i(ii?fl9'. w.nigfed of « mile E^ b«th.ia iipfiii fifty roploye^. o««»ter, ; ./or A MLH . . • of ^ces ku iwfnper by H. Dh \yher. "■•^ISI,!- • >'r-ap|Noatyirgf/rein tb«n>aal«ninli llWlvttljfWiir ^i «jW.. <(Mtfbreak»in hntfilr wc«lbfr»'bf ik^epinffiWnJUiHhtlvnMie ipn ,CpA fMbd''ttVBl|t>0(Ml 'BAy.u^WVrifem >J>MMi/;«( bn fti^'RWi '"n^ «af lM»^ooMlk««bKuU'lUrn^ for "ndffffe^nfhtM WMirxkncaflLihore *«ridili'^The> rdtMpcsO watwr* ia'cHi &«IV«|ll^iA f^e. '"li1^«t;iht>IflKi), Vff'4iiad'l^intVatrtb*entrniM»vftiksM4tbr«ndi« MaaiMMrriMTJiW '^%^I6W1C{ >'ff!trHii|} Gexnty on 4W north sUe of the bay. u8brdtgo«4«h«kiei^|rf^ aea- 'J'^ritiViV'iWt ItttioM*; ihuMy bottom, but it is much expdsed to a heavy awfU, !<«4«as •'I'rtolii^im'IroriiAlMrethaatwoekiops df wiir. At high witter, vessels of two aiid ^ee -^'Mrift'ba tttM itiay ffim «kp over the bar into the harbour > but at low water there are "^f^nVf lelkt o\^ev1t. The channel, within, winds with the soathera fhore« aad the «et- ^'ini^fen^s'df Lifcrpool upwards. ; ^ "'(Mji^'irttrance bears W. by S. 17 J leagues from Sambro* Ught-house.f and W.S.W. ' udl6^ from Cape le Have. Coffin's Island, whioh lies withontit.is distinguitHed tight-honsfe already noticed, on page 89, and which exhibits a light revtdving ird minutes. The land in the vicinity of the hai-bour is generaUy roolcy and 1, yibt the commercial spirit of the people has raised the town to respectability ['HaA opulence, apd they trade to every part of the West- Indies. The population is '>)tti(natedatl€OOpersons. In Port Medway and Liverpool Bay, it is high water, on the full and change,' mM^O ; MlhUtes past seten, and the vertical rise is from 5 to 8 feet. ;< ' iHillt MOUtON, or Matoon, {Gambler Harbour of Dea Barrea,) is formed by an . island of the same name, which lies at the entrance, and, therefore, foiins two chan- nels. O^the latter, that on the western side of the island is so impeded bylMetnand shoals, as to leave a small passage only for small vessels, and that close to th^'nudn. At a mile from the island, on the east, is a ridge called the Braail Rooka t and»)&:om the ■N;W. end of the island, a shoal extends to the distandli ul mewj llihiTa mile« Within Matoon Island, on the W.N.W., are two islands, called the Spectacles, or ;6ad41e> M. des Barres says, " On both sides of the Portsmouth [^BraaW] Rocks, which arc always above water, you have deep channels, and of a sufficient width for ships to turn into the , bftrbour." With a leading wind you may steer up N.N.W. | W., until you bring the Sfiddle \o bear S.W. \ W., and haul up S.W. by W. to the anchoring-ground, wh'^re jtfie^ will be found from 20 to 12 fathoms, muddy bottom, in security from all windd. At five miles S.S.W. \ W. from the south end of Mouton Island lies an islet, sur- . rminded^y a shoal, and named LirrLE Hope Island. It is only 21 feet high, and ^00 'Aiuoi^^^ length, at 2| miles from the shore. A valuable ship was lost here, in 1815; {'|i'aa|i|^i'.Xockw6od has recommended the erection of an obelisk, or beacon, uponthe ~ is^/whiidh' ^ould be of great advantage to the coasters, and to all who approach the ooAst. PORT JOLIE.— The next harbour, west of Little Hope Isle, is Pdrt*' 'jdi^B, '!'(3lMfililtinf HiMi* of Des Ban-es, and Little Port Jolly of others,) whiaHeT^f^lf five <{|faft^Mlll*ild« but is altogether very shoal, ardiius scarcely sufficient water for, l^ifi^ boats. "Xll*t''lwids^bere' are Stony and barren, but eleven families are maintaiiied. by jfif^g* ''Bete Isle are several ledges, which show themselv^ji^f^d tHittf is k'iht^- spot nearly mid-way between the isle and the main, ,S(,. r.; "^^fi%T")^E^ERT, or Ga^Wr PdliT JonE, (Port Afanafleld oi Des BaiYes,} ma^/be Wifing'dlfsSt'rf Ijy the steep head on' thfr \*'est. Its eastern point. Point H^bart,' Yitd' in it$nSk\M^43°y5'l' 10", and longi«l«de'()4° 51' 30". At half a league to tho S.W., without «^tfaa>iiftrBhce,' .>i» em islet, 'cauid Oreel' Inland, which is . remarkable, and destitute; of ,fe^«|i0Hd»x>iTb«dnlyanehoragfd)taBtij: foiiilarjj^yssaslVisin the mouth of the h^ba|ir. Above are flats, with narrow windiiq;!>clMittdb;tl>rQegb the mud. Fifteen -iRinUiea (are settled in the port. ' SABLE RIVER (Penton River of Des Barres) is impeded by a bar which admits no vessels larger than st^til^liliet^ «4h(^0«UHVry is stnfle;>bat«fev«&..f{lmilid»«ii^ settled here. A reef lies opposite to the middkMolkjtbeientininefib-H a& {^jUfUiBl uvjiA^sa-toli -f v.^^"i¥«»t^H9a(jei[i^JiaW'J»/rf.lf6fltf. SiS'lCitttrs. ' " -/ .-'■^.'^ ^vr',!,.,nr,.., vi.iiomTrf ion "t Mr. Lockwood says 25leagiies Trom CapeB^fljWpijV fff\mi "^-clSWy. i^W^I^KP'. I « liL ji_ in^tl^ ' RUGOED SHELBURiNE HAUBOUH* ^8 .^ sn&ijnuMiNi!> tiAMi>w)vi%»f . RUflGED I&LAND HARBOUR (Port MUU of Dm Barru) Ukei tti name front lit niggsd «pp««rMG«» and the Dun>ero\M aunkeu rock* ead ledgca about it. This place is ■eldom rcaprted to, unless by th« fi»bcrin««, althouult within the anchorage is good, in 4| and 4 fathoms. In a gale of wtud, tho uneven it)CKy ground at the entrance causes the sea to break from side to side. At a m|Iu from t^e, western, Ifead it a bed of rocks, named the GuU, over which tho sea always breakt^i,, i , .i" " / . .\^, '*•., Thomu^ or Rutged ttkmd, to ttie east of the harbour, aforda a good mark for It ', this island baring high rocky eliffs on its eastern side. From its southern point sunken rocks extend to the 8. w. nearly a mile, and within these is the Tiger, a rock of only 4 feet, lying south, half a mile from Rug Point, tlie eastern point of the harbour. Having cleared these on the outside, haul up N.N.W. fur the islands on the left or western side, and so as to avoid a shoal which stretches half-wny over from the opposite side. Pursuing thia direction, you may proceed to the anchorage in the north arm of the harbour. , < SHELBURNE HARBOUR, or Port Rosbway.— Cape Roseway, the S.B. polnft of RoseneiOh or Macnutt's Island, is a Itigh cliflf of white rocks, the top of whicK is partly without wood. Tlie west side of tho island is low. On the cape stands the noble light-house of Shelburne, which has a white and remarkable appearance in the day, and at night exhibits a small light below the upper one, by which it is distinguished, at night, fi'om the light of Sanibro', or Halifax. The upper light is about IdO feet above the level of the sea, and the smaller light is 36 feet below the lantern. The latitude of this light-house, according to Mr. Rackhouae, in 17i)S, by the several means of double and meridian altitudes, is 43*^ 42' 30". The variation at the same time was ]3°S0'W. Of preceding observations, the results were, latitude 43^ 40^', and tongltude 65° 13|'. ' Tk^ harbour is, altogether, the best in Nova-Scotia, but its town has long been in a State of dedioe, and some of its streets are overgrown with grass and weeds. In 1784 il« populatku) exceeded 12,000 ; in 1816, it had diminished to 374 persona. The directions fbr this harbour, aa given by Mr. Backhouse, are as follow. (See M* Chati.) When coming in ftvm the ocean, after you have made the light-house, bring it to bear N.W., or N.W. by N., and steer directly for it. The dangers that lie on the east side, going in, are the Rugged Island Rocks, a long ledge that stretches out from the shore O or 7 miles, the BcllRock, and the Straptub Rock. On the west side is the Jig Rock. The Bell Rock is always -visible and bold-to. When you have gotten abreast of the light-house, steer up in mid-channel. Rose- neath Island is pretty bold-to all the way from thte light-house to the N.W. end of the island. When you come up half-way between George's Point and Sandy Point, be careful of a sunken rock that runs off from tlutt bight, on which are only 3 fathoms at low water ; keep the west shore on board to avoid it : your depth of water will be from 4, 5, to 6, fathoma. 8an0t Point is pretty steep-to : run above this point about half a mile, and come to anchor in 6 fathoms, muddy bottom ; if you choose you may sail up to the upper part of the harbour, and come to anchor in 5 fathoms, muddy bottom, about one mile and a half from the town, below the harbour flat. This hai'bour would contain all his Migeaty's ships of the third-ratei In sailing in from the eastward, be careful to avoid the Rugged Island Rocka, which are under water; do not haul up fbr the harbour till the light-house bears from you W. by N. i N.} by tha\ mean you will avoid every danger* and may proceed as taught above. In sailing into Shelburne from the westward, do not haul up for the light-honae till it bears from you N.W. )ty W. ^ W. : you will thus avoid the Jig Rock, on the west, which lies within one mile and a quarter S. ^ W. from the light-house, and is pretty steep-to. Should the wind take you a-head, and constrain yc^u to ply to the windward up the harbour, do not make too bold with the eastern shore ; for Iwlf-way between George's Point and .Sandy Point, is a reef of sunken rocks. When you come abreast of them, you need not stand above half-channel over to avoid them : the Hussar frigate, in plying to windward down the harbour, had nearly touched on them. On the west shore, abreast of Sandy Point, it is flat, therefore do not make too bold in standing over. The of N. of I SHELBVRNt: TO FOHT LATOUB#i'i 99 ' Th« iniutt of rock* that hli MiAe*tfH ahip AilntMUit ttnick upon, which lift ftbrMft of Durfey'ii IIoum, it to be citrefuliy avoided : do not itund any farthvr ov«r to th« wwW ward than 4 1 fathoms, lent vou come boanee upon the rook, aa the Adaman: did, and lay a whole tide before the floated, artd that not without iiffhteninx tha aMo. Tha aMt ahoro han regular toundingi, from Bandy Point upwards, from 8 to 4, and A to 6, Ci- thorns, to the upper part of the harbour, where you may ride tafely In 5 AithMkit, vood holding ground. Your eoune up from the lixht-houae in a faLr*way> it from N.W. to N.W. by N. ; and when you round Sandy Point, the course is tbenoe N. by W. and N., as you have the wind. The entrance of Sholburno Harbour affords a reftige to iWpa with the wiad off-shore, (whieli the ontraooe of Halifax docs not,} and thare ia anohoriag ground at the mouth of tbo harbour» when it blows too strong to ply to windward. ■:v,..iii],^ In tttUinf* from the vettward for SheUnme, at night, you must not haul up br tke harbour until the light bears N. by E. \ B., in order to avoid the Jig llock ( and, when sailing in, from ihe eastward, you mutt not haul up for the harbour till the Hgfat beara W. by N. I N., in order tu avoid the ledges that lie off the Ragged Islands, and bear from the light-house £. i 8. eight miles distant. You may stop a tide in the entrance of the harbour, in from IO to 10 fathoms, sand, and some parts clay, bottom. Shelburne is a safe harbo«ir agninst any wind, except a violent storm from the 8,8. W. At the town, the wind from 8. by E, does no harm ; although, from 8. by W. to 8.W« by 8., if blowing hard for any considerable time, it is apt to set the small vessels adiift at the wharfs ; but, io the stream, with good cablet and anchors, no winds can injure. It has been observed, in ' The American Coaet Pilot,* that " Shelburne affords an excellent shelter to vessels in distress, of any kind, as a small supply of cordage and duck can, at almost any time, be had. Carpenters can be procured for repairing; pump, block, and sail, makers, also. It affords plenty of tpars, and, generally, of provttieni. Water is ea'iily obtained, and of excellent quality. The port-chargea for a vettal which puts in for lupplies only, it four-pence per ton, light money, on foreign bottoms. If a ▼essel enters at the euttom4ioute, the charges are high : but that it teldom requiaitf." NEGRO HARBOUR {Port Amherst of Des Barres) takea its name from Cape Negro, on the island which lies before it, iu latitude 43° 3'/ 5", and longitude 65° 17' Siy'. Th« island is very low about the middle, and appears like two islands. The cape itself la re- markably high, dark, rocky, and barren, and bears S.W. \ 8. eight miles* from Capa Roseway, or Shelburne light-house. The best channel in is on tlie eastern side of the island ; but even tliis is impeded by two ledges, called the Oray Roekt and Budget ; the latter a blind rock, of only six feet, at a quarter of a mile front the island, on biath tides of which tiiere is deep water. The Gray RocIvH lie at a quarter of a mile to the north- eastward of the Budget, and serve as a mark for the harbour. In the passage on the eastern side of the Budget the depths are from 14 to 10 fathoms. WHh 'Shelburne light shut in, you will be within the roclls. There ia exoellent anchor- age on the N.E. of Negro Island, in from 6 to 4 fathoms, bottom of itiff mud. The northern pert of the isfaad presents a low thiogly beach, and from tUs a bar exteoda ovier to tiie eastern aide of the harbour, >SAB£B, &C. lil- PORT LATOUR {Port JVaik(iflUi»lfi£JDbULBau£a> .ia aeparated from Negro Harbour bf a narrow peninsula. The extreme points of the entrance are Jeffery Point on the east, and Baccaro Point on the west. Between and within these are several clusters of rock»wldclireiMlei«tbebarbbthtT point, has only 4 feet over it, at low water. BARRINOTON BAY. — With the exception of the rocks off Point Baccaro, the.Bay;>^ of Battiogton is clear, but there are extensive flats towards the head of it, andi(he,,,|. channel upwards narrows so much, that it requires a leading wind to wind through it t,C(.,j.^ the anchoring-ground, where the depths are from 26 to 18 feet. The town of B^jiB^^or,,.',) TON, seated at the head of the harbour, with its environs, contained, in 1817, a pppu^-|| , tion of 987 persons, happily situated. The lands are stony, but afford excell^t P^7,,(|'; turage, and cattle are, consequently, abundant here. ,, ,^ / . !{■(., ^,,fj,-.J Duiing a S.W. gale, there is good shelter on the N.E. side of Sable Island, in .5 and'^r tn fathoms, sandy bottom. i- The Western Passage, or that on the N.W. side of Sable Tsland, is intricate, and thefftfore used by small vessels only : it is not safe without a commiindintr breeze, as the tide sets immediately upon the rocks, which lie scattered within it, and the ebb is forced thrdii^h to the eastward, by the bay tide on the west, at the rate of from 3 to 5 knots. This'passage is, however, much used by the coasters. fiApLE Island is under tillage, and had forty-seven families on it, comfortably situated, in 1817. Cape Sable is the cliff of a sandy islet, distinct from tiie former; it is white, brolkjeh, evidently diminishing, and may be seen at the distance of 5 leagues. From this islet ledges extend outward, both to the east and west ; the eastern ledge, called the Horte^oe, extends 2| miles S.E. by S. : the western, or Cape Ledge, extends three mileb to the S.W. The tide, both ebb and flood, sets directly across these ledges, the flood westward. The ebb, setting with rapidity to the N.E., causes a strong break to a consi- derable distance from shore. The position of the southern point of Cape Sable, according to M. des Barres, is latitude 43° 26' 0", and longitude 65° 34' 30". Of the stream, &c. M. des Barres says, " Here the tide runs at the rate of three, and sometimes four, knots ; and ,wben the wind blows fresh, a rippling extends from the breakers southerly, to the distance of nearly three leagues, and shifts its direction with the tide ; with the flood it is more westerly, and inclines to the eastward with the ebb. This ripple may be dangerous to pfiu thrpugh in a gale, a$ it has all the appearance of high breakers, although ther^ is x^o less than 8, 10, 12, and 20, fathoms of water, rocky ground. At the, !Pfip^^|, tl^^|ide., on ^ujil an4 change days, flows at VIII h., and rises 9 feet." Vr„j y ib ,il i RRASIL ROCK. — ^This rock has been variously described, but we have no doubt thtlit"/ the following is correct. It is a flat rock, covering an area of about ten yards, and having 8 feet over it, at low water, in calm weather ; within a hundred yards from its base, are froin 6 to 8 fathoms of water ; to the southwai'd, at about a mile from the rook« the depths are from SO to 35 fathoms : but, towards tlie shore, the soundings arc regtilatr, 15 and 19 to 20 and 24 fathoms, sandy bottom. The tide, by running strongly over the shoal ground, pauses a great ripple, and makes the rock appear larger than it really is. From Cape Negro the bearing and distance to the rock are S.S.fF. true, ax, S.W. | S. by compass, 10 miles; and, from the rock. Cape Sable bears JV. by l^. \ N. true, or N.W. by W. i W. by compass, 8| miles. Its position, accorduig to M. Des Barres, which appears to be subsequently confirmed, is latitude 43° 24' 15", longitude 66° 2V'- ^■!t.r r.;(t if> r, ,n If. i|n, Latonr were plundering the wreck of such clothes and baggage, belonging to the sufferers, as had escaped the seas. The vessel was sold by public auction, and bought by some inhalntants, on con- dition that the properties of the passengers sltould be given up to them, inchiding what had been stolen from the vessel ; an agreement which was evad^. Search-warrants were granted, but in- eiivuiUiuly, us the BCCUScil were apprlaeu of tiiS intcuucu Visit, by aOiiic OiSCci'S cf jUstiCc, wiiO ncXc sharers in die spoiL After some weeks spent in this way, tlie surviving passengers were obliged to leave all with the rubbers, some of whom are of higii standing in Port Latour and Barrington. .:mv, , ^ < > Ljj;< >., (See, farther, «« Observer," Npwspaper, of Nov. 7, 1819.) ' v ' w ' , :: I li (il IX.— CAPE Harbour it on the, uaters of yi 43° an 7. half a from>th9 the.Baj^, aodithe,,,,, J^JiBmor,,..,! » PPPW-;i,,. ; li'iiiu ff.fi'.'' 1 5 and'^i iM ■■'Si ' ;ate, and se, as the is forced I 5 knot*. situated, is white. Prom this ;alled the nds three the flood a coDsi- iccoiding earn, &c. ir, knots ; ly, to the flood it is langerous tigh ther^ loubtthlit ; nd having base, are rock, the D regullatr, y over the ; really is. S.W. I a. T. tme, or -es, which era, as had te, on con- It had been ed, butin- ...i,„ ill with the i •..! ' } LjJ.' )'i '■ ■,■ ,-:> <[ <:> .-CAPE CAP:B «ABI,a^f0.iTH5 CAY: UR JFUNOy. 10VK){ !;)rif (10 JnioM /nfl'il. ;-' ".l/ !iii'7"''(jr \u ^mJ vj ' mf)-jx'> 'xlT ciiunio'io -wniliin >, vH 1X.~CAPE SABLE ^oif^« BAY' d^^ B^Yj ipcludi^g St' JOHrt Grand Ma;nan, awirf PAssAMA-' QjtrODDYf'BAY./., ^ > ,vi;...f - ^. ; ,.». ■' . n, m>VK >ii ;*ilT Jotoq ad.r (; ..ft onvfi-W An Infection of the Chart of the S.W. coast of Nova Scotia, and a consideration of . the 'reUme situation of that coast, as exposed to the ocean, with the consequent and '■■' variable set of the tides about it, as Well as about the Island Manan, &c., will naturally * ' lead the mariner to consider that its navigation, involving extraordinary difficulties, re- ''^ quires extraordinary attention. Previous events, the great number of ships lost here- ' about; ) Cape Sable toward the Seal, Mud, and Tusket, Isles, the flood sets to the norths i\ westward, at the rate of from two to three miles in an hour : in the channels of these v islets its rate increases to four or five miles. At the Seal and Mud Islands the ebb runs '> £. by S., S.E., and South ; varying, however,, with the figure of the lands and the direc- * tion of the wind. From the Tusket-bald Isles the tide flows to the northward, taking the direction of the shore, past Cape St. Mary; thence N.N.W. towards Brier's Island. The flood, there- fore, sets but slowly up St. Mary's Bay, yet with increasing strength up the Bay of * Fundy ; still greatei-, as the bay narrows upward ; so that the Basin of Mines and Chig- * neetb Ba!y are filled with vast rapidity, and here the water sometimes rises to the ei{tra- '"'- ordinary height of 73 feet. These tides are, however, regular ; and, although the Mrrnd, '^ in ^ opposite direction, changes the direction of the rippling, and sometimes makes i^ dangefPVSf it has little or no effect on their general courses. iUiVV'jji'j * Inntances.—'A valuable coppered ship, with light airs of wind, drifted on the rocks, althoi^h the fishing-lines were in use at the time ; the breakers heard, and the depth known. In the last ' extremity, a kedge-anchor was let go. The ship bilged, and the passengers were landed. Ou a, point, from which soundings gradually deepen to nearly 40 miles, a Large coppered sliip ran; and^ having landed her passengers, was sold, as usual, for the benefit of the underwriters. These are but two out of many. Some appear almost incredible ; but the authority places the facts beyond doubt. CoBBiSTT's Storm in the Bay of Fundy. — The following is not unworthy of a seaman's notice. ' *' When I was about eighteen, I was on board a little sloop, in the Bay of Fundy. A terrible ' storm arose at nightfall ; my comrades, all but four or five of us, who were to assist the sailors, were shut down below ; the wind dashed the vessel about, and tossed it like a cork ; the thunder was tremendous ; the night was dark as pitch, except when the lightning came to show us the > horrid rocks and breakers, with which we were surrounded. In the midst of this scene, with his boom carried away, his mast snapt off at the top, and half his tackle torn to ribbons, the captain, an ' American, whose name was Whitmore, stood upon the deck, calling out, every now and then, in a I... .J 1 -1 c.i — :-- , t cf* I.- -,!.-. .- -«-. I. n 'pu:« *»»i. a.»». ..^ ...u^ ... :~» * ._-jj lUUU aiiu «;iiccriu< vui«^, - utcuuif «nc guv», nnf uvu9 i a ma vuvn. aiuiii uo, miu nccc JgiiuiMlll. yuuiltf ' soldiers, all idea of danger to our lives, and made us able to obey his orders : but, when the storm ' was' over, the next morning, and we had happily escaped, he smiled, and told us that he had tni- pected every moment to go to the bottom, We arc now not in such peril. The storm has abated HI its fury : but ' steady' is still the word !" , .iM/'t The CA'i>iE^A^t'E 1!<0^THE ri/lY OF FUNDY. ''lliet^iuirosM about G^Av^ M(^ fliltipguiiibcd by wrecks M miidi as the 8.W. coiasts of Nova-Scbtiii; ah|i| il^e best passage is, therefore, on the west of that island. Here the tides course t'egiflarjy and strongly ; but, among the rocks and ledges da t!he 8.B., tdey are devibils, embat-rassing;' and run with greater J^pidity. At the Bay of Passamaquoddy, from the S E. land to the White Islands, the flooid strikes across with great stren^rth ; abd, in light wihds, must be particularly guarded agtdhst; ' I : i ' > The Tide of St. John's Habbour, New Brunswick, will be noticed. bmi^r, aa will that of Anqapolis. Through the Gat oi the latter it rushes with great force and rapidity. Strangers bound up the Bay of Fundy, to St. John's or Antia|^g, ihoqild; kvfe ,^ pilot, as the tides in this bay are veiy rapid, and there is no ancboruig-gpnnd until xou rJeabh the Bay of Passamaquoddy, or Meogenes Bay. In the Bay the weather is fre- quently very foggy, and the S.E. gales blow with ^reat violence for twelve or fourteen hours, then shift to the N.W., and as suddenly blow as violently from tbe bjwpsite quarter.* -j' .,''; ''■!■' " The spiing-tides in the Bay of Fundy rise to 30 feet perpendicular, and neaprtfdeei rise from 20 to 2S feet ; they flow, on fuli and change, at at. John's, Meogene^ Bay,' Annapolis, Harbour Delute, L'Etang, and Grand Manan Island, at 12 o'clock. The tide sets nearly along shore." jl ** In Chignecto Bay the tide flows with great rapidity, as before mentioned, and at tiie equinoxes risea from 60 to 70 feet perpendicular. By means df these high tides, the Basin of Mines, and several fine rivers, which discharge themselves about the head of the Bay of Fundy, are rendered na^gable. It is worthy of remark, that, at the same time, the Gulf of St. Lawrence tide, in Bay Verte, on the N.E. side of the isthmiis, rises otolysfeet." ■ *"'h»e COASTS, ISLANDS, &c.— The southernmost point of Seal Island, which bears from that of the ledge of Cape Sable nearly W.N.W. 5 leagues, lies in latitude 43° 28', and longitude 65° 69'. This island is more than two miles in length, N. and S. The southern part, covered with scrubby trees, is elevated 30 feet above tne sea. This, Mr. Lockwood has observed, is an excellent position for a light-house. A dangerous ■ r6ef extends to one mile south, from the south end of the island. ^* At 3J miles S. by W. from the south end of Seal Island, lies the Blonde, a rock, un- covered at low water, on which the frigate of that name was lust, in 1777> Close around it are from 7 to 10 fathoms. Within n mile westward from the Blonde are heavy and dangerous overfalls, which present an alarming aspect. At 4) miles north from these is a bed of shoal ground, of l6 feet, causing a violent ripple. Off the west side of Seal Island is the rocky islet called tii^ D^affPtM^bf i^h|«:h may at all times be seen. ., . , >,/. . , r' . : ^. ;.,r. Mud Isles, sometimes called the Nobtu Seals, consist of five low rugged islands. The southernmost is situate at 2^ miles from the N.E. part of Seal Island. Between is a passage fit for any sliip, but there are overfalls of 18 feet at tlie distance of a short mile from the southern Mud Island. In the channel are from 10 to 15 fathoms. This chao'nel ties with Cape Sable, beaiing S.E. by E. f E. [£. | S.] distant 5 leagues. ';,^ild fowl, as well as fish, abound here; and, on one of the isles, vast quantities of p6trels, or Mother Gary's Chickens, annually breed. They burrow under ground dia- gonally, 3 or 4 feet deep, where they set on one egg, and may be seen flitting about the ground in astonishing numbers, searching for food. .'. ,-.fr ^ ; '■' ^ The course and distance to pass from Cape Sable to between the Seal and Mu^ Islands 'at*e N.W. by W. | W. six leagues. In this track may be found several overfalls, of from 15 to 7 fathoms, bottom of gravel, which break violently in spring-tides. The nortii end of Seal Island is bold-to one cable's length, ioto 7 fethoms. Th6 opposite Side has d shoal bank, on which a ship of war struck in 1730. '^'The TvsKET Isles, or Tuskets, is the group or cluster lying tothe northward of the Mud Isles, and to the S.W. of the entrance of Tusket River. Some of them are of con- siderable sise, and there are'iiiany «ii6ais and rengeS aniOng Inem. On tne west of these isles are Gbeen IsLANb and the GANNEfRbl-K ; tii^ latter, whitened with bird's dung. • This was said by M. deg^Bdltei \ bill Sbt, farther, the General Directions, &c. hereafter. and rjTVJ,,;- CAPE SABLE TO T^E BAY .OF FUNPY. M raiiCTi as vest of that and ledjr^s At the Bay across with .-tli.i •■ i^^f, as t force and )ql)f|: bare .^ id untif you ither IS ' n-e- br fourteen le ot I neap-lfdes) gene^ Bsiy,' lock. The led, and »t h tid«aj)the the he(id of it the saoae htnus, rises iKD, which I in latitude I, N. and S. sea. This, dangerous - 9, rock^ un- 77. Close Blonde are miles north \yh^hyjnay ■T' :,T . fed inlands. Between is of a short oms. This ;ague8. juaotities of groui^d dia- ig about the IVf ud Islands ills, of from The nortli site side has ward of the 1 are of con- gest of these bird's dung. Othier vessels have bee^ injured by tl ^ danger, wMch has been Jieretofpre rfuresooted to lie at /owr miles W. by.N. froiJ Gapnet. . , ■ u ^* • » ti .• ^ At half a mile to the N.W* of t^t aerth-westera Mud Isleiii a 4ang«roiB ledge, bare at half ebb, called the Soldiers, which is more than half a mile in leogth froti^ N,N>E. to S.d.W. At a mile and a quarter N. ^ W. from this is another, the Mtaon^ which thence extends N. by W. two-thirds of a mile. Half a mile farther, in the same dij^q- tipn, is a shoal, of similar size, having over its centre a depth of only two fathoms. The navigation hereabout IS, therefore, to be avoided by strangers. ,' ; r.';.;;.^ i:; PvBNico. — ^This harbour, little known, is a very good one ; it is eaiiy df access, ana conveniently situated for vessels bound to the Bay of Fundy, which, in distress, may h^re find si^iplies as well as shelter. From the south end of Seal Icland Reef, already described, to the entrance of Pubnico, the bearing and distance are N.E. ^ E. 15 nules. The depths between vary from 20 to l6 fathoms, and thence to 12 and 6 fathoms, up to 1^ beach, the proper anchorage for a stranger. On the western side, above the beach, is a ledge, partly dry at low water. The total population of Pubnico, in 1817, was 286 persons, children included, './-^'^r':-.' ' . ^ ,,' • ; -.^^^ On sailing towards Pubnico, you pass on the west of John's Island, which lies 2} miles to the southward of the harbour, and the north side of which affords good shel- ter during a S.E. gale. Small vessels lie along the beach forming the east^rn.part df this island. ,, ' From the entrance of Pubnico, a course W. by N., 4 leagues, leads clear to thd sout^ ward of the Tnsket Isles. On this course you will pass at a mile to the southward of the Southernmost Tusket, or Bald Isle. A course W. ^S., 12 miles, will lead between, and clear of the Actseon and Soldier's ledges, whence you may proceed ^ither to the N.W. or S.W. according to your destination. ■ •■ ; » j',»i> iiu/ii s'livju CAPE FOURCHU, or the Forked Cape, which lies, according to M. dcs Barres in latitude 43° 51' 30", longitude u6° 10' 30", is very remarkable, being rocky, barren^ and high. Within this cape is the harbour of Yarmouth, which is small, but safe. Off the entrance, at 2^ miles S.S.W. | W., lies the Bagshot, a blind rock, which i^ dry at low water, and runs shoal one quarter of a mile to the southward. In sailing into the harbour, you may pass on either side of it. There are other rocks in the entrance, and the fair-way in is on the eastern shore, till opposite the point or isthmus on that side. At the top of the latter stands the battery ; and under its lee, or to the northward is the anchorage, with good ground, in d or 5 fathoms. " ' ^~ •'^-' Abdvfe the anchorage is the town of Yarmouth, a respectable one, which "coni^ped with its environs, 3237 persons in 1816. At a league and a half S. by E. from Cape Fourchu is Point Jegogan C.Cap^Jebqgw of Tfei Barres) ; the land between is low. Within the point is the little harbour m Jii.^oouE, whlfch is shoal, and frequented only by the coasters. There are several ^h'qals in the vicinity. The lands hereabout are good, of moderate height, and well settled, Fropi Cape Fourchu to Cape St. Mary, the bearing and distance are N. f B. 6 leagues: and from Cape, St. Mary to the S.W. end of Bryer's Island, N.N.W. 4 W With Cage Fourchu bearing S.E. by E. h ^v 13 miles distant, lies the Lurchbb^. a sunken ledge, of 12 feet at low water, covering an area of about three acres. From the Gaimfit Rock to this ledge, the bearing and mstance are N.N.W. | W. ig miles ; and ffbiii' the Lurcher to Cape St. Mary, N.E. ^ E. 18 miles. . ' \f' '^^e TaiNirY LiiDOE, another reef, lies $-W. ^- W. 6 miles from Cape Sir. Mary, 9nd N. by W. 14 miles from Cape Fourql^iu. 'This danger covers a space of more than half an acre, and three small rocks upo^i it are seen at low tides. The stream sets, rapidly dl^r It. The dfe|)t?i, tb'a tdile at^dtihd, isftj6m 12 to 15 fathoms. KRVRIl'Sl TSIjANn. ahnvA tnentinned. i.«i nn iitlani] nnlv ftl mSloa in avfant- A.^^ N,^,j to^. W., on th;9, western si^q of, the pqtraqce of 8*. ftfaryfs Bay. It contained, in jreafter. and Xjll. ♦ The new.chart exhlji^tf it in43f 4V.^f}';,N..„ \f y^' M<> 'n^' ■ ''' iU" 1816, ra^vs'.i: iVmvirMAg «f(.irw»»r. 18)6^ 147 peraom^ > X^ itft9iWrAi4«^«^ligMh9M9i;t|i«Ugln4>ff.wh«ky H^lt ci]M«n^ 8 int)9« ,S»% fuom .|b(»t S,Ei. p/qdni of *b© }8|and,,#fl»Hli<|,^,>(»ck near iff eftpeipitjr, o»Uod timM»ck,l^li^. .Ait^a.mUe f«tf»fir„ift1lh*i swijp dMw;»iaii,;;W 11 lUMil shoal ofi 3 fattioiQA, j^,,^ g^ ^ri^iriv^,•»')♦cw1^ !?nu)rfrfll i)^ l,ns 0?. oJ <', failes lohjs fhMm N.'B! to8.\V^ artdHlllf a l^i^u«'{n br^At^; I« »kifl^1n its narrof^est part, and has from 20 to 30 fathoms of water : its shores-bl« boId^t!b/iOW4ts western side, near the northern entrance, lies Eddy Cove, a convenient' pTactf'fM'WiwIs .to anchor in, out of the stream of the tide, which runs so rapidly, that^- without) A' fresh leading wind, no ship can stem it. The South end of Grand Passage is 1 1^ miles N.ib]^^. from Cape St. Maiy. That of the Petit Passage is three leagues to tim NortheaMi{|!9m Grand Passage. rr BAY of St. MARY. — From Cape St. Mary, upwards, into this bay, the soutJfi stib're Is low, and runs out in sandy flats. The north shore presents high steep cliffs, ' with deijp water close under them. Mid-channel, and above two-thirds up the bay, li^ii a rooky bank, with 4 and 4^ fathoms of water, and on each side of which are ch'anneli'of IS and 15 fathoms, muddy bottom. The entrance of the River Sissibou, on the sou/th aid^of the bay, is shoal, and within has a narrow channel of % fathoms of water< Oppo- site) to Sissibou lies the Sandy Cove, where small vessels, when it blows hard,. may ground aatfiely on mud, and be sheltered from all winds. ,,.'>>. ': BAY of FUNDY continued. — We now proceed with the particular dB8crrpl!idr{''of the Coasts of the Bay of Fundy, commencing with Bryer's Island, the light-house On which has been described. '- ' ' ** ' Off the N.W. side of Bryei*'s Island are several dangers, which must be cautiiouiily avoided. Of these, the outer are called the Northwett Ledge, and Betson's Letfge : both lie at the distance of 2^ miles to the northwestward of the island, and between them and the shore are two other ledges ; with deep channels between them ; but the situations of the latter are not exactly known. The N.W. Ledge in 4 miles ]Sf."| 1^. from the light-bouse. Its shoal part is of the extent of an acre of ground, ^bU the whole extent of the shoal about three quarters of a mile. ^ '' ' ... >Hi.i i»,m '■,:.' In the pai-allel of 44° 19', at 8 miles westward of Bryer's Island, strong) japplnn, /of tide may be found, which may easily be mistaken for shoals and breakei;s ;, thoiigh w^ soundings here vary from 4d to 33, and agaia45 fathoms. At 91 mi^es |)^e:f9 ft^e south are fi6 fathoms ; and at 2 miles from Bryer's Island are 40 fathoms.. . At 5. miles to the northwestward of this Island no bottom is to be found '^it^ k*lfh*i^df QO ^atliqms. : • ^Ym/j ...r "■■■ " • • ;r;ji » .(^ 1 ;^'>,-| 'lilt ' vu>>The coast from the south part of Long Island to the Gut of A(¥^&PV}||>* lirXiearly sti'aight, and trends N.E. by E. 11 leagues. - •.,.; ..w, ., •- -- - - , .u...i--- ..0.::v> k> ,:i^ ,'-.:f.i. -f ^jmIk jjrt'^w ^M M^^.' V '^ "■ .'-■• " -'" ; -i'^^ ' > ■■: -■ . •• / ■:?:-.:- ^- . •': ■ ''" ;; ::.'y.T.v\ilJ ■<«■;.;-*> r-.t? ^^W■d * On Bryer's island the ship Trafalgar, of Hull, was lost, 25tb July, 1817, ^t abo.ut.hat^past eight in the evening. The ship, bound tor St. John's, had been running up all the da^y V the, wea- ther being thick, could not see any.tlung: " At seven p. m. hove theshjpto, Wtfh lier l^te^^ lo fee westward, thinldng we were well o^er to the westwartl, sounding In 40 fathoms ; thie tid^ ran «rtth great strength ; and, before we could tee ^e land, we heaid t£e surf against the«adut gotiail upon the aliip ; but, being so close, the «trong tidu set ua upon the recks. It being high water wlien we got on, run out a kedge to h^avti b^ A% b.ut all 1p no Burpp^e. ■. At low ly^atar the ship w^ . i^ry all found, amongst the ri^ggf^d ft^ks, which went thr9.iuzh. ^r iq diiferent par^s ; the sbip:l)ayi^ as much wafer witliin as there was oh tlie ontstde at nTj^ Water." The passengers ' were ^fitly landed, and a part of the stores saved, which were tHken to St. John's to be sold, there being no purchasers on the Island. According Affm^MLi^ MtfTvrJito. ^^mi^ >.<)hV09 feet d'tJb.'e , At 5 miles l{ lit\'>i> 'liit ^cli^rclifs, tops appear ops api ftm. ycdlM lllhM^'thvOM'lollili^ Mn|fitMir0y»>46»«r.^" Tlir UK^, m bMfi Mhii Without tM<(Urt, ftr ifMlhoMilor w>*M»'\iit^eii^''rtoiAVil^tPimi'fi thi^eltr A'raii^of fefflU rffltlg'gin^ittny t»y ft'obn- •idcMbltf hfllglli^ to'lh* «iMm«e of &*«;«, whcvtf if MiteioMMt^* icwp fiH. Htow you have from S^ to SO and 40 At^mi of water, wUch, as you drtwinto the baain, «Aieid«n» wM^Mytq )A*i^«94A'&iyN9m«»^i«U(M7.bHtMm. Ti^ft]:«aBk«|fA.bb and Hood aets t))wugli wfOH 411^4 Wtie qfiiQiF^ki|ptai,,,Mi4 capuAs i^rerpl vl^lpools and eddJea. , T^ tnit^t ^»i% iWitii9i,«9(|t9r« iAm*v» Mi^i^ ,}* «a bold-tOi. M»fc« abip nOgbt rub her ,b«iwnrit rWi|imiM>|0^ffii^Md>» b> VO latlMmiiq^ prater. IVrnt Prun,oo the veatwo aide of M^e anliwicei raoa off ahoid about ^0 &jtb«piM. ,dbv* "B*y aiMhor on the eaatem aide of .t)rff'l^^« pr Tua m> eaatwirdf 4 i|»iles, . Awards Goatlalaod* obaerviog, when w^kin (jt^eiffistfincft^r « mUc a^d a ^tatf from it, to stretch two-tbirda of tbe way over^ iff l^e ,t|i to the town : the depths, 4 and 5 fathoma. •■I iTkere ill a li^ht>hodaeon Poiat Prim, which is said to *' stand aa a mopument of mia- 4ME4n' eeoBomy.'* The light is exhlldted from a window, at ISO feet above the sea. Crtution is requisite on approaching the gut, as Gulliver's Hole, 2^ leagues to the west- ward, presents nearly aimibur fSaatitres, and a mistake nught be dangerous. The light- ^jMrer ia, however, a sufficient dMinotion, if attended to. . -, .y. . .. .. ; There is no diffcotty in going through Annapolis Out, if you have a toininaif i&ig Weese^ although the tide ia very rapid, and the eddies strong. At about one-tt|ird ttanMigh lies Msm of Ww JtorA; about a cablea' length from the eaatent ahoiie: by keeping an tnidiohaanei'yanvriUelear it. r Of Annapolis, Mr. Lockwood sftys, "The abrupt precipices of the high lands fSordafhe gut, fend eease flurrie* of wind that course in all directions, and ru^h violently ftomf 'Ae sunoaaits of the hills. The tide bfunries through the Got with great force. Th^re fsttot anchoraoe, except very dose ini«liore, near the outer western point. In some (daces tha depui is 40 to 80 fiithoms. In entering Annapolis Basin, the scenery is ineziM^ssibly beautiful. The farms are beconung valuable and extensive. The herring-fis^iery ,1]^ a source of great profit ; the -fish are so well cured, that the merchants of Halifax and St. JTohn's give them a decided preference for foreign markets." Between this and St.. John's a weekly packet is eatwliahed, as noticed hereafter. Annapolis to the Basin of Mines.— From the Gut of Annapolis up the bay to Ofu>e Split, the coast continues straight, and nearly in the same direction, with a tew ro<^y culj^ new the gut, And many banks of red earth under high lands, which appear very ^ven. In the gut, leading into tbe Basin of AUnes, ^frora Cape Split to Cape Blpwn^e^pwn, and from Cape D'Or, on the north evlde, to Partridge Island, tbe land rises almost per«i peMlittiitar f^om the shore, to a very great height. Between Cape Blowmedown and Partridge Island, there is a great depth of water ; and the stream of the current, ev6n at the time of neape P'Or and Cape Chignecto are high lands, with very steep cliffs of rocli,s a^d red earth, and deep water close under them. You have nearly the same kind of shore, to the head of Chignecto Bay, where very extensive flats of mud and quick-sand are left ory at tow wateV. "Hie tides come in a bore, and rush in with great rapidity j they are known ioflm, at tk»egutno»«i,fromGO to Ihfeetperpendimlar. • ' ^" \ ^ " ''M' '' -^ The Ipsle Haute is femarkabte for the. great height and steepness df the rqibiky c^s,. wISeh seetn to oreHiang on the wiest side. There is a good landing place ft its ea^ttfn end, and anchorage at half a mile off, in 18 fathoms, with the low point alraut N.fi. oy N., where, also, is a stream of water running into the sea. The east end of this ide hcMTS from Cape Chignecto S.W. ) B., 4 miles, and from Cape D'Or W. ^ N. 9 miles. > ^nilei« 1u« wMrlpools olfCapc BpBt, Mrhich are ^ngerous with sprifig^tides, ao^run ii' Oi^ttt 9 knots. Hiving pafftsd this p£»ce, you may come to an anchor, in a bay of ^ »Brtli shore, between Partridge Ia)ie, to tbe east, and Cape Sharp, on the west. ,Fxpm tbte spot, if bound to Windsob' Rfvsa, it will be neceasary to get under way two hours biefe«*k>ir water, in oader ttf^igMlata «li« atream ef the Wmdsor tide on the seu- ihern shore: otherwise, unlen with a commanding breeze, a vessel is likely to be euried up with the Co))equ)d or Ijaalem tide, which Is the mi^ii stream, and j^^ins very I a li6vA¥m m^bn ffluff^mMA thM'HVcllP6ik'% ^t) Ndiith;^Mtf #ffl kAk6i&a imu^' m' &ikn^ l^t'i^tfU/mYs/Whf^ iNttseaW 16W Wate^/by a 'vi ms\ The Basin of Mines and Chignecto Bay are now surrounded with valuable settlementfl^u and abound in coal, plaster, limestone, and other minerals, ^j,^: ^^^f^vi, ja; i{^ ,,,ViH sdT ' NORTH COAST of the BAY of FUNDY, commeii«tlitf B*sew«tfd.->THfe t(ri^; ship of St. Martin's, on the north shore, to the N.W. by N. of Gape Chigneeto,' id'" thinly, inhabited ; the land in the neighbourhood is moderately good, bat is mueh brdketi;* ' with 9te

•« The HARBOUR of St. JOHN.—The entrance of this harbour lies N. J W. iW'* leagues hota the entrance of Annapolis, and may be distinguished by a light-ho^e" ' oH-tf^ftrfHcErff AfaMc^, at a mile within the exterior points. Cope Matpech on the^t, ^|" MMgtnet'hle on the west.* Partridge Island is about two mile? sbuthWd'froinjthe*^', city. It equally protects the harbour and guides the mariner to his destihatioinJ TOe^ laniernip 1S6 feet above the level of the sea, and the light tolerably good. r ' ' ' Soutiiward of Partridge Island, the bottom, for several miljes, is mud^y, and, the ^^Ptii^ gmdirid, Arom 7 to 20 fathoms, excellent for anchoring. On the biir, w^stldf the is^dli! thbi^^d^this lOfeet; but, eastward of it, 1 6 feet. Tb? «fl9^r»»« 2eptki,QM>«»^^ to the city, is in from 22 to 7 fathoms. "' " « ^- *^^ ^^^'^^^ ^H^MifiWWH^J.: The city of St. John stands on an irregular descent, with a southern i^pect ^ apc^^i^, e nterin g the river, presents a picturesque appearance. Th^ river's noputb Is n^pn^wd,,/, inMbfttiii many accidents have happened to tholse who h^Ve attenmted the nav^ati^f ' >vifll«utapilot. ■ . ' ^ '^ , ^'^^'■, ^ wr-i^?™! A break-water has been erected at the eastern side of the entrance, below the town, for the purpose of reducing the inset of the sea i^o the harbour, espji^ially diwina a southerly gtde: Within the port, every possible faelBtj^ a^d dohvCniril^fe ik ^/dn WMps .''*ffiMJ?P"'^\*^*y.^''! "P°" blocks, and wn^^gp^,^ ^horoHgh examin>|ipn,, without mdiUrta^tbb expanse, injury, and foss of time, p^ceaa»i(^^dhy,b^aving4*]iir^ peHlktora in at H&lifai. i '^d- . • , , , , »,/, 1 g$^,^o|^«IIAtiUQB «bottt goo houseB«nd600»ifth«foit«ii(!i( "^Va^^iiuUitltidi'ttf ^dil^t"^ * M. Des Barres gives the Cape or Point Maspcck in iat 45° 18' 27", lona, «5° 57' 35". butdi» it^^L"*"^ ****' ***** *' ^ Adtalrtlty,i|^es the latTnirfe as only OT^': the longit«| omitted. e IS !wr.) .iW.i>V at^ff" tnai ►ni ■ \lhewAt) ^ tfatxou ;i )iif; tlementa^o life -wtki^'^ ;n«eto, hi' tangeabte^' j.y ii.f ur of St. inequali- beacheil ; is a safe le QuAKOi -^ 1th. The,'! idedt^iiV/ (bast, ui(t'; itpintU', Ob. The If'-.,!?, • jht-hoMr the i a|i4,i)!^, . »j (1 o^ibf the town^ dl^ina a ntdiblps , wUlW>at •ngituc|e is an' t .1.!>V ST. JOHN S HARBOUR. KC. 107 ■MMjOc^im irp «Hllff4 INtr^- .TUlf fiwntRViWiltKa bewi^ ofthb rivarftbotni* in^cxceUeirt' »wW#lWWWi%JWft;i.w4wfl^ Tliw pass«g« U stnOiihW And a. ft./Wr™Wi>,^#!PW.*^f»..M «,.W Wt«Hft w», M» w»ter of tb« n^^., „T|ir, ?8#\W#~^fej^WrLW!'.W?Rft.? W ^/PP* fl»^^«^«M»^W^ water of the nver } <|p ilm„ mv^m^^ *b«% are two full, one outward a«d 009 ipward. Ijhe only time of pMsing tMA.p)MM^,ii7 when the water of the river is level witti the water of the sea, which is twice iii a tii4e ; aM tni opjpblrtattlty of pairing continues not Above ten minutes; at all pthei* tiptep it isteasteble, oreXtMmelydanfferotts. ' , ; «.. .j... After you have entered throueh this place, called the FaUt, you enter into a gullet, wfelidi irabeot a quarter of a mue wide, and a Inile long, winding in sevend coUrfesA anj4 mvibg diout iGfethoms in the channel. Having passed tliis gullet, you enter a fine large basin, about one mile and a half wide, and seven miles in length, entering into the main river of St. John. jj-Vj > The River of St. John has sufficient depth of water for large ships to the Falls, whence it continues navigable 60 miles up, to Fredericton, the seat of govemmnit, for vcMels of 50 tons. At times of great freshes, which generally happen between the beginning of AprU and the middle of May, from the melUng of the snow, IImI- Falls are absolutely UBpassable to vmvle bound up the river, as the tide does ,iuA riie* to their level .id' JO xe'-.fiijii fti v"» «'t '•■*--" - Mr. Backhouse. - BAY»„^^i, ;,'!.. ^f«^yaii«*'" *'Whbn you have made Meogenes Island, or Partridge Isle,* so as to De distin guished from the lighthouse on the latter, then make a signal for a pilot, and th^ iniin-, ugence from Partridge Island will immediately be communicated to the city of St. Johp, ' whcNOce a pilot will join you. Should the wind be contrary, or any other obstriu^n meet you, to prevent your obtaining the harbour that tide, you may sdl in between" the S.W« end of Meogenes Island and the mun, or between the N.E. end and t&e mlun, and come to anchor in 4 or 5 fathoms at low water, mud and sandy bottom.. TJt»ji mfirk for the best anchoring-ground here, is, to bring the three hills in the country ItOi^ th^ ^T.fil. in a line, in a line within Rocky Point Island,t and the house on MeogeneAA Ist^pj^biiiqarS.E.byS. *' Should the tide of ebb have taken place at the beacon, you must not (by iiny iiidadiry ' attempt to «un the harbour that tide, but wait the next half-flood, to go over^ejl;|iK^,a0 bom'Mile^'ortK^'^ of this harbour are nothing but sharp rocks, diy at,lqi)i[ Yi|^fl|H«i and'ilhrtid'e'(^^1)^is so rabid in the spring, when the ice and snow is 4>^^yi?4eJ^I} alHlf^%'t%hAW«iVi boaM will not hold the ship from driving. , , ,, ,[ ,,i-, 3^^, ^,^ On the Not^z Scotia tide of thtt Ba^ of F^ndy, your soundings will he.riK>mi^»|lp9, edge off to the N.W. and W.N.W., you will fall off the bank, and have no sounding^.*J.; ,<./,■'■■■'.'■■■ ■ <- I I ■'\j^^H9|i''0U«pi?iw; i^i^ Me Harbour ; by ihs-.^n^ii -tiroc. ♦♦♦WhftN ydli1l«V*'pWJ^ M6lig|rMt«ai:dH«f>(lhe' k^r'k DKknrfs^ w)Mreyoa»ay lie ngroMnd dry^ at hiUfftidev a»<| c)am yov? fhipff tt^tlqm^ ^ li« stream »t sUifte anchor, with f-bawsen fssttOithfl; ^o^PfW-l'}!^, on-sbwre^'Tftl.B. The «d« ofiood h«r« is weak, but the fbb roos Teiy.irftpMIr^Uimtr WAy-^owAviwt Meegenfs Islabd. nif; ly ,j!^'-.: -jjij ?o ^'.lio:,' 3it.;oijtio uli moil •jjiiuiaib ♦>'J'>V'> AtSi'i Remarks on St. John's, &c., by Mr. Locxwood and Capt. N APiBn< The veiiti|iat,riWt n- (It -1 ' I'he tides of the river, at full and change, flow till half-past eleren. is 18 feet. Equinoctial spring-tides rise Hi to S6 feet. Attn* the first quarter flood, the tide below tbe surface runs bto tte harboor. biiring summer, and the depth of winter, the tide generally flows in at half-flood.'^' |' In airtumn, the river is swoln by rains, and between the bemnniog of Apiil Vfid ifie middle df May, by the melting of the ice, and the great quantity of snow thfit,|g|C9mi^^|. lates on the lands of this vast navigable river. From' these causes, the water streams out, to seaward, continually ; therefbfe, vdteU, ad that tiitte, seldom enter the harbour, without a fresh leading wind. Tbe falls are theit; impassable, as the tide does not rise to their level. <^ The body of die river is 17i feet above low water-mark. Consequently, after the tide hteiisen to that height, the water descends, or literally falls into the river. ' "^^''^ v^^' Wheat the tide has flowed twelve feet, the falls are smooth, and passable for twenty minutes. ^t|f^ve the Falls the tide rises 4 feet; and, at Majorfield, Go miles in the interior, it nsif^^ne foot and a half. After passing the Falls, you enter a gullet, which as a quiurter of. a.mile wide, and two miles long, mnding in different courses, and having l6.fa!khcnDS ih^'t'he channel. Next to this gullet is a fine large basin, a mile and a hnf wi^e* Mad ei|gh( nailes long, entering tbe main river. There is water sufficient, ei(cept ip ,dry sninirts, for vessels of fifty tons, as high as Fredericton, aad in all the branches, of tlm lakes. In the middle of May, or earlier, in favourable seasons, the snow and ice^ in tbie couiiti^ melting, make a general overflow in the river, which, in some years, xfae^ afk hJA^a to inundate all the low lands. " The overflowings were measured, in,lt65,, by thl narkff set up at Majorfield; the water was found to have flowed 17 fi^i^t^ti^vff, the common height of the water in summer." (Remarks by Chas. Morris, Esq.) ' Of tbeTroE, Captain Napier, R.N., when commanding H. M. sloop, Ja«^,''}Hu said, '^The great volume of fresh water which constantly runs doini thii'Ha^b^r of StrJdh'ii, ih April and Nfay, causes a continual ttream mtward fit:^ii/ijk.xmt ^f^^f S0nvetto|jM(o tHeKd to Cape Mwtgwuh trendt W,l^kW« 4 niilesi A remarkable tooki the S0t)JRofim vavks the cape; a^d, Atiii tmleiaijiMer wcatwrnrdviv the entrao«e of^ Mwquath Barbour, a well-sheltered cove, in which there is good anchoring grottddiiii 3 and 4 fathoji^s.; _ . ,, ^ i.,-,^i-i ..,:>,] ho.^, 7/ f*. .,,1; .\ . i^.j,;,', ...r... ,:....,.?.■; J jyJfiWj^ai- coast now, 'succeetb to p'o(l^ £ai>r*ai«^ l6iwik«» W.S.W.r^^ W Neftr the vptif^l^jof ;kt >re the inliets called Z^wp^r »tiA Little Dipper, which admit small tts£t ^,l>,«iat9. between St. John's |laiipui; and/Poiq^ L^rVau the shoie is generally 1)(rid« the fahd broken and high. Many accidents have ihappened in the victotty of thepDint* 9x^\t should; therefore, be approached with caution. At onAinrmmiMm KtANovr&c. 109 ai|d.i|rra*M»> tOn flMk #<••*» y 4 b^ A in breadlK W faHJIudM 4it ClMlrtoltt OtmtAfiinMh^VrmimQ«>of l4«w9tn.wimMi. lU \a6ti\ietti point \b situate in lUtitode 44f* S(ft andl longitude G&* i5'; TheMeraat dhtanee from the opposite coast of th6 State of Maine U two 1ea|^es. The weetern side is very high ; its cBffs being nearly perpendicular, and about 600 feet high above the level of the sea. On this side Is but one little inlet. Dark Cove, which afford* shelter for boats oqly. The northern head, (J$t*hop'tJ is equaDy abrupt and bbU ; Ixkt to the southeastward of it f* ITAoJSr Cove, having ancboring ground, with S6 to 15 futlto^n, in which ships may stop for a tide, during a aouther^ gale, but k is exposed t^tbf n^th. TiM BAstern Coasts of Manan abound in iBsh, and the interior !b in a npid stctfe of imprevenent. The soil is, in geMral, good, and it produces all the SMcles of (ir, beecbs birch, and maple, in size and quality adequate to all purposes for which they are genmUy vsed. The population, in 1816, amounted to 984 persoiis« chiefly finKm the United Staties. ,„,,,,' Tq the S.K« of Whale Cove on the same side of the island, u Long TrlMcf Bafi'md' caJM fkem the islaad on the 8.E. side of it. The N.E. point of this bAy, cdled, HMKi' its shape, the Swallow't Tail, is high, bold, ragged, and barreai Thh bayli bpca^^ but ppssesees ail the advantages of a muimur : the bottom is wholly of mud, ^atefttna arid^eof rooka and gravel that show* itself within the SwaUow's Taih said the aortfi! end ^ ilfong island : there is, also, a small duster of sunken rocks, of ive fiiictatf Mw water, at hdif a mile from Long Island Point. Under Long Island, and opposite to the beach, ships may anchor, even locking In^he ncrfth end of Long Island wnh the Swallow's Tail, en a strong muddy bottMtt; #iitt^ slMitered from the wind and sea. In the northern part of the Bay, botleai ef stiff clkn' veatels have frequently been protected during a severe gde. ^ '.■*-'' ;^'.' ■*.'*,,.' Half-way down off the eastern coast of Great Manan, at a mile froni shore, is Cnieai Dytpk Island, under which there is good ground ; but here a pilot will be reqtdred, as there are. hidden dangers in the viciaity. To the southwestward and southward of' DjHick Jdand lie Rou, Cheney, and fFkite Head lekanlei the latter decupled by ft sliilAil and ia^eU^eat pilot : from these the rocks and foul ground extend 1^ taj^ tqt ' th* 9.HS^),:^;^p,:.,^,,^,. >..-r'' 'y'^> • • ''^' ' -^''y-'^:-h'^-^-Mm'\i^hu^i<:^i:{i^ Qnfhe southern bank of Great Manan the most dangerous ledge is that; called tlie C^^J^^a^^ftr.,^ which lies two lei^foes $.6.E. from White Heed Idand, and eov«PS 9m. sMjipip of Jtii|lf ap acre at low water ; it is dry at half-ebb. When covered, the |We S6tl' ^M^%jPver,^, at the rate of four miles an hour. The S.W; head of Monaa ^]i09i of aU m^.^lpis jpff the south side of that island, will lead clear to the southward of il!.: < Islands, (Kbnts,) the southernmost of the Manan Islets, arelowoiid^ ^tr- . JTJweasteen side of the kugest is bold to the rocks, which are at all times visiw hie* X Offylhegn lalgts. K Is '» Convenient ' Wh ' ' ' •■ • ' ^» -' nia!yfiei|nthemud,inpei^feot seeurit^. arc from 6 to S fathoms, bottom of clay. 111. J/ '.h 1%^ w. IK) ri*HKf»lly^tt|C^WifOr.^''^** .1 The Qaniihw»: •smaU ndi*>-iiMb,»t.,th« iMnwimlofri^miWi mWWl ftom ri^Thwte MAhdj; Mr iKtwd, •sfmni yiMnj|gaM'«lam^A.tM»'4lrfi^^'W(iuld1M a #iie sUaafion for a tiyht-^Diwe/ whioh.wowtd b« the •MMt'of Muring mlny-sMpii* TMb Xtdgn «n)d sdiiken rodUfUi.the. vicinity •lw^r>bi»di..a..>. VI.U, uo, ''•'""•'''^ •^"J r^^l^J'^.^'X^ TlMtlfM* iileti, eiaiedl MAcikiA!^ ShAW ffUii; lie 10 mllta to t<^ W. by K. ef tket Gnnneif ^«lih>llM B.W. H«nd tt CtrMtt BCnhan bcnHng B.NX lil^i^ p k^^g^m^^ndM The CfHAMNtL I'Ctween OnANo Manan and the coaat of the State of Maws iil m)t& ' 9 to 6 milei i|iride: both shoref bold, l^be depths ^ckly iiMreaahIg M eaob ild«, fr«hi 19 fe to and 75 fithbfl^ 1 the greateat depth near Mfnao, where, yvm haiil q/fiiekW' Mk'WUi 75. Thta b the best paaiage up the Bay of Fundy* becauM the a«felit^«M'' mott advantagebiib #lth the jftreralent wincU, whidh are from the weatwank olla>'■ f* ,.-i* «^''" '^^l'?*;'* « iikA ^.^^,j'!kof.E. ^E. from the northern extremity of Campobello is the' Ti^^i^" ' Abrf^ivjapp^aring at a distance like a white rock; but it is really a SmalV^'i^Iet, barr«n,|j and. 4ef>ii^q^ of trees, while the isles about are covered with tlMfm: It, iiii^^ibrj^^. »«i^ift » ^w**"- ■;•';.; :,■*': LJ/';')! ' '..i.i. . At«the N;Et end of Campobello is Head Harbour, a place of easy acce^S) ismaUti > > but perfectly safe^ with 6, 7, and 8, fathoms, muddy bottom. The fine iiaidiouv, eaUednn Hwrkemt' Dobtte, lies on the west side of the island ; and, at its S.W. end i$,Sff*ug,(!^ntef<' : another good harbour, where there is a British custom-house. Moqee ldand,um t^ opposite side, belongs to the United States; and BHtish ships are not allowed to ride there above six houfs at any one time. In a ine oove bt the south end of this island a' shi^ of 500 tons may lie, moored head and atom, safe from all winds, bvft the ancttb^^ ;; are v^ much exposed with wind from lAe Eastt . <^/i iii ) m ill » n .>aii nil iii juii' v't'9'1' iJLUgh^iHeitivnw erected oq it^M^Md^i^'toMhlbritli l^^Vcstv^ng figti^. ; ji!j fi!0-i1 rr/0 '{r-vf K^ff /! ailt Vo liiloq .3 « oi^l .?.'Aua II ■f In November, 1817, the Commiwioiuirs appointed by the respective governmeptg,, under thfr^ treaty of Obent^ (the last p»m pf Mf»eii^>dfl0Mdltbat l|ia«M, 'Dudtevy and Pred^^ Tsla^ids, in themYf^^Vatiamdiio&Ay, ddhelmrjp WRrVm^^iffMks aid Sfaafcrill.the oth«r \s\inik in th^ '^^ same^lMT, t«fll»Gll«hdM*g&tt,' la'fif BaVof |W*y,jJft|^^^ by rirtue of ,t»#"!* treatartof;psaeeUif I769i> TMlHm^bfW uwte^ Slatea.rbftini^ to enjov the nght «f nav:^' ; the ?^»^il>S^nMeai?awlJ>e* lilwdwrB^^^ remarV- To th6 e to give ;V. »»•« ,.< >6utlieni, and tli4 1 the bltf betvMfeil'- runswick'^' a. Li. /I iii.>^ \hf iiiT .i>i>U jir» o«Ued> ,'.Qn thotc d to ride '• hl&nd^' I anchbif* [" under th&^ ilapd«, b,,.. aik in tlnl "- tue'«^tfi#i'^- tbroiihnO ' . ! OS.: QUODDY PAS8A^,V)|jpi)||YY »AYnAC. HI Quoouv HfAD, on which «tM|Di;;Die(,Mghlf)(OtoMohhive ^ounttoMd; fortttr the a^Ath ■ia«of the ftoutharn PMWgf^ tM (Dntranoi ofmrMtthy Wlwmt Ginl|p4lf ili1«w"wkft«^: At riliHi^r ttofe than a mile within the entrance, you may come tbanchtiVi Wi 4f or 6 fathoms, well sheltered, either by day p^ night,! Um-a.^iAi^illlMiy b0 phMMdt, On MdmimgMiWk^WmSifMrU^S^ Andrew^i, the River tieoqdic, or 8!Kfr9K.^9y;-i.,i,..-; . ■• - ,■'•,'' ," ' ' ' ' "' ' irtiAiiqK Swiatp inr; FAMAMA^tMiDbv BlAT/,pfM to ^e eaatward of CAmpobeUo, s^Wriiig NA Jiyt l^sMi N^.' V^*^ ^« Wpl' it«l««, which lie about Ct mika eMtHrvM > flnm < tha *\'. > v». «M'4^^ "M; ,,$|(;twcen the Wolves and the north end of Campobello, there is a depth of (ram 40 to 100 fathoms. Hlth the latter bearing S.8.E. or S.E., there is a depth of 1 9 and 20 fathoms, where ships may anchor securely from all winds. The courses thence to Moose Isiaml ar« B.W. l^ W. | W. and S.W. 5 mUes. J/* bound /Vpin Afoow hkmd up the River Scoodic, as you pass Bald Head, opnddt^/ D0er Island, giv« it a bertli of half a mile, as a ledge of rocks lies off ft. ' H«^|i'' passed this poi^t. the course and distance to Oak Point, or Devil's Head, will Wtffw^ W. 4 leagues. The latter may be seen from the distance of 10 or 1 9 miles. * '"^ || ,8T. ANDREW'S.— TAtf Toum and Port of St. Andrew lie on the eastern, siddMoCa tlia entrance of the Scoodic. A small island, Nav^ Itkmd, forms the harbaW4 TliiiA < isUmd is bold4o on its S.W. side, but eastward of it is a shoal bank, stretchiQgui|«Mlyi>r; half a league from St. Andrew's Point. The town is a pleasant little place, ai»d th^ harbour being good, many ships load timber here, which is generally much lohger wox^..^. that of Nova^Bcotia. The merchants of this town load timber also at other plac^j,' viz. at Oak Bay, on the Scoodic, and at Rushabec, Didiquash, and Magadavick, oii th^'j^ N.G. side of Passamaquoddy Bay, all being excellent and very convenient harbbiin.' In the Bay, in general, are from 17 to 25 fathoms of water. > '^'^ Etano Harboub, which lies to the eastward of the North Passage of Passaquqnq^dy. / Bay, is recommended to the mariner as one of the best and most convenient harboi^s in < Biitish America. It has two entrances, which, though narrow, have very dera ^aff^-, i and either may be taken, according to circumstances. The principal one is a mile andf„t^ half N.E. by N. from White Horee hie, between two islands. Pain and BUte. To ri^n into this pla«e, bring th«,cpntre of the White Horse to bear S.W. by SI, and run ndrtliwardl.. with that bearing,, ^ntil you are past a low flat rocky point on Bliss or Etiu^^ihhMd. Hinting oaj^se^^thispcdnt, keep the island close on board until you come Up tb h'lirac^"'^^ whi6h snows itself, and which lies off a round island covered with trees on tH^ lat^oiar^' ' side. The ledffe is bold close-to. Having advanced thus far, you may anchefr ^eao^tUM centiM of thtf h^bbi^r, inclining under the north shqre, in 8 or 10 ftitiioms. The only "^ indbnvenienee lle^ i^^ ^he extreme tenacity of the ground, for which every pi^*aiiti6ii^'^ should be takeii, that the anchor may hot be lost. As the rise and fall of the tides' ils*''^ conriderable, a sufficient scope of cablft ^hould, of courtfe, be allowed. ' <)<] ^BAV^B, HA»noua.-^At 5 miles' £. by N;' from the entrance of Etang H«r|}q^l;. is i^W^u of Bi^j^r'JJffrA^fur, another snug {Mace of shelteViWitb 15 to 11 fathoms at the entran^^.^f, and 5 in the centre. In suling in, keep tiw^'ireM ahore on board, as a reef stretches half way over from the oppojitejidfiL: in the line of this reef are 3 and 4 fathoms. From ■ the S.E. point of the harljpipjj^^JPg^^l^ |^5iBfj?p,„q!?la9(94 on pag« 108, bears fiiSiS)^|'B.* . 20 to id ffiet^ At Moosdlslaiditfae tlto«>^«!t^{|. &H'|,^ y Micnna, wfcegh^Rs stroneest, ibeAw^n 'kfoose'Mdhd'teia'M^hl pcbs^^ adsrly 5 Dcdli^ sh hOufe^;'^?^''y^'«»^JHf $(;^^i^,y^tiHe:b•acaroeiyperaepane.H f On (lie eksterh^idWof Grand Manlaii it is high watw at X b. < feprings riie iBT; wA%(6kp^ ^'^^ 20, feet. ,, . ■""""^ BEARINGS, lit ' **'^'".^^iW'«^'ri>W^.'" /WAftniOB «!(/ DISTANCES tfH.ACBB *i Ha BAy'^ #a)(»Y. .. , f»«(» Mtariwf, mUi. „^l7ir'tI|l«adLigl> ouMtuMiM; '^«id !■)«• N.W. iW. .. w i„ki, th^OwiDetRockLlgtittiouM i^. N.W. kfN^ *'• «« ,1,;.,, i^»io.v the (Md Proprietor N by W. | W. <•• t id tha Southern Wolf N. | W. ^« «) '" '^ Point L«»rea« K.brB. r *4 St. John*! Harbour ^ ♦ r» ;>!.?*.& 4 E, , j- ^ M * MmMm SmI Itfoa to Mttie River Head • .'• ' ^ Khj W. ^ . ^ me N W. Head qT Grand Manan N.B.|B- '•' iB •*'*•-•• Quoddy Head LIghthome N.N.E. IE. •• 17 '"^f •"'''' the BouthemWdf N.K. .. 86 Little River to the 8.W. Head of Grand Manan BE. bvB. J^E. •• 12 N.W. Haad of Grand Manan B. bf N. •• Vi QBoridy Head Lifhkhowe to the Southern Wolf E.N.B. " It '*^ts4> the North HmuI of Grand Manan B.8.B. ^ B. . • 7 . 'iii» the 8. W. HMid of Grand Manan 8. ^ W. .. li '«"'>'' *- Macbiai Seal Iilea 8.8. W. J W. •• ""ir ' Head Haitour to White Hone Islet N.E. i E. *. 9} '2J . the Northern Wolf B- i 8. -. 74 •ruiVuv 3*"T*'.""iiJi the Southern Wolf ».»» B.8.E ' . 'i» 6^ ■>•' the North Head of Grand Manan • S.byE. {E. •• Qk Whtoa Bene Me to the Siiip Channel 8.W. by W. •• s| ^•ntti^ hf.rfVVf'.i^;r -'♦;' Lntete or North Passage N. J W. . . 2! o.U'touIi />, ;. BeaverHaAour ^N-^.J^- •* <» dn4'j^t,hff! / Point Lepreau E. J 8. •• 171 ui!l ! / H I ^ *« Nortfcem Wolf E.8.E * B. . . «! ''%r^j ^'-''^ ' the Southern Wolf 8.E. .. 6* the N. Head of Chmnd Manan '.>• 8. byE. .• 11 Wfist Entrance of Etang Harbour to Head Harbour S.W. by 8. •• 4 North End of Grand Manan 8. ^ E. •• 13 Btang Harbour, South Point, to the Northern Wolf • S.E. by B. 4^ the Southern Wolf S.E. by 8. •• 6 Northern Wolf to a Vigia or Shoal? E.4N. .. 7 Point liOpreau •••••#•••••••••••••• >•• E. 'j N. • • 1 1 K ,, .w. M> - Beaver Hartour ....» North. .. 4 PBInt t^Mau'to the Gut of Annapolis ^ . * 8.E. | 8. * . 94 PetitPassage S-^B. .> 37 ♦^iiirmfr^ r Grand Passage S.fW. •• 42 ' Bryer'j Island Lighthouse 8. by W. •• 44 !; \ ' North End of Grand Manan 8.W. by W. .. 19 ■ ' ' Beaver Harbour Head W. by N. •• li Btang Harbour. South Point W.^N. .. lH 6:^NEIIIAL REMARKS on, and Diregtions'j^I lie jBay^ajT Fund y. Ships navigating the fiw .f Fvvdt have to encounter an atmosphere almost con- stanlfly enveloped in thick fu^ fides setting with great rapidly over the roclu and 'ttiili with' which it aS)omid»,% ? i i wUfQft of knowledge and' ounMoc^', ,i"^ !.•■*■,!>'*-■■' -'M' >^^v."-',» s.i.t.;i:.-:, a, .-», „,;A]<,r. ; mm oflf Cape Sable, with a#to^^^'k^ri^yii'e't'i>^% V^y;ti$lMa> .,J0fkK^n mpif « cue omiieu pait«|i aouni. luc okamacK xvuia ana i^^e i^nap 4gnc>- Mim^ deicrfbed K^Maftek'; 4k' '^ ektt'pim with gtiiator siifety to tlKe S/triitwitri of Grand Manan than to the eastward, and can have shelter, if required, in the sevei^l liarbouraof that coast. Between 994M M MmnM. - ''*^'' Mr '.—•I'M ; •• 12 •• Hi " 11 7 V 11 •• of n 17i S» 11 4 13 4i 6 r 11 4 34 37 42 44 19 J^ *. UWDY. Imont con- rock4 and fttnt of the tetif ion Is •» MH/Jf,rt iQlip wnc- stward of he sevei'al Between Bctwtcn Qtrntd Mmm tad the ooMt of Mahtt th« poiMge ii Atm from dangor ; tm- mU bMting through, gpncrdlf fltBinKfroni tide toriMe, pMiicuburly in foei, the depth Q l9i» t o : bufc eftyd no sheltered enohoiige, ex«r|>t lor MPnett flailing veMcU in ■lunmer ttnie: thejr aret t/t elreedjr noticed, from OO to i lo feet high. With light wiixli. «i lee .^0, or tbMk wniktr, /ou may letgoau MN^orwy^iirre hetween the WM laltiida •udBeaicir MMwur, in good iMkHng gveetid, i; a <^ih ot io or «5 f»thomi. Point | 8' John's Harbour, or you may secure an anchorage in Unmd Pe»> rage, or St. VI'vl lb *, as it seldom blows in that dUrection above eighteen hours with- out bringing (V t The Pui'. . AII..N0 Wir'os here, and on all the coast of Nova-Scotia, arc from W.8.W. to ^8 W., (; It! .< steady as treule-iDindt ; excepting that, during the summer months, thfey «i3 rather .nore southerly, accompanied with but little intermission by fog, which #f<-|'jii ' ;» a northwesterly wind to disperse it. It is, therefore, recommended not fee leave an (inchorage without malcing arrangements for reaching another before darlc, or the appeaiaoce of a fog coming on, which, with a S.W. wind, is so sudden, that y'^^)u are unawares enveloped in it; nor to keep at sea during the night, if it can be avoided. Whenever the wind blows directly off the land, the fog is soon dispersed: ' The TiDis are very rapid, but regular; and, although the wind against them ^. Iters t]ie direction of the rippling, and sometimes makes it danserous, it has little or no edect upon their courses. The nood sets from Cape Sable to the northwestward through he 8eal Islands and Bald-Tuskets, at two or three knots in the hour; after which its r ite increases to four or five knots, thence taking the direction of the shore, it flows pa <;t Cape St. Mary, and then N.N.W. towards Bryer's Island ; it sets but slowly up the ex- tensive Bay of St. Mary, which adds to its strength along the eastern shore i then in- creasing its rapidity as the Bay contracts, it rushes in a bore into the Basin of Mines, and up Chlgnecto my. Between Bryer's Island and the opposite northern coast, and for some distaaoe up t}ie Bay to the eastward, the first of the flood sets strong to the northward (nearly North) ; •0 that it wilFbc extremely dangerous for a vessel to run in the nuht or thick weather, from any part of the southern to the northern coast, without makmg a large aUowaooe lor the set of Ihe'tide, and keeping the lead constantlv going. H. M. sloop Jaseur was Marly ashorei having been set by this tide in a fog 8^ miles in 3 hours and 10 minutes. t B lA- v!^ "V r-.4f'- X.—7%e COASTS of FREDONIA, or of the UNITED y^^. STATES, /row PAssAMAauoDDY to Cape Cod, ^w^^^ ' -iKV^ :/■■' •. ■■ ■ ^ ■'■**■■ ^ Uhf- '■■■■. ■■- . .:fi\'0i' KiiTva moat reooarkable elevatwiDS of land between the Bay of Passaaa/ytod^ ai)4:l«iPe Glkahetb are, ,t|ie 5Au»acA HWt, Man* petert HUh, and HUk qf P«Mi«iet»<- ,7fae iSykMa|bo(ik,JiiUi,W^ve )> ou^bcar^^an^ «;t a. distance, appear round ^.-theyvitaii4)tl«^« noithward of the Port of (Slouldsborough. and are reality distingmflwbleArofiaiql^JIUs tpiilM eastward. The Mpunt Deseit Hills may, in cicar weather, be see^ fromA.dis- *»J^ «r ift *^'jaA l«i.UmX ':*t*Ka Pikinhmi^t MiUs mav bit RSAnia the. N.VV. and K2n.W. •WNMHW «#• AW «|«^ «r^^ MwaaiaM^u^ - Desert Hills may, in cicar weather, be seeia from-a,! iv^^firSx"^^^ ^W^ <^'yh9gm ot tij^1«,<(\^t ^^a^rijftilif^^ T» ^lirt.-..^ ■•^-'•J 4*-. n;. ^,' «fc< H J ■v^rty's^iM l^r.n--) tf.ri fc v:i.-':;&'^* V J 14 f. v^r^eo^^f oOF . ^ AI,N£. » '. •/ lis J 'I '.< 'J i In •Ailiog-towftrds this cowt^cvr^.mwlt 1^ taken to avoid the Mount Pesert Rock, vrhkoh lies fiJeagucft to tho 8«Mithwa«r4 of Mcivu^tDefiert laland, in latitude 43? $ft and longitude SS? 9§ \ obsflrvin|r' itlao, to make proper allQwaoci^ for t)te ^de, &c. iVt Mount Desert Rock, the stream of flood divides to run westward and eastward. With the Skuttoek Hi Hs abtfttV NiN.fi., un«'i^thiR4dr 6 leaguer of tlMse^of Mount Detwrt, thd tid« of flddd sets E.N.B., and the ebh W.8.W. $ Imt, at the ■> v, , w,,.,4 <.>:..^,4i«( ., *.' i- mo.* In coming in for Machias Bay, fi-om the eastward, you may see the Seal Isles, which ai-e three low isles, lying with the ^.W. H^ad of Grand Manan E.N.E. 3 leagues. Great caution must be obsei*ved when passing them in the night. The lighthouse on the Gatiriet Rock bearing E. i S. leads clear to the southward of them. '"' • ' ' Directly fronting the Entrance of Machias, within the distance of a league, are two little isles called the Libee or Liby Isles, on the southernmost of whieh is a pew lightr house^ exhibiting a fixed light, iu or near latitude 44° 36f '. At a league N.E. | N. from tliis lighthouse is the S.W. end of Cross Island, which forms the eastern side of the en- trance to t!. J Bay. lOfi advancing towards Machias Bay from the Seal Isles, and steering N.W. \ W. you tyiU g{Hn sight of the Libee Isles Lighthonse; which is to be left on the larboard side; rpunding these isles, you thence proceed north into the Bay. On this course you will leave a large white rock, called the Channel Rock, on your larboard side : and, unless bound upward, into Machias Harbour, may haul to the westward. When you have ad- vanced half a mile above this rock, bring a high round island, which is covered with trees, to bear North, when you may anchor in 4 or 5 fathoms, muddy bottom. If you mean to go up to the town or Machias, keep on a north course, until you have advanced above a high round island on your larboard hand, when you may steer W.N.W. or N.W. by W. for a point covered with birch-trees> and having a house on it. On the starboard hand there are Hats and shoals. You may keep on the larboard after you pass tlus house, until the river opens to the northward, when you may run up to Cross River, and anchor in 4 fathoms. Machias is the chief town of Washington County, in the state of Mune.i .|Ui present population is about 2000 persons. '■' Little River Harbour is about a league and a half E.N.E from Cross Island. It 'ihay afford occasional shelter. The entrance bears N.W. by W. ^ W. 4 leagues from the S.W. Head of Grand Manan, and N. by W., 3 leagues, from the western Sial Island. It cannot be seen until you approach the northern shore ; and the pilots say ■you should not run for it before it bears N.W. or N.N.W. There is a bluff point of rocks on the starboard hand, going in, and an island in the middle of the harbour. On '■/••♦ 't I • The State, formerly District, of Maine, is bounded on the East by New Brunswiek, as already noticed, vfmi on the West by New Hamphire. The face of the country is generally hijly, but not mountainous. The coast ii^dented with bays, and abounding with excellent harbours. The soil, on the sea-coast, is stonjr rjid barren, but more fertile in Uie interior, pro- ducing «ain, grass, &c. The minerals' are liok, 'iopperas, sult>hW, and ochres, i'he suUitilfer here is short, but agreeable ; the autumn clear and healthy ; winter long and severe ; spring, as in Canbde, very short. The Penobscot, Kennebec, Androscoegini and Saco, are Its nrindoaltivers. This state is not yet thickly peopled, but slavery is here unknown. Portland, the seat o? the pro- vincial government, is situate on a good harbour in the S.W., as described hereafter. The ports of entry for foreign ships are Machias, Frenchman's Bay, Castine or Penobscot, Wisqasset, Bath, Portland, Falmouth, Saco, and Pepperelboro'. The names printed in Italics are those of ports to which vessels from or beyond the Cape of Good Hope are restricted. / .^ , . . going MACrif^ ¥o %OULD«B0PO'. tII5 aioM ■ft . going iHi teare tlhe island on yo^ larboard 8|tlip; and whsn you We passed It Half a taile you may anchor in 4 or 5 fetboins, nraddy b6ttom, kfid be proteeted iTrom i^ ivis^. Tbe.land between this harbour and Qubi^dy Head; trends N.E. by B. 4 leagues. " ^;" J tt^iMACHIAS to GOULDSBORO'.»-In proceeding from Macbias towards Clo^IdlAor0^ Viu will pass nuiberous islands on' the Maeboard hand, mtbouiny inlets and good har- boarSi bat generally, too intricate for strangers to atteinpt with safety. ,, On quitting fifaehias Bay^ you first pass the Libee Jaikmdt^ thence if(e«u( fl^rhour hloMi, tfce Wo^s ItUaidtiiiOi The course and distance irons off the Libeei Islands to abertib off the Great Wass Island are ^,W. by W. 10 mUes, and from the latter to the Little Manan Isle W, by is. 13§mUes. .':;..r [}-- '■"{. '':--'' ■■-^:*^'U^^':r'i^^-^- ^iAIH:)AM On Little Manan, a isftnall islet, fs It new llffbthouse of stone, whiob exhibits a '/t^W light, at 53 feet above the level of the sea, uthough the building itself is only S5 feet high<, From the liightbouse the entrance of the Port of Gouldshoro* bears N.Wi N. 4i,,railes. At the entrance is an islet covered with trees on the eastern, and two on the \Yestern, side. Within ^he entrance, the harbour is a mile wide, and you may anchor' in from 4 to 6 fathoms, where you please. The course in is N.N.W. then N. ) W. 4 miles ; find thence W. by N. to Gouldaboro'. The Skuttock Hills, already mentioned, form a good mark for Goiddsboro', as they lie to the northward of the harbour. He,nce, by bringing them in that direction, and steer- ing on that course, you will, on approaching the harbour, see the Little Manan Light- house, which is to be left on the starboard hand.* The latter stands at about a league to the southward of the point between Dyer's Bay and Pigeon HtU Bay : it is connetited with the land by a rocky ledge or bar, which is partly uncovered with the ebb. i "it DYER'S BAY. --Immediately to the eastM'ard of the entrance to Goulifsboro^' fa Dyer's Bay, which you may enter by giving Little Manan a berth of half a mile, leaving it on. the starboard hand. If you bring the light to bear N.E., at three quarters or a mile, a N. by W. course will carry you into the mouth of the bay, leaving a largi diy ledge on th6 larboard hand : when abreast of this ledge, which is bnld-to, give itil berth of 15 or 16 fhthoms, then steer N. \ E. about 4 miles, where you may anchor, safefhMfa all winds, in 4 or 5 fathoms, muddy bottom. ' ' '' PLEASANT BAY, or the Mouth of Pleasant River, is two leagues to the N.E^ of Little tianan Lighthouse. Here you pass the islet called Tit-manati, and several dap- gerou ledges. For this place, therefore, as in all the other haibpurs of this coa«t»,a pilot is indispensable. . .,i ,-, ^yrjrf,, Froni Little Manan Lighthouse to a berth off the Great Wass Island, already noticed, the course and distance are E. by N. 13^ miles ; and from the latter to the Libee ligM- hofuse, off Macbias Bay, N.E. by E. 10 miles. > ;: il GOULDSBOROUGH to Blue Hill Bay. — At two leagues without the harbour of Gouldsbdrough, to the S.W., is Scoodic Point, with its three islets, forming the Ne«t follow the Cranberry Isles, to the S.E. of the same island; and, to the S.S.W. of the latter, ^^ the Duck Islands, off the entrance of Blue Hill Bay, or the S.W. hacboi^ of Mount desert. To enter this harboui*, leave the two Duck Islands on the starboard side, and Lotig Island with a cluster of other Islands on the larboard. It is not safe for a strange!- to run in during the night, as there is a great ledge, which is uncovered at half-tide, about one mile frqm the harbour. This is to be left on the starboard hand. There is also a long ledge on the larboard side, which extends half a mile off: there is, however, a good turning channel between. The S.W, passage is not fit for large vessels at low water ; but, at high water^ any one may enter, by keeping neai'est to the starboard shore when sailing in. With the harbour open, youmay steer N.W. or W.N.W., and anchor, when well up, in 5 or 6 fathoms, muddy bottom ; where, with any wind,, y^u will lie safely. Here, however, as in every other part hereabout, a pilot is required*,.,, PENOBSCOT BAY ano RIVER.— This extensive bay is included between Pbi^t 1. _ XT Tl gomg ,(ApM?%> or aeagwioK rouu, ou nie i-i •.;ii](f -i ! ) f/o'ii^thl another of 12 feet, S.S.W. 4 miles d on the S,W. : the,4lsJn!^" pilots say that a letlge, called Mouhon's Ledge, and dty at low tides, lies W. by N. I hiJlfes lighthouse: a sunken ledgb, with T ffeetpf water on itj /S.E. by E. Smiles fVqm the samfe ; between D^ J|sb^ [ji^, J^ox Tslwda, JAMkitDiigbrrorf htDgiUlami, andidittuMtwIe.of imilfltt;>.; islM^i^M^Afi^JA^ged* Tbt»|igl>)0ienlMfl,/to Uieifteuthfof the H«^^oflit»iism»^t*he^,il ; wei;tei^,^fU^9ej(^^y,|^^ OtpP^ HeaAf ilMncew'br>id6bfrf pt roi^|t,op)^^e^^f«d,iC!4pi».B^icc«v«i)tb*.eiMtwt0]^^ G«s{Joe (Rivera m><. .'. side, and Deer Island on the other, until it unites ^th the main dianner between Capr Rooiflreandlsteboro'or Long lilaHd. Abbi« tMs/bh theM8t,'<^^d8f 'Pdh CMtl^^^ near to which is tlie town of Castine, opposite to Penobscot, 'wMdh #ks tttdD(r^l'it^rr>'< in 1796, and wUohiiiow contains a p6pnbtion of ahont SOOO^cinottsi Gtfsti^W in/fhb'l' port of entry ' wi} ^-uA\ Urfti ivm Tog ir^a.if-) x)o^(. 'BriJ r-a t'^his-du'i htm llie noble river which empties its waters into the bay, and which is now decQ^ati^^ni,, with ntimetous townships, is the most considerable in the state of Maii)^, and- ffnegiy, its sources about idO miles above the inlet of Castint. The head of tide and Qat%a(t^.^t tion is, however, at Bangor, about 30 miles from the same : but vessels of SO tons mayt:,,;! approach mthin a mile of this place. At the entrance of the river is a depth 9^ iliQ^ii; fathoms. ' |Vom Mount Drskbt JIock (noticed on page 114) to Whitj^ Head,, ,i;^9W, liavji^jBrA : Lidi^T-HovsE, with aficed light, the bearitjg and distance are W.N.W 13 leamicti. jiif( ligfit is; about 50 feet above the leve^^f^^lie, seaj andit cftpAot :■ . .^^v'j^V' ^- w'^' '^''» '1'^' '' If lipund up the riv«r, from Old Fort Point, with the wind a-head, and an'ebb«tide^ . ■: you may make a good harbour in the East River, at about a league E.N.Q. fcom t^atf . poi^'t. "The entrance of this river is on the south side of Orphan Island} here, you, imajti, lie jsite from all winds, and anchor in 6 or 7 fathoms, good holding groujodf . iY«m.le||,VQ,,. Orphan Island, and several rocks which are above water, on the larboard hand. If re- quiait^ev yipu may anchor to the N.W. of the island, on the starboard hUnd, li^b<^e^«ll pa^, tl^rovgh ; but, with the wind and tide favourable, you may proceed up to Mav^h ' Bay^-; kfieping. towards the larboard shore. Marsh Bay is a league and a^alf above Orpltfiii, Island. . When passing it, keep nearly in the middle of the river;, ahd VoU' itWl have neither rocks nor shoals until you u-rive at the Falls. ' V u 't To sAix, UP TO Castine, &c. by the S.E. and eastern 5i4e of Jslcboro , |hf full and' 6hiange, 10 or 11 feet, and fl(nvs' at X|"hi btUi ,li*ii;il 1j UiuamJt; nnri ao c'jiu--juyifi>'. lij'w U3v"i03 Dunki oj:!<,i i: oviifji iu* ^;^v^ ■;'l: ■!!'} I'i'-Tv iiiwiC .til)'; <.";!i(|i,l'.i 'jd ^ihif -ill* ,./ ^j^(^^'ihead fdnn8>9 cofieon.ita nonhernside^ia w^h'M VedBdtmay'Uke;ocoaBibBalsiieHer>'ia4ri it lies open to the wind at E. by N. and E.N.E. The directions for sailing in are to bring a rocky point, which will be on the starboard side, to bear N.E.~ anda ledge of rocks that lie without that point£>N.E.,and.anchoritt4fathoihsniiiddybottorni' < iM><';i > . ' ■<'•• ■; ..ir m^ * Hereabout the tide of flood s^telo tile tiorthcMttlwd^d; and ttife fTdeoi ebb S.Wt'throt^U'tlle ' Muscle Ridgesi To ■•.f>'; PENOBSCOT,. IffHKIVIEBfiCltllVl^R, &C. U1 r ? fUmm lB9]BMHe>(I;: Bn Capcr if, hi'iih^"^'' ■ ■'■/ TNSoA aridvli^ /■ onsmay,:,,^ ,'';•'.'•>■> ;i^9 the id.Qr^ei;^ ; , ioh li« to .^ On,lte pay b^^ff I Q Charts hen you e to it, of it, e wind smooth ■iJf.rii O'l* ibb'-tade^ »m thai . ^ouinay, If re- fore-'jniill > Ma»fch!i'> yo»will'>><^ •w^nB fnoour, hy. r^ t island^ leistetfa^ ie safely ^'^ >!J •i'uljo ifit Off »bit u(\i 5 a rocky tiout that < >>, * ouli[lltke>(l ' To bglMiouM,'^teiireful>dot4othBtiliift «M) h»utitibi»'*«MB N^fi^/Wydu tl^l^^ kvdir'^. th0lMMstofi<0ckfelytaafwlthdut>itlielK«xll > W,lCliln^he(i«l«dg^, at iibdiiiii'M^to|:^ln^'^' from'Uro^e^ihereibiii siife Ulawa^. A^ pasilng thfeheiMj' ib ilile «^t4aM/VM'^^^ a good haHMar; oi) thd larboard ban^ ocJled ^,' and iW wbiiib A' v^il ma^ ' lio -afely with any, wind. , In going intp this harbpur, give the larboard sbffrea berth, hi m^a^fen »^ ^diiig i»bi ^'mJ! Ymf^ 9f 60toi; 7Q,tPn|» qt^y double doae around thie .faead.of tbo Lights ind anchor 3 ngmili)r#fM»)oQf ^h« frtqn^ln f;b«.li9ffbqur. Jbose taken with oalm aQd,ebb%tdeniaya»iin chfl^Tiifi); wj^« off th«^.%I\tivi baur, which bears W. by S. from White Head, about 4 miles distant. To gain this pla^j,' £6titlhne a W. by S. course uutil the first house on the starboard hand bjeara , N.Nily^!; ' when joxx may anchor in 4 or 5 fathoms, good gi;ound. In tmUng from iVii-' 5 mmi'iltvtbaur^ you knay steer E. by N. one league, toward White Island lighthouse ;jt but'b^' careful nbt to haul in for it till it bears N.E., as a large ledge of rocks bieari ab(i6tW.I! the rock called the Pumpkin W.N.W. J W. 4 leagues; Penma7t:»/ /otitf, at the en- . trance of John's Bay, N.W. ^ W. 4 leagues ; and Franklin's Isle lighthouse, in jint>4^ Bay, off tbe entrance of George's River, N. i B,, 8 miles. -, ' CI^oboe's Riv^r, &c. — For this river, the first to the westward of the Bay of PeQOb'fi.rt scot, particular directions have been published by the American coasters, but they .|ur«;fli ins^fficient for a stranger without the aid of a pilot. The same remark applies to athetdf, harfiours upon tliis intricate coast ; for, in numerous instances, from want of desicriptioD^il'i the instructions embarrass rather than direct, and there is no chart which can be dt^i-.^r pended on. Franklin's Isle, above mentioned, is an islet about a league to the W.S.\V. from tfKe ittoUth of Greorge's River; the lighthouse stands on the north side of it, kad in to Bfe Ifefk,' Whei sailing for the river, on the right or starboaid side. An E.N.E. coiii^e'''^ lead^'fhlinoe'tO Pleasant Point, on the north side of the entrance. The light is jSr«i£'"H and>aiia'ffefetabOVethe level of the sea. ... .-:^r.i^9j^iiwA^>in^^ii KENNEBEC RIVER, Sheepscut River, &c.— The Lighthouse on Segwine Istei"'^' off tiwittiQUthiof the Kennebec, (above mentioned) exhibits a^«f light of thefirst^M magmtudei. : iThe lantern is 200. feet above the level of the sea, and the light may bet-'^' seetii^or 10 {leagues off. The position assigned to it is, latitude 43° 40Vt longitttdtf'*^ 69° 42'. Pond Island Light, in the entrance of Kennebec River, bears N. i B. [_N.\ W.y ' ' * from Segwine light, and a mile and three quarters from Segwine Island. To enter th^ Kerihebec Bh'er, you have now only to steer directly for Pond Island light, bearins' ;, N.M.fe:. which leads from the western side of Se|(wine directly to the river. Pond Isl^i^^.(T maybe .passed on either side. :^J^ -^^^r ■Q;::!^''.,/ ,,;,^,/ ,>„ • n, ^-'.nV -i itU ■kmift^' '^i^f^m On sailing in, you must have, regard to the tide; for the ebb sets out very stronglyr/i;: So^tt^ directly on Segwine Isla,nd. , If ypii have not a good breeze of wind, yt)u cannot -'^i stem, the, tide, as it sets attheri^teof ,4«r 5 nules an hour. In going into the harbouror* you will leave a large island covered with spruce-trees on your starboard hand, and stivj^ tt; ral other islands on the larboard. When you get to the northward of the first island, if the tide be ebbing, you must steer for the Two Sugar-Loaves ; these are two high rock8« , . which appear white, and iilUv^VaM^ «IldillebR^tak«.ApUMforthe river, if bound upwards, as it should not be attempted without one. The pQBt«l,Bi»|||t< ii<«klkbMit>7lMgue8>«|ft'fa)mi9i^^lliiM'Aiigt^^ Mtsir. ^-.h.n r, .- .iv-:;r,v ..t ,,■,./'> If i&c^Vi^b td'dui:ti>b(l:tr¥ KiifUii, ft'ob tfi^ i(>e»Mf M«/ dbd 'if oti ttttke the iiAatid'of ^g^ Wine, i^ou'may'tekvii thkt \inM dti thiiStdrtlda^ bW^, i^Vli^ itk berth if bAlf «;iii»ei When jrou pass it to the eastward, you must bring ii'ttt hetat SAV., arid nXMrtiiE^nmA N.B.by'N. 3 leagikes, i^hich wSU bring you up to Simkooh HfUbMti pn !^Q ^p^^tf^rn. side of the riTer, whidi is fronted by several islets ; of this place, the ea^anc^is naE|p;ijir» but it laakea Uloe a baain when you getifitoit. The entrance in lies E. by,|i(;.. r^qii' oatinot g«t in witha >N^E. or easterly wind, but must have the wind 4outhi<9rw<)9t^Kl^]r*> After yott get into the baitoiir, hianl up N.B. or N.B. by N.^ M there are sev^al-.ttwiiKf^ii rocks, on the starboard hand, as you go in. There it anchorage hefriQ in iff^^jl^r muddy bottom, safe from all winds. : i.^ * .;,'„.,•,. ^i. .-. ^' -,: i jfti If bound up Sheepteut River, in a large vetnl, on cotabig from the iireslwU4, i^m must go to Uie southward of Segwine, steering abopt N.£» or N.E. by B. one; leagutf j and, i^eh the river bears North, or N. a little westerly, you may run N6rthy And aee^ the starboard hand best on board. There are many rpcks aqd ledges, some abpveifnd some under water, lying to the north-eastward of Segwine : when'you get up as hj(gh aii EbeoMook, you leave the two Mark lakmd* on your larboard, keepintryour course noftb, a little easterly. Here it it requisite to have a pilot The portof ,3^^jMfSSJtx^^;i|^ 6 leagues up from the entrance of the River.* v,-..;.^^. — . KENNEBEC RIVER to Cape Elizabeth and Portland.— From the lighthouse on Segwine Island, (lat. 439 40i', long. 69° 42',) Cape EUzabeth bears W.S.W. f W. [^ff^.S.WJ] 7 leagues. This cape may be readily known by a pyramid of stone which stands upon it, of ^hich the lower half is painted white, and the upper half black. Its hewht is 50 feet, ai^d its summit 1S5 feet above the level of the jsea. To the w:estward of Cape Bliiabeth, near Richmond Isle^, is a windmill, which is the first w^ndmiU se^n on coming in from the eastward.-;,;- 7- \^,^~:fr^:,i^::^l,,:^,J^ At N. l** E. 4 miles from the pyramid, is a Lighthoute on Portland Point, buUt of stbtie, and' the total height of which is 85 feet above the sea; it is, of course, of the greatest utility on this coast. Its light is fixed. The sound or harbour of Portland iai buoyed, and the following directions are to be observed when suling in. (See the par* ^e^dr chart of the Harbour.) in coming from the south-westward, when within half a mile of Cape Elizabeth, the red buojf on Broad Cove Rock may be seen. This buoy bears N.N.E. from the pitch o^ the cape, distant one mile and a half, and lies in 24 feet of water.. When advanced to it, leafve it to the larboard, at half a cable's length, and steer N. by E. i E. «»« n^Et, IrhiiAf will carry you up to the white buoy on Truudy't Reef, lying in 16 feet ofiwalK)iiside»itiU ywttiometo House Island, theS.W. point of which bears north from '^e ug^tibpusei diitant nearly 2 miles. Before you are up with this island, the blacjt buiay on Spj:^ PoiHt, Ledge may be seen : it bears N.W. by W. from the S.yy. part of House Islftna^ distant hidf a mUe, and lies in 14 feet of water. When up with this baoy,.]ro^,^&S9 tiii^ town ;, and giving it a small berth, you mayhfiul lUjp N.W, for !^e wAite^^^ on i^^^\l>^^, '^^Jf^^^'^f^ V^ ^^ ^^vr w^tjer, , i^^sjdes Hhe above, there are also two small buoyalj^ng npoh twa ledges ii^ fPiite Mead ^Pa^ ^Kige, at the NiE; pail ofiBofig't Island :;:thia passage ie. narrow, ^ad seldom. »8f(d.W ^Wtg^ itc^sdsi By keepingmkiway betweenithoitwo btioysy!ithe3rtf0{.on>tb(e atat'hoafi^ " sK,'U?fion tbe!aybqard;v^h<7i^i:^sfe,-t^' ''^i| SOOTirBAV'i«ttfi«n««t'tiotM] tastmtdof 8heqisodtittverr ian<£unii«7^ruft oae; leasutf j e abpvejfad p as hi^h ait ourse north, B«T u>at rhthouse on .S.W. f W. stone which black. Its te westward NT, Iwilt of irse, of the Portland isi See tke pttr» zabetb, the the pitch ot advanced to i. oaeuiiki, t ofm&HSii ^vi^e»^ tt>9 wseatiindi^ ir4>8ide»,till yon5»^ 6'use l^sl^iia^ [com ^nng Iwajujptjb^ on the lar- ^:^ oni.DSQd.W ^.'StarboMid^ water. CAPE ELIZABETH TO CAPE ANNE. 1 f $ water. After passinj^ the buoys, keep midway in the passage, and run to the distance of'a niite/iwfaioH. wiU «arry ^ iAtBf^'M^^kme,l,>iHtam»M if you bad^aaied the, Capb Elizabeth is 4^ miles south ofSMi^'AfiMUfV^Hd' there is a Isdgd dalied the, Tfm^fdot Ltdge^'Vf Aldm't B^fih, boaring BuS^IS. 4 or 5,i)ailM ^f^ <^? oftpoV and abpnt aJ^aguesifiiStE. from the Ughtrhouiie.. IthwctQlyO c^.i^Q.fi^et of, .water pvei* ^t ; and^ iiji, Amgh'KMatbtrt itbe^ewbre^'Oniik. . .,-,■. mt:-','-- ■■ '.',.•. ., j ,.-[>';f '"Oh'thti'fdriJuhiU of 'PtfaTtAKtt there is an obBervatovyv'linxlitfwliichi byimeans bf>atde^) »d6pti',' *^«isds apprMWHing the coast, may be -disooyered at the dbtance of 16 ieiiguea,, Th^ir cdfonrs) or private signals, can be distinguished at 8 leagues, if the Weather be cldiJti^Atid ttii Colours hoisted or suspended in such a manner as to present tliem hix to. Ch^'<]fbserratory. '* Should any need assistance, and will set their ensign over their piii. v&M iii|pdials, their situation may be made known." The observatory is on an eminence, 141 feet above high water-mark ; the building- is Wfeet iHgh, paintedred, .and the telescope is placed near the top. It bears N.N.W. ^. W/i|bout 4 miles from Portland light-house; and these, in a line, are a good mark to c)cail Alden's Rock, at the distance of nearly three-quarters of a mile to the eastward. "lr.he various and intricate channels of Casco Bay and Quaheao Bay, between Port' taiftaiitid Kimnebec River, including Huitey't Sound, New Meadow** River, &Ci> are too* d^vidns'and too dangerous to be attempted without a pilot. The same remark applies t6 ul thist navigation which we have made upon George'e River, &c. in page 117.* ' ^'il *> i^l no flisj;oiit({;i?i sdJ mai'if- T'lS^-^^APi atiZABETH TO CAPE ANNE;;-JJ,£;^t:«i Tkoii Cape Elizabeth to Wood Island, on the south side of Saco Bay, the eeurse' iiAd^'stahcC arie about S.W. R^ miles; and thence to Cape Porpoide, SiW. 9 ilkilesi> The harbours formed by Wood Island and Cape Porpoise ai'e to be attempted idljilyiii^th* a pilot. The island is. high, woody, ^ ,ii ■ . , .h;lr^1i^*i^5;(I h-isl:"-..'! 'tH^'WHlTJS HILLS.— The White Hills are, as represented cw the chart, an iii^^nt land-mark to those ilppro^ching these coasts, as they may b^ seen tnany M'^^^ o9 it aich, likca bright cloud above the horizon, and when ni> other knd is;lft'kghf. ' TWy arc not only the highest lands in New Hampshire, but thd'hi^eet in theJp'fflt^^'St&^^si Being from 8000 to gOOO feet high; above the level of the seti. Ill Hdllwad's Surviey of this State, the centre of the hills is represented in latitude 44*^*S6' 40*, loiigitucle 71° 10* 30"^ ^nd the range extends true North and South, about 14 ^n^. From Portland the centre bears N.W. about 19 leagues, and firemfWood Island N.W. by N. (by compass) at nearly the same distance. ^i,'i »^!,i -'M'*.tt<**» »^»vj^ ■iVh.. iiii. ■ 7, uthere tie not a want of public spirit in'the Government of the State of Maine, we ahall not 'i)^ bitich longer without . charts of its coast, deserving of the name, accompanied with clear aad UtefiU tUrectUms. There seertis to have been no want of liberality in regard to Light-hmtsei, and we Mvy reasonably hope that, to increase the fitdlities of navigation, an accurate Survey of the Coast may who would cheerfully undertake the task, and execute it with fidehty. Indeed, the unfinished Surveys of Captain Holland, in Des Barres' Collection, might form a ground-work. These remarks are etiually applicable to other coasts of the Union as to those of the State of Maine ; bill; it is here that the defidency is most sensibly felt. „ !. V. ^y iii.-,tii> /-liMun; ... . i? /,u >, .yi, .' „. These s^» ^TheM hllla EiincaiMKn. wi 7 JCMSIWf 1! „ , B ;and two buildinra are Greeted niear it, the one.for a dwelling, and the other for, an 'ml^ibu^e^' 'Tpe,^lQwb^ ^i^bldh is fixed, is 92 feet above the level of the sea, andmay'b^ se'c^n frp^ip dWc^ of 6 leagues. A ledge of rocks lie at a mile north from the island, of wl!iichv'%eware. i^TlMM is .also a reef, bearing E:9.E. one league frdm tibeiifIafid^OVe^#hii)hltb«i^are OBly4feet at low water, and from which Agamenticus HiHa' b«ar M'.W.^'I'Ni 'k^.'fUk xdis^vlce of about 5 leagues. ■-'''' -'-"'^^^ ^v,^\^^h'Aiiio ^'luod-uwl ^^ilp^tTjSMOUTH HARBOUR, the chief port of New Hampebirt*! isi /ajftfthiaie i||jof^ars of the State of Maine. Its entrance, in latituder43^,srapd'lo9gitHde7lQ^^» IS distinguisbed by a light-home, standing on Fort Point, the N.E> point wtOMAt Island, unon the western side. Here a fixed light is exhibited^, at 85 feet ^abovj^ the l^r'of Uie sieL Off the entrance of this harbour, at three miles south ^rbm the light- ltmae,~iafA one. mile from the nearest shore, is a small reef, of 2 and 3 fathpms, edited %n^ 'i^ii^Siyit jShoal: and, at five miles S.E. by S. is the groupe o^ i^ets a|na, r^^s 'Ibalred the' Isles of Shoals, which now have a good light-house. ' ^^ ■ ,' ^ .' ,^;.^^^ The Isles of Shoals, with the reefs about themj occupy an extent of 3, miles from I'if.^.B.I to S.S.W, There are seven isles, the names o" ^^'s'lsle, liog. Smutty Nose, Cedar, Star, Londoner's ioumj^nt 9f the last is the lisbt-house, the light of which is elevated 6/ feet^il|>b^ Ibikltiv^I of high water; the lantern contains lo patent lamps, wi^h refi^ctdrs^ bnk i^voKiii|ir triJEu^gle, whiph will make one complete revolution in.thifee iji^ii^i^KS ,aii4[it ng on one side a bright red light, on another side a &/ue^ a^,^^ '^t^^ ^^i '' '^r>MatfkWg^%ni9y be distinctly seen, for about 50 seconds^ at;itfa|» diiMapp^/0J^{piD« jf^s,;ifbi9 light will be wholly eclipsed, for about 10 seconds, betyNMn.ieiBf)» AAh^m^S .^^nif^t distance the light will not entirely disappear in clear veatb^f jiibttfUtaHtog .1^ {nfi4im%Hthe greatest power of light will be to theleast aa40toil,rji(i]E^«)'.b|9iii^* m m^Mfltl* Sgbt will be first discovered in clear weather, at .tb« dl|tanfllhi9f W09^ ffiiWf Wf^cAn and, on approaching, the red and blue in 9uccc»sian..j uTh^bl|g)M^Jjg)l|t may be seen two or three miles farther than the ^ed^iimd;^ thfi l«d; SAOU^cJ^^rMMP A bell of 8001b. weight is suspended in tbe'tower of th0 ligbt^kqu!W»iWl4ldi.'^iJI|>>|>e kept tolling by machinery at the rate of about ten strokes in a minute, by night and dB^j'wikntifer ftom fog, er any dther' cause> tB*%l«*Sr11^hiiiiy'(Jamftt^lfe^TOeA at temtiflMir MiUes distal^: atwhi<;h dista^ftli¥;'it>'i?neariyW"ai ihltb«li^are ?.h(ii/r 11/) K /.«||p|j,!yie it qfiiOwftt t ,al)ov|^ the >m9, c^nea miles from to S.,''are P. (M'tti ieet)\4|>^ ;tors, bn *■ y^^ .HiJ^iJfe%/^RifTi^|.pi(r 5 'iniKf ot Igl^Oieftt ft (A nieht and 6^AMat ji^ftlaHlM li'titejb ■'i • w%icn ir, leai' : iibdl less Jikyknh )].j owl 9I£ Star iie']^'ie%tf fAj'w N;W'.lo;«i:ifi: tH 'ffla«J,TtS&t% t«fe'.tiil?i"We ^J>or 6f khtii'bimdiW^'lli' otily iSffeit high ; butth«ic« to the top of the steeple, which stands on the middle of it, is 30 feet more ; and the whole iil^g^, ffff^m tlm mthQp pf> the w^ler„ . m i«^t ,0^ foet, iBeing palatvdnrkite^ il may ,)>e f^i frsM IS :dii|tanc« of 8 pr Q, M«flu««- It ^mm from ,Tluit«b4r'» lilatad UffUi, ^.<0«^lAM|nfti (h^r«fi^tf)rjpotic^,).N„i&,,i}i4t|init,7l9a|mefs fmrnNembttry ffortlttbt. house, "N.E. i E. distant *\ leagues ; frdm Portsmouth Lighthouse, S.S.E« 4 £. jy^ai * «a(ilits&du)ilt;itherebre, have a good berth when passing. There is also a rock, bM#Mn <^ti^MMiJI and Londoner's Island, bearing from the Meeting-house N.W. by W tw ^dtmiitoae'thirdofamile. ' t f ; caWe's length. an islet which lies to the eastward of Star Island, at the distance of » > 1/ . o ^^ ^ "^^^ ^"*^ ^^® ^'^' ®"^ °' ^^^^ '^'^ '" ^ ''^^f* uncovered at )ialf-tide, which bears E.S.E. ^ E. from the Meeting-house on Star I^and. ntJ^fin^fy Nqm itiand is nearly a mile in length from east to west, and half a cables liepgth broad. It may be Icnown by a windmill on its north side. At the west end is a harbour, called Haley** Cove, where fifteen or twenty small vessels may lie safely in all winds. There are several buildings near this place. Between the island aqd Hog 'Mawdi which lies to the northward, there is sufficient depth of water for any vei^tft, by k^pittg nearly in mid-channel ; but there are reefs on each side. The east ei^d m 6mkVy Nose Island bears from the Meeting-house E.N.E. nearly half a mile. ^ ''^''"^ ^' puch.Jtland is the northernmost of the Isles of Shoals. It is low and rocky, '^tjnp pairts are covered at high water, with rocks projecting in every direction, and tq thf '^tancei of half a mile. It is the most dangerous of the Isles of Shoals, and must Of cauttottsly avoided. Its west end bears from the Meeting-house nearly N. by E.}B.. a mile and three-quarters distant. In wiling from the S.W. for Pobtsmouth, having made the Lighthouses of Cape ^nne, in latitude 49^37', and being to the eastward of the Salvaget, which lie to the iiori^vw^ of that cape, bring the Salvages to bear S. by E. and steer N. by W. or N. f W., on which course you will make the Isles of Shoals, and may thence take a ncy!f . depan^e. Bring the Lighthouse on White Isle S.S.E., and then run N.ISr,\V^.j 1^1^ shoiuld tbe wind come to the northward, and you are obliged to turn into Pertil^ inouth,' take care to avoid the Gun-boat Reef, and stand to the westward no fartber tb^a to bring Portsmouth Light to bear N. by W., imtil you arrive within Odiorne^ iPoint, Oli'th^' west side of the entrance ; and, when standing to the eastward, yoU'lboilild tkck «V'MiiMl VMct Mnds. Ill' standing to the eastward, be likewise cautious of KitfieRoekt^iutA tttb l^M'rJIttcJIf;' which lie to the southward, vnithin three-quarters of a railefNMtt W(^ J«1IMid;^nda)*eotiteredathalf-lide. . <^ i^gs rif«'from 10 to 13 f,!'ilElS iiO(;T^.' ..'.jii /.i;i..- -ili.c .)iTt ao u;;)l.i i>a»i ,/j.Mki. > i. '., .'.., i, -r .,,,; ,:.»' jr\i^ Onm * PUHii liUmdii ^ilssUA !^t«s;s«ft&e aoadf ofJ!M>-7i»isc£ ^ffiv^r, on^thc nurth, and ^miwitMi onifte«Mith»iaiadas'>: B Port thal^lide. -■^■•^ "- (''"\ Harbour the Tide flows, on full and chaii^e d&^l'at'^lf ill {fe«t; neap8j6co7feet. t lIodA ■■ .,^i.- . .,■ ■ .. . ■ ■■ ■■ . , ■, ^' ■'"■■'■ •■;■'>! ISfi MQuiTBuiur ivimr. li tHif« V**^ frMnl^ 'BiB.^•lldk«tear NiWi i^ilsilguu, ^Mteh UriU^l^iiid to Nowburf Banxw : i'.>Anin\ ilti'm jHt u dj.- j tit.kivv u.j ';»i>.i oi -ici>io • '•'i "{ •"II I" ■ .fi- I i i ii' » i n -ntr M t M >•> ( i n I ( M > ' fniwi i . ^ x tn ..K vd '// i^.iff o! •P^jflWlMif. thh birfMas jJrobaWjr fceeri jbWled by the wnfeHtW tKfc Hy«f,' in ff« jA'dgMlwAlft, «MMMg' JilJighta,,to<8ii/jiif4ry Btftch. The channel orevit lU oxtwmoljt nnrrAM(„9nAiMrnu- nat«4 on «ach ^idfi by vcrydangaro^tahoaU ; thatou the north. i(al^t^« N*rfif PM9oJ^t 9'4\^^ OP -tlie sciut^^ |:he Sfifith Breaker. The light-house* are alyrays sp itluatfiqi M to .D^'/t'^/S^Ll range by the marttier cbnbing over tlie bdr ; and, as I The light-house* are alyrays sp stluatc^ M to M'oiougja . age by tbe marltier c6tning over the bdr ; and, as by the violence of winds or Hd'es, the bar I tH^Dght-liodits are shifted to confonb to it. By lieeping the lights in one, VeMelB'May,'by dky/Ar yriglM" comeitt with sai^y, and find good anchorage, in 4 or 5 fhdioms olK «mte«^MaMrMMv fiie £a'st, with a hand pointing to the hut ; ,, , ■ :^ 2900 Faces, or about 1^ mile south, from this is the second hut, with a sinular beacohji aiipui 490 p4p.e|i$.E., pointing to it . i , i..' ^ 1700 ,1'aces, or about one mile, south from this, is a third, with n beacon, bearing Ea;^^,,pfiO popes '^QOO t'aces, or about three miles, south of this, is a house, occupied by Mr. Spillerj anci family, which IS about one mile from tbe south end of the island; and about West on? niiie fro^i the south fnd of the island are two other houses, with families. ' \i>.iii;.: i These huts, together with the other Itouses mentioned, form a xhain from one Extremity of ibp inland to the other. The unfortunate mariner, wliose fate may wr^ck him on this shore, can, by no^fi^gthe point of compass from which the vv^ndblows at. tlie time oifijhis being nrrecl^od, ,be K(^Terne<^^, M|di^ ai^ coinpell(;d> if they can choose their place to go on shore, would do well to avoid them, bv striiung the beach more iiprtherlj. ^ It rarely happens thftanv life is lost^pn this he^h.matten^ting to escape from the .w'^l^ when the crew jrema^n on board tjQ low tide* , U^ess the vessel is in imnunent cjuiger «yf going >M> pieces immediately, the seamen shoul(^ii|ever^f^^^t9 their bpat,,, .,,,,,-,,, ,.. :,.a ;., y m',i.ii If •■«l^ry KDW^URViiVoaiEi tv: i§^ sourae to the bar would lead to the north breaker: you ■nst^th«r(A>n^ lNr49ffi|tbeiligl4> to bear W. by S., and anchor in 1 1 or 19 fathoms of water, should the tide not permit ypu tQ Mil in. No vessel ,goipg in should appKWPt^ thfi wtith >re^er nearer ,tbfn |ii 7 latboioa; on nearer the north. biwAker. in ouoiiog. £roiA the eastward, than, 9 fatboins. BUots aNK aluNiya ready witen the weather willpennit them to go out.; but, if lb ' eannot get out, yon must keep the two lights in a line, and run for them until wilibii, I tcJablyii length of the eastern light^ when you must haul to the westward, and ahehor 'l^tiiri^ii the two lights. In 4 fathoms ; * or you may bring the western lightTiotise lS.6. lif^M-, and run N.W. ^y N. for Salisbury Point : f but, so soon as you m^e that p0\riU y«timust haul up N.W., which will cairy you clear of Badger'* Olack Rocks and the Hump Sands. ' <' "Across the channel, from the Hump Sands to Black Rock Creek, lie seven or eight p^^jra, on, which are from 7 to 2\ feet at low water: they were sunk in the year 1776> W>d iitiU remain. The mark to pass between them is, to bring the beacon at the west end of the town over the south corner of the North Meetiug-house. "'^ The Hump Sandt lie S.W. from Salisbury Point, which renders the channel very iiarrow and diflScult to strangers. The Badger Rock* bear N.W. I N. from the light- houses, distant half a mile : they are covered at two-thirds flood, and are to be left qp the starboard hand, when going m. The Black Bockt, which are always dry, lie thces- quarters of a mile N.W. from the light-houses : these, also, must be left on the star- board hand. The Hulf-tide Roctu bear W. by S.^S. from the Dlack Rocks, at thie distance of 1 ^ mile ; they are uncovered at half-tide, and have a buoy on th^ra, Wl^cti is to be left on the larboard side. Besides these there are the North Bocbi, whicnL^^ra seen only at very low tides, and which bear W. by S. from the Black Rocka, ifram woiigrn they are 1^ mile distant; there is a buoy on them, which is to be left on the starhoAiid hand ; the channel lying between these and the Half-tide Rocks. When you paais<4h(B Black Rocks, a W. by S. ^S. course will bring you into the channel-way and goo^iiu^ chorage; and, even in night or dark weather, when you judge yourself at f||>0^t^|^^j'j|l mile from the Black Rocks, you may anchor in safety. <„\^, ., i- It is alwayti dangerous to run for this port in a gale of easterly wind. ■>■'■'• ' The signals fur vessels, when in sight, and supposed to be bound for Newbury Port, at the time when the sea is so great on the bar that pilots cannot get out to their assist- ance, are bs follow : <; •»,« H'f^■.^y f^i '-r'Vjtiffult - — I . I ' '."'; ^■^.■ll '.li' i\\\ii * A vessel Uiat draws ten feet of water may come in at tn;o-thirds flood. They should always observe to keen to the windward of the bar, unless the wind should be fair. If the sea is no> gi^eft as to prevent the pilot's getting over, a signal will be made by him, when you must run dir^t nr his boat, keeping the lights in range, which will carry you safe over. f In a course nearly North from the light-houses on Plum Island, and about half a jn^le dtstjiVit', across the liiouih of Merr'ma'-k River, is the southern extremity of Sdlishury Beach', i^llHiifyis-^ hiryPoM. Prbm this point n sand-beach extends on the verge of the ocean, withont i(h ihlji^t' <» in^rruption of any consequence, undl it reaches Hampton River. This beach is coiiiiect^^''^™ iSk iham land by a salt-marsh, of considerable extent, mtersected by a variety of small rivulets and creeks, which render it impossible for a shipwrecked mariner to reach the inhabited parts.oft^lajtu^ biiti^ Here; too, the hapless seaman is sometimes desdncd to suffer the misfortunes of shipwriecV;, and to reach a desolate and inhospitable shore, only to aggravate the horrors of his death, 'tf he ck'A d^ialH'iJicf fl^st and wished-for object in evading the jaws of the angry ocean, he yet findk!hiin- y^lfa sblitfti^' Wanderer oh the coast, without shelter, and without sustenance; and, m his IVuitle^S search for them, must inevitably perish. As the N.E. storms are generally most fatal to vesselsoii this part of the coast, Salisbury Beach is not so ollen a place of shipwreck as Plum Ufand. Bfii, to gdanl agaiilist a possibility of accI4enf, which must sometimes happen to th^ t^skilful or inexp^H- enced navigator, the Marine Sodiety'ierected a hut, similar to those on Plum Island. Here theV deposited every thing necessary fbr the relief of such as might need it, and were at the pains ana e!itpeAse frequently to inspect It, and i-eneW tlieir gerierosity by replenishing it : but this has shai^ed the same fate with those on Plum Ishm; n6t so much, however, from the insufficiency of its fotin- dation, or the violence of the winds, ^s froijii th^ wantonness of individuals and companies, who frt»](uent thid spot, in the warm season, dh pjirtitis of pleasure. The Merrimack Humane Society have extended their benevolent views to this part of the coast, apd have erected a hut about thi^e- quarters of B mile north from B^ocA; i^ocftj, so called, and about 150 paces from the sea-shore. This hut will be maintained in commodious : iliay be so untbrtutiate as to need its iklH^furtdsrftlie Brtclety, andthe , ^ veniently furnished and prsvided for the sadie laudable purpose.' n When \W ANN^8* AiiffA M«l«r, owbig to iMulBdeney of the tide, a tvd «7tuirf yfsj' willlbe boltted up, with a penduat uudcv When the usual signaUfaJr i^Mi Wll('l^>t«ll|l,iky '^MlAeVwAiSk lay off and on, without theibafr Jf^Bi"£itO'J7in 1 . ,i \i„.. ii()jn<)I When there Is a proper time for a vettel to come in over Che Mr, Airiti|*th(i nlght^^ two I&nterns will be hoisted, one at the top of the flag^staff, and the othev faalfrmtuit high' l^e vessel must then lay off and on at the bar until a Hght is made in the eaetenS' l!gnMi6|uae, at a window about 8 feet below the lantern. The vessel may then oomle oye^ the bar, keeping the lights in aline; and, when she gets abreast of the uppe^ Bghtj'the^e is good anchorage. "" ' •• u. , ),!/.// t •■.'■■<.■ The signal for veitett in dittreat ia a white square flag, witli a'I6lh'^'of bft)!ll^(Ifefm«i^ Mjibut 8.W;^7 W. 3^ miles. In running from Halbert Point, be cautkrtid 6tRmi'C&^S £e4;«;'Whfeh shews itself until nearly high water, and bears from SbliftM ll^tiV^N.'ii^rlS^. a little northerly, about five-eighths of a mile. Passing this ledge, y^Hieiltii'l^tfifgimt^ ^vib^(iwlbiolka» deep, and a long point of land called Davis's Necl^pn yf^pi; il^oard maW Whto'Vp^ivltb this neck, haul 8.W. or S.W. by W. lor $quAm(Bafl,,„j|g|8^9g into this harbour, bring the light to bear due south, when at the ilietctinae Rf^Ri^JiMSvf^^ the ifir dti f'.tiin ymm^^mm^'^m^n. ,.,!,.,•.' ,!.).■.!./,„..,. ...j,,. -.,.,,,.■. Itm&the Vghfirjiow9ta*»oQ)»^m tborQJw.ti wffififstrd^tg.feRjWsMs.j^oi^ m)?*5i TOW may then run as aboveHikee»d.',iii -ioid/f ■xu The Salvagea, before-raejijaQned, qsm JjKuM.Iialbert. Point E.S.E. 9^ miles disVant; and from Cape Anne light-|>^se{y ^;^^ic^^ st^^n^^ Thatcher'a Island, N. by E. 3 miles. Btflnveen them and Cape Anne tnerie is' a passage. ' ' ' " ' r.J// CAPE ■uij 6a run Th| m atoj , tin; f.'jli 1*7/ CiAFJS. /9AB1dkJ». OAF^NfiORy'^^vi/, j^niwo (Tito'w 4\>t»\ i « uiil MiiJ f>vi) 1-)^ it>n/i.Ki ftiii' ... , - ■ . lit nil »li» iftrnoo fa»»9>y# Ifllfft ' I'M-r I lilt', ,Yl iuoiUu. ,,... :.,u. fi,> /Kl iP>l»YllOUIT^,"|M>aTfilN,; !««[ »IS«*i«,;Ciif«Ad»W*m 0«p8.Cfl4 tji^coww »nd|^^,Unce w*y,W^S ibout 70 leagues: in ■teeriqg tliii obMW,,yQ^ wUIj^bm i^PQUf )3 "*NJWw'ftj?.fr**" fBrdj^f^ (Jgthe'f Ledge, of which the fullowiwg it a (J«sonpt!op, communwAcea tty tk nbout aBrd,of, Qaihe't Ledge, of wli [akYerbrili* l(fiyV«ty'i «loop BMVor. ^ijClAMiE'll.JL^DlOjB^-n^f I Vwk «^ 4«P«rture from Th«tchei^i'lliltin'd'^'ii|e"^i of Cape Anne. The island bore nurth from me, distant 3. mileti. I'^rom chlB b ' 1. 1 N., with a fair wind, 65 mites, and fell in with the hank whet«' Ledge is, about 2 lieiaffues to the northward of the shoal, in OO fMioms of water) 'ihe soundings were a hard black clay. This bank extends from north to south 7 leWttM^ tfhcFANJui east to west fl leagues. In the nuddle of the bank is the shoal mcntioae4^'.its length and breadth are about half a mile. It is rooiiv, and its soundincs rery irr«^lar« h«ti|ig from 10 to 4 fathoms of water in the length of a boat. You will have 17 fathoms Qf, water within a cable's length of it, deepening, as you stand from it, to 96 fatl^>mR. As you approach tlie bank, you sound in from 60 to S5 fathoms, brown sand, wiU^ black stones and broken shells \ then, in 30 fathoms, it grows rocky. The curren|^,9J^ the ledge i» exceedingly rapid and unaccountable, if the wind blows strongty, ajQiy vessel would fouader, lUthough she should not strike on it. The situation of the.Ie^' ' ' by fpwr days' gpod observation, is latitude 43° 1', longitude 6g° 6'. On the 8hda| part are only 12 feet at low water." .■KlJl 1% hap since beefxsiud, by Mr. Backhouse, master of His Mtyesty's ship ^^t Cube's Bank extends north and south 7 leagues ; the shoalest part beinj^^ gsAtro, extending a quarter of a mile each way. The ledge, he observes, to^'i ape Anne, E. 4 N. 34 leagues, the shoalest part being in the latitude above-Uei ** You will have," he adds, " on this part from 10 to 4 fathoms, very irregulkr'i fi^gs, all rocky bottom. The currant shifts all round the compass every hour/ iuiidri^uui it the rftte of two miles an hour." <[,-,„, •^t OEOHOE'8 BANK.— The shoal-ground*, upon this bank have heretofore been tjbr oii^ ioots "uf 1 much discussion, without any satisfactory result. Having been imperfectly known, they have been described erroneously, both in charts and books. The followmg d«H«;iptji^lK is« therefora, particularly valuable. It is the copy of a Report, rolative to thfr9tw.!* v,nh(i . \m&m\ m\i olni \i^il^i VA °" F^'^^ ^ ^^^ greatest danger, is the most southerly aiid'^e^^rl) ««' 1 I (|;qip)Mi^|^«r,{iV'if|:^- tl^, i^, c^^ siand-spits. Very narrow, i^ %attiQe wiwhot a narrow vefselwlU'^')^^ several fathoms difference in the dfepKo^OT ]ti^«;(e^l, 't'he.gener^ range Of '^It^sjittsiji ^om' SiE. to N.W. As the^ are iii'o u^. iUM is'I^ f 2 lMul i hli^ no dookt tiMU th«'iMittr'tlMfr« wu ■till sboftler, and that wo ahoula have teca the aand, had it wit bcra for heavy im. Thnbrc^^JV were lupb, uvleu it w and extent of thein, could be accompMbid mthoiA fii^ Mk. '",,'' " ** B«d not tlie le* been very amooth, and «t high water* we ihovld not have W^fitfltt)* t^^»ve gotten on v^here we found 3 feet, reducing it to low water. The prevni^ii^g fi^ifif^ waa to the caatward ; and I hay« no doabt but that thia place would have been kff^ ^ihvKf poptinuance of an offnihore wind.* i , , , '/^^ I think there are no roclca about the aboala. We had one cast on the ft.Wi atdt^ which indicated roclcy bottom, in 15 fathoma ; but I believe it to have been aoine ahiarp •tone that the lend.ilxiiok on, although I have marked it according to the appcaraniv to the Chart. ,,';".,':;■ T. ■ ,/, M The centre of the northern ahoal ia in latitude 41° 53' ao" and longitude 67^ 43f, Ifc .extends eaat and weat about four milea. The ahoa* 'st part having 6 fathoms, is very narrow and compoaed of hard aand. But there is not more than 13 fathoms of wtterfop tbcee aoUes south of the above latitude. On the north side, at two cables' length from the ahoal, the aloop dropped into 33 fathoms. The brealcers on this shoal are very luHvy, and when there should be a sutRcient aea to endanger a vessel, they might b^ aeen-'Some miles, and heard at a very considerable distance ; and, as the a^ltoalest part is not moro ^ap a>'''t)j ' ■ I- ,,;f'The. above-described sboalu, I am confident, are all which are on Georgefs Bank. Tlv9ir pps^tloQi and sixes may be relied on, as well as the places of the Houndiogft wbich J|]lMiJrb,lai4 dowji in the Chart. They were ascertained by a vast number of oeleatial observations, taken with good and well-adjusted instruments, on board thetweitvessfds, and very carefully and faithfully calculated. The rates of the clvii;Qnom^ter9.,iyer.ei found by a transit instrument previously to sailing ft-om Boston, and after our ^etaim^j Ap4tJ?ll tjv^pbsi^rVal^hs re-calculated for the small variation which appeared,,,, jj b.illitii(yl) joa •*.^ M anchor, in different places, and on different days we determined thttct^aadl titrengiih ,of the tides, and, as nearly as possible, their rise and fall. The rise ofithetn U fi:»mr one to O'Ue and a half fathom. They set round the compass every i^de^' setting S.E. nearly at full moon, and running from one to four knots per hour, aba nlile** diiitance from the breakers. The mean rate, however, is materiiaUy varied, W th^ <*irind8. • o^Tbey set strongest at W.8.W. and B.N.E., and which is, undoubtedly, tike stt^ngth of the flood and ebb. From these causes and variety in the tides, arines a principal danger in approaching the shoals. When under weigh.about the shoals, in a few hburs* time, we found ourselves drifted far out of our ceoknung; and t» ascertain' our dtua^' %ns $»r)^^n bftth vessels were under we^|), >ve. t9ok cpqi^vied obgenrati^ns, M the Iim^itude ^yt the chro^pn^etj^ra, and a^ thej»^)n|? ,t^p\e dpull^ a|titvidff for.t|ifl.lati^4ffi'} ly^f^tf^liler were-palcnlalied by IPrn^ua' nJ^jy ^4 (^^ts^ «>fi^)>P^ .B;f ^wwg ifflrihp, ; h: " 11 — ■ < »!■ * < "I — n-' — r f i T f l . n 'tt f vi! < ; t i •. ril" m hS .-'lit , II i ' , .fAikaaae remarks which he has made on the " Shoal Ground of St. George'* Ban)t, Mr^iUffk- wbod'Wyd, The pilot of. the Bulwark declared, in the m-psence of Captain Milne, myself, and others, that he had landed on the ^heal part of George's Bank, and that he believed it dried for at least six miles, and was composed of fine sand. Many of the Cape Cod nshermen assert >tuu'' thbfHaWis^M'thp'ijuilS ti^fe'bh ity'tfrhilfi' dA|i'i piiiijftW^eiy Iri^^ danger «ja»ls.in thAe*^' andtr««i(ttra/t«iifefedty'Atf'M*hVrtih:i^^ the uneven jgroupd.^i , J^ hl./o- Jonfl i\/t set oeoaoEViDAcrKk 1£7 Mil bf tUN|« M 4Mmlftbti4 M «Mhai^i lto«b«*«albM/nid'fOolMMliiff* 'igrt^ Vtery DMtflyv'M' that tbtilalHutlo cuiA itti^itede ofievery ■ — n J Uig plaMd owik* Chait am^ MflouldMrbf t1^^'V^«kf^>tlmpomn()', and longitude 68° S', there are 49 fathoms, sand and fi'i^,'^ thi^ v»^tem edg«'t>f the bank. I'he water tb«n shoal^ht filst. to' thb t^tth- Wtm Wmthoa, in htftdde 41 HO', and longitude 61'* »«', on the south sii}e w sand; to the North, black and white sand; to the N.E. chiefly gravel and peb- bles ; to the East, fine white and yellow sand ; and in latitude 41° 57' N., and longitude 60° 40' W. some white moss ; to the S.E. fine white and yoUow sand; to the South, generally white sand. As the shoals are approached, in whatever direction, the soutid« inga become coarse, and are freauently mixed with shells of different kiqds. I^ear the siioal, much of the bottom is pebbles ; and to the East of the largest and dangerous sh6al, there are stones of the size of hen's eggs, with moss and sponge on some of thep). Near the S.E. point are 13 to SO fathoms : a prevuling character of the soundings is green shells, and chiefly of the species usually called sea-eggs. If a vessel be far cnottgh South to avoid danger, she will have no shells. The quality of the sounding^, as'iftut as we were able to survey the bank, will be best understood from the Chltft] where they have been carefully rated. ' ^ the time and Weather prevented making a complete survey of all parts of the bani', Aftaiilthon^h we ascertcdned the boundaries of it to the westward and northward, I hf^Ve not delineated it on the Chart, being unwilling to boiTOw any thing from Charts whiiHi disagreed so etsentially, and which we found very incorrect in the most nikatievlal points. Of tneishoals thetnselves, I do not believe a more perfect survey can be made ; unklfS, ih a asini time; the main shoal could be penetrated. This, however, does not seeitl to' be ah; object^ as no vessel would be safe in passing over it. ''"'Thi^ reports that rocks have been seen on the shoals are undoubtedly incorrect^ Ha^thei'e been any there, we could not have failed of discovering them. At the West part of the bank, in strong tide rips, we saw large quantities of kelp and seaxweedi whisb^ at a distance, had the appearance of rocks ; but, on sounding, w« found good water, and a regular and dear bottom. ' > * " It will bf seen, by the bqttom, that the holding ground is not good. Biit the vesselk^ emiillojhefd'ia tbe survey,, by h^ng a Ib'ng sbope of cable, rode out a considerable ,gi^d of'tvlna, fbr t^nty^wo houiii, bW tlid ks&t side of the mirin Shbat, and to the Wlndi^iJ^d of it. At this time the sea broke very high, in 10 fathoms of water. n^tAt, W/i..' 1 lflo< -''i '♦i' I'liiJO-iO fi.iofif'. " JiiJ no aLnni ■mn gil dnirt.v (jiiiin « 't'V'1\hU ic vt't h'jnb,ii .l)3'';iil t'i .«! 'i ni 1 ' I' mH » .'. » ^ i u i '' ' ' " mm Inm t n ' nii w t iytlnini hiM Aii icdi yA^fiut '* «• It may be worthy of remafk that,' at 01!^ cast of ths l^ad, on ejcanunlhe the amung^ T fotuil dificitWrdBTaicksand, one-third white, andone-,Uwdj;rfyf|,,^h^,,Jir^^^JlJ»dp9t diiiasiepMons as they could have been'draWn." . ...n^ »> ■ .. . Mr. Back- /IJ28 ..'>jeAPS)XaB ATO BIVABOUTH. .1 KxlMr. Baokhiififf jayv.*" The &S&i|itttV>fi«€MAlffa[<^« SaaksUfl» iiril»litii^41 I Should jro» Cdl <<^ i mdte itoi tb& eattiiMirdi > jron iitnU d«tii«iFjyoui« >watep to.'tiO' or 79 Irithbms, c6ane aandtji N.E. jo^uWe theAM>iHililoadijya*linlaHiiqiE«i^rto«inluidsi8h ; biiilM'LighUiduMi, eb tbeNov*'Sc(>tifttC9Mt^' - '>''" '''>!) i>'-'>ii :)'!' n" '-'->''>' ir-oi 'CAPE COD 'to PLYMOVTH.^0kpii Kiaa is ilistiiJilKMsbea'b^ th4 ll^th^s^Ui^ scribed li«Wtifitbr, aw! tti^ c^oonM^ froih thel eittr*Uity df th^'dkfa^'t^ nvibw^ is W. )S. diatilftt 6 leagues. Thn liarbour may bi^iAoWb %^ a^^(MmI''HuiiittikJi&f/ m on its northern side, called the Gurnet', upon which two lights are established i'^cit 'Am southern side by a double high land, call^ tkeMonumetit. .;Tbe/MDMa|idUI'«idi is fiaUof ahoals and qtncksands, which dry in seref id place* ; but^ on ,tfae Gurnet^ or iNovtll mdg, there, is a fair channel, in which you may ride- safely with any wind hot aa e^Mtariy oncb But, should an eauterly wind happen to blow so bard as to force yau frdttk.ybidr anchor, you must run further up the harbour, and anchor within the 8an^.i8litnd<4aiHM| Brown't Itland. , ,,.„:.,•.,.>,,„;.««•> «i ;, The DiBBCTioNS for Plymouth Habbovr, as givenby American,' pilots^are as ft|l)«iW;nm t vThe harbour of Plymouth is edacious, but shallow; and is formed by a kogand narrow neck of land, called Sakhoute Beach, extending southerly from ManJ^Ui^ aud terminating at the Gurnet Head ; and by a smaller beach within^ running in :aU abpo^ site direction, and connected with the main land near Eel River, about three miles ffbm the town. The lighthouses on the Gurnet are about 86 feet above the sinrfacciofiliie ae^ 1$ feet apart, containing yirecf lights, and are so situated* i^t. 't]^y^|94f|p^tv^^ ^roughrtin aline to the northward, unless to those on shore.* ;/ ,,< ^)/ y'\^-^ '/; y; yjf'yom these lights the high land of the Monument bears S. J W. 3 miles r Motafunaafe Point, 8.S.E. 2 leagues ; Saqnash Head, W. ^ S. 3 miles ; the easternmost part pf Brown's Island or Shoal, which dries S. S.W. one and one-third of a mile j. and the, gur- net Rock, E. by S. f S. one-third of a mile : on this rock are but 3 feet at low water, at «idch time all the soundings here mentioned were taken. : . ; i c •^*'The Oamef bears from the Race Point of Cape CodW. }S. about 6 leagues. Id ^iTticeeffing for Plymouth, so soon as you have shut in the sandy hill vnth the Otmick' n^ad, you will be clear of the Gurnet Rock ; after which you must be cautious of haul- ing close to the head, as there are many sunken rocks at some distance from shbr^. When you have brought Saquash Head to bear W. by N., you may steer .VV^, by 9.; au^r if bound to Plymouth, you must keep that course towards a large red olifiT pni,p^ maiBA which is a very g^d mark for leading clear of DicVe Flat : ycm m^I tb^p^ aiJp,|j^,ppiQt as you edge away to the southward, until you have shut m j^^^light^ ^(i^em you jnaw aucbor in 3 or 4 fathoms ; but the channel is very naiTOW, iiav^i^^^^tlii^gj^ui^ ^mt,m the way to Plymouth, except this small channel, which ruj)sp|ose'j^^ ^Wmk ofmhd, and in which you will have 4 or 5 fathoms close to the saudy Jj<(?»t>?fL f nutjjjn If bvvind into the Cow-Yard, tX IkUdPttie MliscleBank; observing 1 qii^^ He^d, until you have opened ^ „... .^ ^^^ar bf the Muscle Bank, and may steet'N.W, until ydti have In turning into Plymouth, you should not stand i;Q thi^ Boi^)iwdr4 m|p lesa fathoms, as it runs flat a long way off from the Gurnet Head io Saquasn'; and off qotn tti6 heads a point of rocks extend to a considerabte distaoee from shonre^ itna^ bf Wpch iure nearly uncovered at low ehbs. There is shoal 'wMir vlfld all the Way fromlSiil^uh' to the Muscle Bank ; so that you should not stand into less depth than that above men- licHifid; s^d, in standing towards the sands to the Southward, you 9hoi)l^.tuk.^ 4 Mpms» AS it is steeprto, and you Rkay db^^ire W0 t^tjf, u4^ # Wateic I)e i^iy «^i|nm|^7 The shoal extends from abreast of the lights to Be^ .'ioj -.jii' •ii-..,'ni;V":. ,ir5U'.iiws -dA't 'j^ »fitittb the sMthwaird theMi li|bt«Mtty M too(igkthi>iMe^»i(diie«|l^ea«i •iitn^ifif Bank. On Salthoute Beach stands one of the huts erected by the Humane Society W'tjtrtMgilltg MiBrtef ti» Kfiic#p(&9A of fbip^re«ked,|aaJwpf;rsK,c,>VbeKa U^J^acb in^^ jwoffi h»/w;tV;jyh|ch exposes the shipping, even at the wharfs, dunng an easterly storm. — Am. Cvatt Pilot, ^i, nvpt^t ..«mr' ' I» BIVMOVSB^ OaAODXCni/v&C. 8^129 hmfyWinS»»ifi!iamitkK teaO/ilttM »/^A^d«UiiD|rJiu^,i96(i ihuit4K>te«|i«i»ItlifliMl€herii iJUgjIt^tdKtkfrMnistjvani; ftatyiwep.lblinfcR^Mdh*JHiU»aDk-7 ^^m»iam5,hAb6tmk,i.hf>t}mfmstdtiiwmtii^mfihf,'BtSvi^ UOkd or IMiMlvJbte^iif-iHat leouiMejUDttt jrouiaver«vJ|Mii Half aofiUeie#thei6dira)A'Head,!)or!tt«lars whi9ivl;^u wiUJluire 4nitc4'l«ldiooiBf -SaqilaBhi Headi)«nll'itheB ibeiiit- Wi' by N/k iittleinorthsviy, «nd>l0lit «#o outermost trees on the head be in one; vili4itt'f»w^iaMf''^i»9i^^liic^ §9P^d^i■^n!^f6vi ei aiaidd»9iifii Ml itt to i^ «outKtira#d bf firov^t I^rid'iaii SkcAli ib«t«r«eiPtlleM «ii^ lltcuncHiuiDenferlanfl; ivhtfre, in some piae«3, you tviDl find 'QO>lftfll|otti»^ >^0Qi%i1aiiMt ^ilalBipt «• #ad fartbeDfigbto^ until ycfa have broQgirt^hem <^nJ«vlth< eawh oUittr^ betafing Hidf.SKiiliW^ pfar^ li mile^ arid'has 4 or 5 fatlMms close to it, which deepens gradually as you run to the edit- wtA-d'fmiiiiti ^having' 10 to' \2 fathoms at the distance of a mile. '' '• -' *i!t ^'^^ji/'MI^Af,^^ftl{'lJte l^j^tS tlearing S. by W., proceed to the southwafd untir^t^jr tffter N.W. or N.W. by W.^ when you will be cleai* of the rock, and may steer u^'W/liV^B. «Mtlti>fMilftav«'4h6 fights ibearing E.N.E., when it will be prudent to aticbouf ' uMCil' lay- """rnl^ udfesho j^lymbuth until nine o'clock, on the full and ciarigiev<< i\ /ooH tin Should you make the Gurnet lights in the night, during hard northet^yiOPiiHiltbninwt inds, ,^d cannot get into the harbour of Plymouth, you may run for tbut p£(^pj^;^d, j^.ni^iint at the entrance of which bears from the Gurnet lights £. 7 S. aljpuJi^^^i^^M. \i^,pil)A-%Op and, unless it be very dark, you may see the sandy hills before yp^^^g^ ' ■tiA'PB COD to BOSTON.— From about a league oflf Cape Cod, ybtit"^i#8f fe BBitbhl^t-house is N.W. by W. i W., and the distance 13 leagues. Th^ li|jhtf-!ioilS#, ^ttra^l^'B^'fij^t high, stands on a small island at the north side of the e^ti'^m^ of' fHb eMttfet' 'Wie light, which was formerly fixed, is now revolving, on the imbW'i^a iHWP: a^ifc^B4lfe bfilllanl 40 seconds, and is obscured 20 seconds, alternately:*^ 1t'WgJi"B* sMt^p #10 leagues off. When you make the light with a fair wind, t)Hrtj^ it^ tb'Mai- W'^M Ilf''ft^=W.N.1V:, *heri steer for it until you are within two cables' retfirffl'aft^feftli^. MiSW^^iMtii itV Ijufrun in until it bears N. by E. ; you may th6n feti^ V'.'M'S; mSt'\i ttAl^, fcr mntasket Road, where, if the weather be so bad 9Aii>m^Mm^ fBtting a Dil^ffciii the island, you may anchor, and ride in safety. '•'"; "J ""'' j''"^ *" u fbeVind' ije contrary, you may stand to the southward till you luring* t^'ligW; to m-'WMWM aw'^ to^thenorthwai-d till >* l>ears W.S.W., until you come witliiUj3 inil^^s OTTtf^epioUiQusinot stand tip the northward any further than to bring tjie^li^t ip biw'W: by;N.,'nor £0 the sou^ward th^n till it bears W.N.W. j you may safely anchor ^f^i^tf4hfewM4'fee<^t5^^8^i^ ■ : /.. .:^;„;„,^ 'jTlf^.ti^Aniii;^^ Spfto|i,'j;igi^hflHW*>ywr course is S.W., and the djftonw'ftpwfjir §( fe«|W?B,,; 'lphft,'wow-W>HiW »M»^A W Anwe stwd on Thatcher's. Islwd,} t Wljeft tfe^ -a-im ovof(j^ Mail nc>i\l "^'X"]} -^'>i t^*'" ^•"'"■'« "'*■ ■■■' ■■■' — • ' •. ••>'' ' ' -' ■' ;•' '^"M /Kii ot The entrance of Boston Harbour lies between the Light-house lalatMt on' tfteiadrttoiWw if i Point Aid"'*"" with Na maafc e t - ll e igh t a, o n th e g otrthv- -T w o hut s arc wwcted near the hght-house. In leagues off. • »'\hv. * -^ S btar 139 ,w*Tm ^fkA^^^t^f^v^ bow a. byirW^ti W» Jfron jmiirUi«y>iire«.p»nvitbeK, ^ f0t,cli>fr mtfiyut TI«it0fa«ff» the aorthward of the coKvse^?ieadyidesff'ibed»,h9(;^Hs^,t|)ie;(^o/p^ ^et»'Snto Barnstaple Bay. Thia precaution is the, moi'e, necessary ^eo.jthe^\r^4/j^ noitherlyi Similar care id requisite in steering from Boston Bay toC&p^ Cp4*> Jj,h')(p > ■^htil you advance to within two leagues of Boston Light-house, you sbWtWiljrodif watet from 35 to IQ fathotns. The soundings are irregular. On the Cap^ Ahkie ^hoi^ tb'e liottpni 18 rocky: but, towards Cape Cod, It is of fine sand. ' ' ' ■-^"''^"^'^ >'" {^"t-' On the days of the full and change of the moon, it is high water off BpstQi), LMr[>tr house at ten o'clock. It flows off the town till a quarter of an hour p^t eleven. The spring-tides rise 16 feet perpendicularly; neap-tides, 12 feet. ft u. n -jaJ .auH *'"To Sail in during the Night, or turn within the Lioht-housb AnchosIaob^-^ Coming fi'om sea in the night, bring the light-house to bear West, and steer for tt^'ob'- i^^nntig to incline your course southerly as you approach, in order to give a berth of two ^Miles' length to the Light-house Island. When you are abreast of the light, shape your course West, until it bears from N.N.E. to N.E. Here, if not acquainted with the Hdrbour,' you may anchor till day-light. With the wind between the S.W. and N.W. (j^iiactei's, a ship may, in great safety, turn up within the Light-bodse anchoragej taking oareinot to stand farther southward than to bring the light-house to bear W.S.Ayr»; J^PF fiirtfaa- northward than N.N.W. "BOSTON HARBOUR.— Off the entrance of the harbour is a small shoal, called the CM Bank, which lies E. by S. nearly three miles from the light-house, and in. the fair- '^k^'df th^ harbour, with Point Alderton and the north sides of the two islands within if^ttfearly in a line, W. ^ S., and the S.W. ends of the two outer blands on the north side.f in a line, bearing N.W. J W. .,;•;,. Uiw "'p'ti the South, or larboard, side of the entrance, are Harding's RocJui, a, cfuiter steep-to, and which lie at the distance of 2^ miles 8.E. from the light-house. At 16^ water the largest rock shows itself about twenty feet long and' four feet high. It is sur- rp^iided by smaller blind rocks, extending about 140 fathoms on all sides. The marks foif the largest are the S.W. point of the Light-house Island apd western point 6( Greaft Brewster Island in one, and Nahant Rock, nearly N. by E. a small ship's length t^pen ni^thithe S.W. end of the rocks called the Oravef.X A white buoy is now laddortltbe VfM. ^id^ of the Hardings, which is, on entering, to be left on the krboardhaitd.'i fj^iii . illu-il cm:,. , M.:-v,-U> . AsMlerton SAoal extends in a northern direction from the bluff head of Poiut Ajl^^i'itRf* QfftL 4:he South side, and about one-third over. There is a reetduoy on the pute^iptU^tpf ihie ^oal, which bears from the white buoy of the Hardings N^^. by W. ji,^. fff^^ff^t^ andbhajyTi ..,,.,? 7/ /..'v ■.^■)j!vi,t The Egg Rocks are a cluster, above water, on the north side, at the distance qf htdfia lilite E. by N. from the light-house. , s , ( \ ,i\ \ Xj^^ Beacon on the S.W. end of the Spit of Great Brewster Island stands M th^ ^i- tance of a mile and a quarter W. ^ S. from the light-^house. It mftrk^ the Pht^{Hlb)ii''pf tb^ Narrows, which lie between Lovell's Islancl on the East, and George'6 hidhd, ,yi^ Gallop and Nick's Mate Islands, on the West. '' The Centurion, a rock of eleven feet at low water, lies at nearly half a mile S, f "VV* Jfovn the beacon, and is left, on entering the Narrows, on the West or larboard side, t h^s with the S.E. points of Great Brewstei' and PUtward Brewster Isles in a 6ii^, and i^ne^t'fcird of Nick's Mate Island shut in t^Uh ttie ea^t sidfe of Georgfe's Island. "" '' " '""^ ■ ' ; "^ ' :. ■ ■ ■ ,'■■.■'■ •■ ! nu'-'. From the S.E. side of George's Island a.rocky bank extends to the distance of more than a quarter of a mile, and has on its extremity a bUc)( buoy. The e^Hr9.]acf( pf«the Narrows Hes between. this bii^y and tlie Btenc on PiMiiti . ij.i ., : ■; «■. * Nantasket and Puttock Isles. % The Graves are described hereafter. Outward Brewster and Green »'V U' Jv'!,'!,fril;f><{l(i)-5 islana. ttttii^m^^b «i$ieM. 9*01 we^tWatf) 6f Nick's Mate Iflti^ a; t^ttlS^fr^bute, UgKtedn^ith tl»ii'{)«teaft>lai»p«i>eleviit«|i on a tourer of twenty feet, with a lantern seven feet in height. '' "' "i "j i' . '^^'e'Aum ThUkbtibhi^.i^Myn o^Aittig inirard, Alnet from the Basti fevBosioiri HaHbiiftir, tii^'m^etptiMlei, if U cftn be k^pt; i»42<> SO* Ni The €od Bank, alreadyidederibed} He^tt^2o'ig''40''. If a ship shAuM hapi^eti to fall tothe Koothward of < thie liat4)0«r$ enpecial ckhs'mfMt ht takeh to avt^d'the Cohttatti Roeht,' which lie^at sclme diataiicefir'Oin ' . IT" The DeviVs Back is distinguished by a red buoy, which lies in 4 fathoms, a(M| ia t«| be lefr qfx tihe larboard side. On the Ram's Head Bar is a black buoy, in 15 feet of wfter .(iarbqard) : and, on the N.E. point of Faun Bar is a white buoy, which is to be left o^ jtbe s^Uibpard side. The last lies in 2\ fathoms, with Long Island Head Light bwri^g S.VV. Aldridge? s Ledge Y\ei nearly in nud-channel between the Ram's Head and the N.E. end of Faun Bar ; there isi a channel qf 3 fathoms on each side. Here you enter t^e main channel to Boston :t ^ '' ^r;'' l;'^' ^ : ' * :-^ ,, ' ' ^'T " ^ ^>->^ i. •' ! ;, ,,SA?;.EM HARBOUR.-r-Th^ ent>,?ince of Salem Harbour is distmgulshed by twoljgl^t- ho'uses on Inker's IsW, ne^f;, tte w441e ori|be ^9tp^pe^r,|b^e Ijg^^ asunder, and bear, when in a line, N.W. i W. '"Htiq'h^.ji^i^ej^^art'idoast PUbt ahd Says, ThS Lower Middle Oronnd, wiMch lies on the nortbsidle of the channel, a little above SpectacU'WWiily and. which is, in part, dry at,lowMwate«,,bM|tiiBJf8 eastern part a red buoy, and on thfc-western part A,blaclLb»03[t-Ui two fathoms ; io be left on fee starboard bai^d,-(lQ/(.£d«, J,, 16^Y,^^^,^^^^ - ,M,\ ^■^n.u^^ !„.„ 'a^a^nsM.* , t It is to be noticed that, during the winter sea^pn, t^^up]^er buoys of B^^ are "'^ *" "^" Bakcr't b ^MJM %ai tte «MMaMA «l&:ii/lttBh)jw)Hjbdin|;yM^ iBwttit^ribooU yoil^fftHlft Mthf iw««lnrMrcli)ivi^ft«^pii«Qe«cl|og f<^!tAi^Kgtoyi9nujdi{o\iUM) soMmPrin.^t»iha«f tnnde/iheU)^ ;krinff.«nd:|ceep;ttie portlterHiur Jlft«MfHgMl»piiilit«rtbteil eaAiMwd.oflbd «thbr;) a«ig4ruus«^t^ji kH moi) Biudd iUidttld.'kbe wiitd be wfesterly^ whea beating up» yew should iMH^'BtafidTtQ, ittjoiMMiilil- ward or westward farther than toihut one lf|^t m wUb tiie;oilfef^ otiw^wiite r|ro£0i*r8ldlexa ^^ecki Tlus coune will Ictd clM»(td thA)Mi«tbi«BBd>ofi JUir^a') JZolibjfAMIgt OMrcisd at/high. water, and to the noith«rard>of.£ot«!tftV04$M^n£)gif> From mid-channel, between Baker's and Misery Islands, you mtt^ iteei^ W;N^W:^tl(t^<^ yo«dbAviii|iqMed Bowtdkch's Ledge, or until Cat ItlahdX comes open to^ the w«itwM(A>af £i^ JUwidjrtthiln haul up for the Hattg, above mentioned. i< v- (ht ./ . ov ll ,biT>v/ Vote may Mdidf isafely in 5 fathoms ; but, to proceed fhrth^' {^ tlie HiUi^fat^^'^ diiKhUft'tif'ttbtiiitlialf a mile on the larboard, and steer S.W. bfW., tHiiicK ^11*«M ^^ ytnit^ WtrhttJrboah Observe, however, that a rocky ledge stretched f^«m'tii^'KM'*ftidP^ ofJmkt^i' feltfnd, iM that a rock, called Abboe* Rock, lies abreast of »^, «y^Tt^" foiMi by/brii^gitig Castie-hill and house into the cove north df'1>bi^t'" Beverley Meeting-house well in with Juniper Point, the S.E. point of fMl««ii^tapI^^^^ 'a^mmki^ ^ben ice^ng of shore, in order to avoid Abbdfrft^i mrnvt^SB'^t , g~fl'3-'drin7oa «9XF-"^ ■'",»'* •' •• i * i. ^ ' :. *'/■'' ;'''w>iai'H ,Vr.7/-)l«H rijiv/ ^#fihFW» m^ «?»»»§ fr°"» '*»* soutWastw^d, fitt4 yoM^seJf j^eaff^j^affqifif^f, ^ffifeS;J«%^WaK>»i>g.^ r^^'^ »°** '*^er N,W. f^r tbe ^wte, pvM«ft(n#9rriWeti8«if% ■B^ifiW?%i;i]*e Utter is above water, steejfc-to^ "»d bew*.^^W<,W!jSiBlt»»fe>*fS»>H ;iooii JjiibIkI :fij J . v ' ? ' "! ' " ■ •• ■ ■^ " • ■ '— '^ — '^ ■ ■■ ' ' .• •• }•."*. < <[ x- UjJi L,iort ^.Kiod jIaoH jI.'jkJU • On the S.E. pi^ of these breakers is a spat"^^,' jmltat^d^Matd^ ilM'wKdi i^^l^ iMA'iliiaB buoy, Dcanng from Baker s Island W.N.W. one piUe and a quarter ;aistaiit. southerly. 'The Marblehzad Marine Society has erected , on Cat Isluid Kocka spar 40, feet Likii. 15 feet high, on which is a copper ball, two feet in diameter, ^j;^, ,; ^,, jiijrijjia-ri'jvai; ,v/ ^ .W.8.V/ vif. Baker's MAIftSLEUSAD HJIBBOIBS. ISSi /•(teftbn tite •lariiirwa.!?iBft«»DtMaing thibtdbdnfl/ytfkeMi^ AwiiAMte «if th» kiAMfMi^ >ii ward, and running for the lights on Baker'^' tsliiHd; 'ke^^diijklft'r t!i<^Vta^'W^^^ nayliiiAiHlihU^«riaM[qntn«|(tlke «|iBirii#d^)rtMtooth IvMAter^/off Bak«r^ MMi4;^il whteb^lif^fMbi^iftJIg^ittifiMiK S(i&t:iiil:''4oiS^SjE.'i>!B(i distant' (#o'Silil«/'!r. ivnii ^iw^^u^l Having made the lights, with a westerly wind, and beating, when \dthiti' ^ ttiteiPw th^i(>f6Wtttiy4Atf the soudi breakeka ; not to'th« iK>rMi>«nutf<)'' faitlwr^hwn tvbiinte ttte< lights td lM*r W:S. W. ( W. oti aoocniiht of Gale's Leige,''(rtikAi' > bears from the liglid the ledge, called the Whak^* Baeh, ^bUA beKhr Awiii tfaw'Hghts N. bf E. distant four-fifths of a mile. '> u.uu : li.;,, .;..'/ lc b-in,) M , yOU Tvasa t/%/ uf# vrafcEA vaav/ f/VBian* vt aa«aa ku^ oww^ia «a|CM» ao vu**aa vTaiiaa'»aaw sav* ««*■ aaKMVy tX^'?* K have then passed the point, (leaving Mitery Island on your starboard hand, which besitv' ' fremithflf!livMl8<>N.W.'|^. fottr^fifthsof a mile). Then steer S.W; by fik or ^B>1R, un^ |yoli>Mhi^tb««duth Hg^t to bear N.E. by E. \ E., then steer B.W,hif'Wj(ff9f'j,i\ threeiinaiegj'Jbf^ Matbtekead Barbowr. You will leave Hardy's Rooke^ Ei^O'iliUMdiiv/ arid Gray** 9tekti, Si8;'By%3i.}f» disUntfludf a^ile } and Gray's Rock, from the north point of Cat Island^ N;!Wll>j(!>V sep^ep-ogbthfl of a mile. ^of^.^ihttfAfrh^'^i^^M 'wu-.z^AiM on'mJ^f? ,homuh-bim moil ^FaUing in with the sonth point of Baker's Island, and it Blowing hard fhMatiie/MlfatM)< ward, if you cannot avoid it, you may pass the point by keeping it well On boa^d^ ikn^"^ at tii|e^i^tai>ce of from 20 to 50 fathoms from the shore, where yon will bave ftfm ^M* 5 Ja|^mS;Of. water. When up with the S.W. point, steer W.S.W., which/v^lje^jGn^^ib ya||^be1[!fr9en,^e North, GoosebeiTy and Pope's . Head, leaving the former on your ^Kn^/ b<^|i;4il;^i^{^^j i;i94 Pope's Head on your starboard hand, between which ypi^; ijriil, biWei^o fr(^44^^.l|o»t^93>i nq5|4ww-|(lj,yj|itjl|the south light bears N.E. by E. i E., then steer S.W. by W» i ^wT.lei&o} Marblel}fip4^If[;|i;)^^, ,,.,,^. ,;,■■.. ;..: -suj :.■,(/ '^.shovL.a. 3Yfi"R#S)?WiiW fil«»**»e eastward, and running for Half-way Rock, now d^^,i^f^lM^ ^Wf «IWtfl*^MP^W?t>"°i **»e rock to bear to the south ward of W.S.W„;^9 M^ ^r, south breaker, whiCn beai's from Half-way Rock N.E. J E. dutant one mile. , ,i^%im_9|>b4 with Half-^ay Rock, and bound into Marblehead, bring the rock to bear E.S.£^ vM'^&^m'^.W. I Wi toif Fort Head, distant 3 miles, leaving Cat ftliirfd litf th. ,.^. boifi-d<)iMf],'^K^'Uii fovlMarblAbcad Rock; they are distant from each other, about IS nllest Hall^itN^lfo«k< and Boston light blear from each other S.W. and N.E., <^stant 15 mili^.''^"': iVote.-r-The.Wh^e's pack is, covered a,t high water, and may be seep at quarter-ebk Q^p^l]^^^^^{^^^ 8jirii^-tt4M. Tlie south breakers off B|iker*«,IjiiwA{^ ' i«te^,'')8a&ittdiia^'' '-•■ '•■■1,: by m.H Vll _^ , western pwt of, C^^ ^ . IslMd.' Itls aBbve water, and may'lie aporoa^ecl to a sbort.distance without danger., On the ro2k w a morimehv'of -Bfei^«» iJShfci'ffflfe *#' >hH !W)»ftiiii'*^4i4W«k at lihctop; It if ab^4t i W.S.W. i W. seven.- sighths of a mile. '' -^''■" '^ ' *^ ^"" --''^^ '■"^'^"' '■ " f'' '"^■" "^ '^'■'"< ^^^ ^'^ Island. It 18 above water, and may. be apnroached to a sbort .distance witbout di 184 BEytslLE^pouiamiitsi»^M^^'^''-^'if^^' frohn/the «.■!< {turT/OP niipAkS t^ Hiui:i^iJll^1cM' fa for AibI;;'.'' >'■' '^?'" ^l>n/iir'( orli mvn'i '.>lim ri To :-'")1'5ri' '''iVfl nt p,fnoifi(?t 001 tfdbtSm di'Ottt'n^tf ^id^/heir it; but good ariChdrage 'MtMrtl "Thef&iigtiiid xrklti the head of ^he har. Having pMsed the bar, there ii a sandy point from the Beverley or northern side of the eDtcanpej and beyonil tbis, point are the Lobster BqcHIm wJIn^h bear from the head of the bar W. a little a., and not half a mile distant, and. they ant above water at half tide. To avoid this point, after having weU cleared the bwr fou will steer towards Ram-horn Rock, which has also commonly a beacon, and i> t^^Vi seen at half-tide^ bearing 8.W. by 8. from the head of the bar, one-eigfath of a utile distant. There are several fathoms of water within a vessel's length of Ratn-born RoMlS Giving this a good berth, you then clear the sandy point, and stefer fthr th^ lUiIbiiteli' Bode beacon, bearing from Ram-horn beacon N.W. by W. distant abotit.oh^,(;)tti{i^e/'qf a tniki. CKving this a good berth, you are then opposite to the wharfs, and u^ky' attchb^ in deep water, and in a very safe and excellent harbour. To enter Manchester Harbour you must bring the southern light to bear S. i E., and run North one mile distant, where yon may ancboi^ on good''botti>fBi .,yN>B). J^terp Point bears from Baker's Island lights E. by N. ^ N. 7i miles distebt. I|f4f-way iWck bears from the Ughts S. 2° E. 3 miles distant. Hardy^s Roiiks bea* i^^pmiVberlab> ter pan. be l^ronght to range in one only in a S. by W. and N. by E. clirectib^i if^iile > shore. Se'!j^fo^(e!*c|f;'i^eat utility to all vessels in their passage in or out! as,^^. At ^^'^ ^f/inp Wpoilit Oui'uie idtuations of the Salvages, aiid Londoner, ^and hn* ai poin^|^mM^ Yeksdy'b6und coastwise or to sea. The l^itude of Thatcher's l^l^^^^'^f^t'l^,^ longitude 70° 33'. . ' , . . - - ' ■ tkPIA AWME HARBOUR w MArijrj 5 ^e» ^,tM,«?»^?#;^<«rMfl^°?TO^ftiW^^ i^ei^Sfl^i^^eitward from the LightHouses of Cape ^Antie. Tbie entrance'is a )m!|(^'.a^ a half broad, between the Eatt Point and ledge, on one side, and the high Ipind cdied ^A^!tff«ll(tti^«^#T0^,'OiV th« oth«r. In Adtand^ Mw« €ape> 'Anne lights ita one, wheii bearing" N^ by'E.|E.';khd; if t#6mili^tfui;i0ourflei|atli«!|iia^KMiitivHL lfe^ayN^W^S.W/.)aieBteue/knd 9Thfdf»i <^ Op 4MUng in with Ane point ilKViei nit u. Ann ^iftet If^b/ii i|¥l«h'tMi(4^hl4idiitft"b<»#iHg'!ir,*HiW VfH abouttwo-thirdsofamae. luofliuil HT'IOMYJ'^ Passing X (k • it unr ttiim ,ti§f96mM!m^Il^^m^9>>A^ tl .1ff«oWPttW( W,.»W)J^f «# <3l«l».(jP«mwV/Iltawli»/fenifc, MiiJMtftiKAtt yjfiff ™J?VJ^ft WWW- uim ^wmimjt^ en4iqfntM iitei»il,cii,^i*i»;oi famfso 6, from 100 fathoms to three-quarters of a inile from the island, with the ligbtiAeaiH SJitM' WW ,%f u»! W^K ,;.wM.9!'° <^ Ww«^»» wWncefroift the, light on«Hf)gW^tp,batf*,ina^ Y'(h'jv)a BeuHn^t of metal Ledges, i^e. from the LighUhoui»tides. It bears from the Li^t S.W. | S. T ■dikt about 30 liMlioms o£P from Norman's Woe is a large high roclc, 20 to 30 fathoms in diameter; 9ttd*>nt about IPO fathoms off tliis rock, ia a southerly direction, is a ledge that has only 7 oi> 9 ftet 1^ fffft^r o^ it, ,9p, low ebbs» ^urult i,.At,abf>Uta quai^irof a.iuiie pff from Freihwater Cove lies a ledge of only 3 feet, which bears IfroM (4fi^iric9^ Directions i omitting some parlicuiars which appear tut ^ erronfi^.^ BOSTON BAY to CAPE COD, &«»oiim jiio/iiioyrnui • ''lit'^HK vRECKDiNo PAOB8 h«ve been eiveii the general directions for sailinr Ax>m'C2ipe Ood t»^Nymouth, With particular directions for Plymouth ; also those for Bofttori^ Siuiw. Marblehead, Beverley, Manchester, and Cape Anne : we, therefore, noW prMteM^Wd ^QUthMT^rd* &c. ir,i-,',iodt!i'n (.■•/■ -s s-fK .^r?*!^^;^!!*!^:^ ?r?4"-? io'fl?fa']OHTHi)I J JUi SlrCrriJATE. &cl— About half-way between the Uarbotira of Boston mifl IH^bUtl^ thetdumahip of SciTUATB, having a little harbour with a light-house ; the lattttf is 4itM to have been erected, more especially, for the use of foreign vessels, which w^relbniierilf lij^ loifaAl into the dangerous bay to the northward, and upon the Cohasset Rocks. 'T^^ llaliiMieuse ia erected on Cedar Point, which makes the north chop of the harbour; fMb fimit dliff^ so called, making the south chop. There are four of these clifb exteAdiiig^ tMHtrdi' the«aqrtb, the southernmost of which is the highest. There is only on^'lU^, ^ktuLte il^ ifixed yit cannot, therefore, be mistaken for Boston light, to the nmih, "wd^Pfli vdvdmng^'inorforPlvmoath, which exhibits two lights. The hubour is voMi't l^i4M^~- 'ilBlytilout'll&tfeet of water on the bar at high water, miiddling tides. ' '^ >iu.i::texl7 ^* ped mv % - }.S.E. course from the body of the light will clear th9 point called jBraqchMPouit : lviiA^;^^k^Vi^ii^)iVt^^T( bm'th«r^;£an be no dai^ef i4'8te^s m"^^ D'HiLl !; in ;'^'it! 'Ill* ' :t ; . jin- TJk; IK) .O";!'"' ill!!' V , M ■■^.v,', ■, ,. M u-.^tOv! ,;u;. ■■!■.■ !i;;ii j, llj.jr^^f^re ^?>;paw?g^ w^Wp Cpl^l^WljRj^ iWft^WA ^l^iiofiNf a ¥»V®^Pw n»P»|sg.NjMf. by N. to tbej^autheflyiftimfing imM, bnii^bJ«Iio4t'tW6 idiiI^ff/W<%^^JAN9mi4to^ii^ht'is it ineetinK^ krtA 'fl^ii<*i* rfi^'TO cAi»M^b6*^ kc. k^Mn alirMify gtren PLYMOUTH HAmGfUir-^ on pagei 188, lf9* imMy4:«nMftdi&et| i*d»ta<»«\Mdm^3li>M Ob *« Itrakoiy the ftwW7^■Up8^ Ob ito.««tf^mU|b.mM i^^wyU ljff)^tJ»|i|iae, y^n^ t^ is coiefly, on the ood-fishery for subsutei|pe. ^ . ^ u A The LioHx-HovsB of the Clay Ponds, in latitude 42° 3'/ and lo'ngituae 70 3 , it A^tt^V^**'^^*^**'^ about 150 fti^> which, ^h thb aleratkm of the lantemi nikea mwitfi!^ lMJ«g'Mj?pO %i»bp](?! lli%|^-V?a<«Jr jp;^ ilir outward-l^ound from Boston 'ti^h't-house, ani^yoi!i Wbtdd ^Iftl^ tWi J^.„whim.thqrwayrunforit. ^ 'I';" ^-iMlee Po^t is very bold, and has a number of fish-houses on it. From one toi (iurae miles to the southward of Race Point, is what is called Herring Gove, where thevfr it giiiid'iMteliJdHnf^half a mUo from the shore, (the mnd being from j^l to N JiI«Bi^) in>4, ^.jevoikin S.rathoms. '"'f''}, '"l^ w;<*jr;i.:-> v :?rf._«)j»;9<>«.'j0«MtuH 'fatvca^g from Race Point to Wood End, (S.S.E. 6 miles,) after yon pass Ibe ^flMii l^d,' dt hnknmocks, you vnll come up with a low sandy beach, which forms the har- bour, extending between S and S miles to Wood End, which is difflcult to be distin- gtti^ed hi the lUght : it is very bold : you will have 85 fothoms within half a mile from Siiff'ilMre. I . :.. • n« i Vessels running for Gape Cod Harbour may pass within one-third of a mile l^t-Ott RfieeP6int. After passing it, bring it to bear N.N.W., and run 8|8,~ ii^t W the high land (or high light) bears E. by N. The vesse' rra|'E^d Bar. Next steer N.E., to bring the high light E. i 8.^ ^.W. for the harbour, and anchor in four mthoms. e of iW tWWSA W; the high land (or hieh light) bears E. by N. The vessel will tiien be o|,Wra|'E^d Bar. Next steer N.E., to bring the high light E. ^ 8., when yOu iniiy bM upN.W. for the harbour, and anchor in four frtthoms. , ;' V, .i . .- .f»j - «(» ^Goodiahchorage may be finind, during a N.E. gale, by running ibrt^]|||m,iy^gMw iti b^ of^oBc-tbird of a mile as you pass it} and, ao aooQi afi ii)mt9i]^Ml^„Mmi u^'^'KBf.lSr;^'^d'nnchor'!n from 10 to 4 fathoms. '-■^'■•■'- "^^y ''"^''i «i>'^«*' ii:U.>v>* Jt*i •v-r.-i;^. n.-.t^n •tnibentingiinU Ca|»e Cod Harbour, you must keqpdia iatteifnf j^ yeM!get>ieto-6 fathoms : standmg no fartherto the westward tlwn toJI>iMiffttAiBilH|ll^ IwMi' to bear E. by 8., as there is a long spit of sand running off from the wes^emt ahnw j/l«hicl^^ being ««ry bold, you will have 11 fa^oms within a stone's tbiow of tfiefhori^r, ,„, .,.!| lili ca^ it blows to hard that yon cannotlieat into ^ hariteur, you^'will e 8.W. ^^^ ^"^ / • ■ . : -^ .".• ■!) / 'ISAM-, :ii\i ' The light-house of Cape Anne and the high light of Cape Cod bear from iMclrotlMfft &&£. 4 £. and N.N.W, i W« distant 134 ieaguea,^ ^, ^ ji^^, , ^ ,^„^^ ^ ^,„^ ..^ ,,„„ ^ . f i^Jtl/ giren tiii liOIJ .3i8??*«»S»rA3'>fiia41«»WfiS»B Sil y/.ir) ^M to -i?;k,u-ih3jJL jjfT, fl»^M?lftS5: noYijxhMnI* U39 >I mil UiuJ i wI H a n il IIUUUJIUI'HII^ JIUUIIJIAH HtUOMYjqi flahing'hut*. conuiaiiur fire-places and other convemenceS.' ... .^...xm^,*mAr\mf^^ ttie i Vi)tRM«iivyr4V'Mtifb(herfe ^^«riH^«nk;'ta.tlMMiv ' " IroiMl td «l|e town. ^ItwiiAId be dUAiuk^ |f wk bnp^lM; in tbo dark t and the ^ooda are so full of ponds and eAltmi, „ , ,, ''M i^tssed, Of ttrnolbA wd'ild probably be - thie tonseiitittttc* of MWMpifctg top«netrtt«thiMiln'tfiiBii%M. " ' ^ ■'•■•' ■ ' * «, ■.•,n,': nt ^o liitt a»' fitom ItMi^foint commencea a. ridge, which extrnda to tht head «iC 9<9H|Vr ^Vf^- JN^ thaftccftodib east^ on thsikil han^f th* ridge ia the aoody ihore i «n the ^ht ia ar lHl«loflt««W«y »^yA^,v4mMi* W^e4,>and reacliing to tlie hiUa and woo^i of JProvinw(r9)^c^b|r ni N»*4i y i«>t^jr Jjieat^ ur th^ sand oq all sides, *^i, ctMa.it tajOii' ni to the top of the plant. In the ensuing spring the grass sprouts anew; u amu covervff, sand in the winter, and thus a hil)^ or ridge continues to ascend, so long ais tlfere a'sidJiwHik <»»« M'iAbaaltal^' oralHhe eircnmaeribing sand, being elao covered with beach-flrasa^ Wttinoilmger |l#^«^:ftw«>f-tbfifin*.. . ' .^'Cfl "i^ .{>Qb tj^aldJKCf luit'VUif between Race Point and the he«id.of Stout's Creek, tfiebijii^^MMd Humane Society have erected a hut It stan^ a mile from Peaked Hill, a laltdri^k, wdl uw to seamen, and is about two andahalf mila^'fi-bm Race Point Seamen, 'cast liway'bntlra^r'IP tPWki dlmti ^wfl] find a shelter here ; and, In north-east storms, should thejr strike to tl|«ii)##ifliftf ^Mi, Mid bsunabtet* turn their iiusss tothe wind>rard, hyfwaiiq; on to Kfte9^^}f^ ^Vifmi •«»fc4»iw«i»tf>t'fi(dliag-lHiU before mentioned. w , ,.,„,., ,.<>.„.},«, ' in/M) llia«4ie«d «f StontV Cr«ek, the trustees have bnilt « second hat Stnutfa CM^J^iia branch of EastHari^our, in Trura Many years i^ there was a body of galt^marsh on uj.^i tbui 4neaFved. tl^ r^ame of a creek. But the tnarsh was long since destroyed; aiid'Hie CTMlTBi jgiroqy^yij^ft ap^ekHng^ only Kk« a sitaall depression In the sand, and being eMirel9<-'>iryMSMr MMcMH 'Tne^i-ecK'fiias'fi'otnnonh-West to south-east, and is nearly pai'aUril srith ij^fi i}|fMff j«a'{ tiN»teeMi,'fr» n W fM ^l»t hulM^wnd, by walking round die head of the crei^k^v)><'Ji!i^,flVJ'"9&% the wMt, the niUs on the right hand, andVeeping close, to tpe shore on the harbmm ftr m^ffianP anhour the shipwrecked aeaman would eome to Provincietown. " ""• -'"•' loi .//.Vlqu e^^ilitM^: ae^i^ yijirs agoi erected a hut at the head ofStsnit^GiPMkaadhl&itoito iniaMilii^ra^^MuiAerv'li^vlng a chimney in it, and waa placed on ai«|poti«Ms ffHw^-|}i ■aw. ltd 1^, i>ri9U^iriAdtiiMiiftikt»^l^iJMif'{ i)AudM>iJiMifthas^-«liti«.'dir'h%t-haa a«Md.\...'!,.,>; ■'... r- ^y. -'• *,■;.••;».;; ^ .^ yd ,3 in-td oS The hut rtBii^'-kedi^-^tahd^ 6n'a 'ptatef'ebVfeKd iNritft 'bteacb'-(^aM.' '^« jM^ehi<4lii)(''i(«:i|«Hid tlon or several gentleihen m the neighbourhood. Jh-. Jh^dfteus Qrpwn, iM Caj^piiomAl19if$n> _ ley. of Provincetown, have engaged to inspect 'BoBt^Thtnt^,* ftf' see rii&lf tWsyi'fiiHr^ aO^Tofftefdi Creek twic^ or tnrice a-year; the q&.} %o idg;* d^^ci -Hi nnrN ..h-'jA ^w.j :a ''yu-HUni^il wfT ' From tlie head of Stout's Creek to the tel*!!BW3i iftii*«W>R(i !W'»,w*,w>rpwon»y(&rorotUo/«:<>! ''^"^'ese tkee hollows, lying near together, sei-ve to derignate each other. Eidier 6t i^'^n> <>uy 1^ ui^d]|W. Head of Pamet Hollow is the safest. in i> South of Brush Valley, at the distance of three miles, there is a fifth opening, calledNejnrcDmbis H Ut^wnit^notahovse is to.be discovered. Seamen, therefore, though, the di^^nceilUetiwefn these two.vaUeys is great, must not attempt to enter the wood, as, in a snow-storm, t^iey^wQUjild undoubtedly jperish. , Tbjiii place, so formidable in description, will, .however, lose somewhat of its ten^r, when it is observed, diAt Ao^testaoce Of a ddpwre^ on this part of the, covt is >ti|iiallMttd by die oldftat iidiabilkiit4 of WelMliiiti' «'■' "'"''' -* 'JrSf^' -''■' *'- ->'' 'i '*J'>i5'''' '^"1 •WAt.hl JaiTa'rT Jo ofljftdn iilJ 10 i-.r.-. onu ,iui! ' '■ •' '^'\'''^-': i'M'''*' ■'^""I'iS 'j'^-'i' '^'* put'nomoz rimgqr «■_■-• ■?'[! rl-nVf-w -civo Mfiiiit 'iili m Jif'-nd Half of a mile south of Ncwcomb's Hollow is the sixth vMft^ w^Ied Pmrcf's' Hollow, j It. i» a small valley. A house stands at the distance of a little more than a guarter pf a mile firom the IMadi^ W.'by S. -'■>•>'»■; ■'■i'' tinniiiiiU to Jnio'i '{lu'ri odt to .ly.'U.ir.U! oqi.') \>> iLini ofll mt .-,, •' "h-: "^rn* poi. nfJi .i*nt t'Atm nsl .rrir,<)ir,fi') mo-i'i «'j(Hi'»it> rjocxi >ii(T ,((trt J Xhe seventh vaHey is CobOQn's Hollo«r,ia hfKof a mile south fttf f earce's Houuw. !tia,99t veiy wide. West from the entrance, ,^yeral hojusee pay im ^M?, I. ain ,'noil>- xd ni uim Two mtimt >i XI ■/>. ' Ti^9''nillM' Mtttfa' of (Miobn'n H^Mw; ' th* «MHN vdHy ,' fit BiMw't Roilbir. It b tnntller Uita th^'tikf; Weit IHMiht'tHe khore, «t tH« (iftuine^tf a'MtM^tf Rmih, h tUe ctitinty ro«d, tMOk Clf^^Mm HMd of Blftojifilh Greek. PuiHi* moai^ this talltoy to the f«nce, whidi «4dL ('<im el Jlllo'l > I >l -1 (il(|!/ ;f(l ftnii 'llflif/. l( ]( > ■. IK..),' •'< ' 11ie'Righ''L«nd^«Mailfjr aubaiiiei here, and, en* nolle lAid a half aouth, termhiatee at Ika nhMU-vaMtof^' lUkdFffeek Bnok HoliOw, in which t hoUM k co be found, a mile flwn «he alMft, Aui •/ 'it 1, iliii I ,111 Ml-; n il 111 ItUK ^A^'i y^.^tf ^<<'>'h«^'i>^l>' ^ I^h Brook Hollow. !• Plum Valley, itUat'ti&M fJatfcW. 'We9lU a how, three quarter! of a mile di.unt. a!^!,^ <)) Betwfoa theee two valleys U the T^bk Land, r„, ,\ urf > nq ' Prom Preth Brook Hollow to the commencement of Nauset Beach, the bank next the ocean is kboiA rihtiy fWet high. There are houses scattered over the plain open country ; but none of them aiv hearer than a nuW to the shore. In a storm of wind and rain, they might be discerned by day- IMmI; 'btttt hi a snow-storm, which rages here with excessive ftury, it would be almost impossible to diMovw them either by night or by day. V I Not tu from this bhore, south, the trustees have erected a third hut, on Nauset Beach. Nauset Beaeh begins in latitude 41 deg. 51 min., and extends south to latitude 41 deg. 41 min. It is di- vided into two parts, by a breach which the ocean hai made through it This breach is the mouth of Nauset or Stage Harbour: and, from the opening, the beocn extends north two milea a»d< a ,auarter, tiU itjfliiw.the- main land. It is about a furlong wide, and forms Nauset Harbour^, which IS of little value, its entrance being obstructed by a bar. This northern part of the beaek inMyi.be distinguished ft-om the southern part by its being of a less regular form. Storms have made fre- quentirmptlons through the ridge, on which beach-grass grows. On an elevated part of the Mach BtAHda the hut, about a mile and a half north of the mouth of Nauset Harbour. Eiftstham meedHg^ house lies fW>m it W.S.W. distant a mile and three-quarters. The meeting-hous^ is WithoM k steeple ; but it may be distinguished from the dweltinr-houses near it by its situatip^, whjc)^ ia (between two small groves of locusts, one on the south and one on the north, that on the sout|f fjung yiree timef as long as the other. About a mile and a quarter from tlie hut. W. by N., ftpp^ ,^ t9P and arms of a windmill. The Rev. Mr. Shaw and EUsha Mayo| Esq., of Eai^thail^|„]|v^r9 engaged to inspect this building. j „,, ,„(, ^bn^ ' The southern part of ^''auset Beach, most commonlv called Chatham Beach, and by li'ttW^ii!^ sons Potanumaqunt Beach, begins at the mouth of Nauset Harbour, and extends eight or 'ifine miles south to the mouth of Chatham Harbour. It is about fifty rods wide. A regular well- formed ridge, which, in the most elevated part of it, is forty feet high, runs the whole length ^ It i and, with the exception of a few spots, is covered with beach-grass. This beach forms tljMt b^iner of Chatham Harbour, which, from Strong Island, north, receives the name of Pleesaiit Bay. A mile south of the entranoe of Nauset Harbour it joins the main land of Orleans, ext:^!^ U» very high tides, when the sea flows from the north-eastern arm of Pleasant Bay into tke bu;- boui^ of Nauset, completely insulating the beach. By those who are acquainted with the tiuUim, it may be safely forded at any time ; but strangers must not venture to pass it when covered wlui water, as below the channel is seven feet deep. On this beach, about half-way betweeif i^he entrances of Nauset and Chatham Harbours, the trustees have erected a fourth hut TIw i)>ol ^elected is a narrow part of the beach. On the west, the water adjoining it is called Bas«iHole; 8ok*m«nh is north and south of it next the beach, but it is here interrupted. Orleans tneetitig> houke lies from it N.W. The meeting-house is without a steeple, and is not seen ; but' k' vit^ near a windmill fhfced on an elevated ground, a con^ipicuous object to seamen coming (ibaii.'" Yl may bt; necessary to add, that there are three windmills in Orlieansjfonnlngj circle; that the mill referred to is on the right hand, or N.E. point; and that the niill' middle point of the semi .« ircle stands on still higher ground. The meeting-house of Chatham is situated from' it 8.W. This meeting-house is also without a steeple, and is concealed by Oreat Hill, a noted land-mark. The hill appears with two summits, which are a quarter of a mile apart The hut lies east from Sampson's Island, in Pleasant Bay. Timothy Baacom, Esq., of Orleans, has undertaken to inspect this hut ^ Lestsettmcn should miss tlds hiit; bystt^ing to the leeward of it, the trustees have erected aVioUier pn the same beach. It stands a mile north of the mouth of Chatham Harbour, east of the meeting-house, and opposite the towii. "' iiinf J- I. )■ .^ An^tjliieir spot on theianae beaph.w,ou]l4 be.a proper sitijUiUon for a but. It is north of ^e/ourth nut, and east of the middle of Pochet Island. The highest part of the ridge is near it, souUl^! A rwo break in the ridge, over which the sea appears sometimes to have flowed, divides this high part fh>dT the'noKhern portion of tiie beklcii. ' <" ' ill ■tii' >'■■' ,' , . '• ' M;-..'r. ;i;|!' /''"V I'ttsl • ■ ■ : '■ ' ' ' -['..'U- ,. On.the beach of Cape Malabar, or the Sandy Point of Chatham, the trustees have buiU a;«xth hut .This beach stretches from Chatham, ten miles into the sea, towards Nantucket} an^ is frtmi a ■ Quarter ^ thret^qasrt^fs af a mile' in Wesdth, It ' is ctintiniiaBy fcainrnt south : ftfcove thi^efe mnCB have teen nddfed toit dAtWigthfe pa« fifty yearrf. On the east «ide of the beach is a curve in the shore, called Stewart's Bend, where vesitils rtiay ihthbi^ With safety,' ih 3 or 4 fathom^ " ' of ,} I'll iiiV. M Eift^i^Lihrnt^r'^ikiii^illr^MMIb Muiimn of watOT, whra th« wind blowt from N. to S.W, North of th« Bmd Hun «ra mtwaI ban ud sbMlt. A IttU* below the middle dnRe'6iM&; oh tBi west ride, la Wreck Core, iihlch I* a part of the beach. The dieunee of the hiit fron the commt neemeat of the beach u and, from ita termhmtion, foun WikX Wm, tii'<)h««lMMk Mawir.,bf>ir.7afa|Mlita» . ^,^the wuth end «f MonU' JiMhA wMiM'U ottlhd*ir|i«{iM«' frgai tlMoOMaiitii- Wieck Cove. I , . M, ' .1 1 ;., I ,ii.ii.i-'i ^M.ii> Cape ifalabar Beach uuty be dUtingUlihed from tke two beaf:h ^ .. ../ . The'inkoVB of the coast, from Cape Cod to Cape Mahbar, Is sandy, Md fyee'1Mur"rQ.; ' - rrr-:t - '*rrrr : ' \:v?r"" . ii ' _ " ■ "lasjt » '' '' ■ • . "< .jil''.- am^j MjU'-i ii-''' • ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ . ... -.;./• LIGHTHOUSES on tu£ C0A3TS describkd in the prbcedino Work, >> .itiv-;:! With ik0 Paget on which the reipecttve Detcription mc\ be found. vw.jn 3T1T Mj/. Ytr ,o?jA ,ajofe an A Twa^atyra am m e.,iiaj.ar- ■}]tU t/;/>^..,i'.i<^.xiHtf t&aiia'io vtnm ■JJyiv.; KEWFOUWDLA l l lllf ' WUV A-SCOTlA, &c. ' PAOE8 ^ V JA'.';r^.i08i& .1 Atti-il to the IOt(l'««1M0J' fKRi 'i.rff •> *iy, M'ihelSWriai^bi* Slw?H>tirue IIai««UVV ««( «'/^M». .'ia /^Ww iUMitSfi^ 08. Brver'a Island, at the Entrance of the Bay of Fundy ; fixed ,«?ft4Ji'i'''J 1 .i! ^11 ■J'-^ikS'fi ,. i^..-'^^: ^-i*/-i.i-Ai:i;.tA.i I .) ihj.rid ^(U !.» Iifjhi-,„ij,»i(, M ■.Id -...M ,,l 1,11 I ,( I . V ,, ,.,„*"' ) libit liHoffHttbi«*aay«OiMi«^M(ftkM« JInnI !..*««.. hr. 4.. »»..^..... J iM. , Whit* HcMlfOD the Wnt lick of PcDobKotBayr/iW lli. li Pood lalawlf MMbMUP LifhAVk KoMMbM Ebrcr ,p .oMtfM^ ^iVi .1 PtorilM)4 Point} for PortUnd Harbour, Iw.i/M )rirAiMia8i|«aiaor8qaaaillM4oar, iMwkbBayiJbwf. ^.... !•*."» «" * ' Ial«ndy Entrance 9filaWilvbour) Two ,. 181, 1S«» > Teanmndlale, in U|>f Anne Uarboor. 184. ;,: , Cedar Point, North chop of 8cit«ate Harbour 1 one fixed light J8ft. "'" ,;CnpeCQd»a«ir the Clay Poiida^/a«i,nt 800 feat 180. "'^'' ',. JUm Point of C^MCod} nbir revolfing light ....,,,.,..... w-'IfO.^'ti ' •I ". ' , , • ■ ' '^''U NBW YORK and LONG ISLAND«-^ LighthouN baa recently befln creM4d'biirMlte« Somik abart of Long Itland, and eastern aide of Fbe Island Inirt, 90 wOkt nortMwillhfd fewn iaady Hook ; flnt Ughtcd Ifttb NoTcmber, 18S6. 11m light ia rm>oMlu^'ma^Wlm iM^beigbt'nbovetheleTelof thaMa. • "^''' ;'•!";' ■[A^tardiwg to fit Wttta tt^ntg^of New Forik,iiU» 0fp$uu to. te mt R«dsa«fay.'N«0»^ Mttm^Mmlrvmeo <(f Jamaica Bt^.^ . . ^ - ..i.t;:^^) ■ 9AVW')'' I' v !»,,'»■,.■.-■)'•••> ■' ' ^ ,iA^ilf--Htn-'^k :if.'*i''vf^-i'^J id\r,uMhiii :; NAUTICAL WORKS LATELY PUBLISHED '• AND SOLD, ALSO, BY a£l THB RSSMCTABLB CHART-SBLLERS TK T6b DIFFBREnT PORTS OF OREAt BRITAIN, &C» ' 1. A lOENEBAL CHAR-B.-^ ithft, A55WjHm. Off»AN.^?»cc«d|iw. t^.. t^ mm^^ SurvejM* and 9o^nr>ln{lt«H)B. of. *f,iWtf«n»«>«ifl^,lfeyWtoM. l^'?^^Hi^"K^^(5PwSP u" 1 — .. f ._i.i-u lu- .-.u-i_ 1 — u-' — j-jT. — a' jjy .TQhjn Purdy.i With paraculu' Fuina cFtne lt:>lichaei.'s. ^%b^mlmi(kti W^Dd .^iifcets J 'Wnh^Md^ j* Memoir and J>V9(ii(^f|^i;'iniuV-, ; .'f,ni<>l >.. yii^r-ifli (,, •. ..nifin:;! .,(!> »« J»iin(-.{ ^i'l-iyin 3. AATeio Chart of the AUantilv •bf;^a8t^Oce»B»Uiivull»«B«jyt iOd «rt>9rii^^^ Seiii» ^ UMiudiog the Coasts of £im»p<) . A&imm >*ryd , An?sric^ $!9!n.-.-^'^*9 dc«re««(,ntl,^nh- Latitiaift.to the Equator; but.witlwm tll%MI|ic^|k,nk^^l^^ $fi^'2f4i^¥«y' %{4n}iMlc larger Charts, bv John Piu'dy, and Deautifully engraved on two large Sheets, lOs. oa. , ,4. The t4fi NAtTlCAL WORltSy CONtlNtJED. 4. The ENGLISH CHANNEL, onanryUinnScalei comprehending the Bridsh Coasts, from Lowestoff to Abervstwith ; the Irish Coast froih Wezftrd to Limerick ; and the French Coast, from Nieuportto the Saints. Chiefly from the Govoapnent Surveys. By Mr. J. Outhett. With the New Banlc of Soundings, and particular Plans, on enMriedaeales, as foHow : — l.The Downs, with the South arid Queen's Channels : 2. The Harbour of ]^avhaven : 3. Harbour of Shoreham : 4. The Coast of Ftahde, from Calais to Boulogne : 5. Start Bl^ aad the Skerries< 6. The Isle of Lundy. 7. En* virons'of Ushant: 8. The Harbour of Breat Dedicated, by permission, to the Honourable CorporMion of Trinity-House. A oiost beaitflAiland accurate Work, aocoiiqianied with a new Book .01 Directions, 14«. j ' .••.. >> 5. The HARBOURS andlSLANDS of the ENGLISH CHANNEL, frc Bdnf a CoUection of twenty-dght particular Charts, all from accurate trigoiwmetric Surreys, mostly on a larae Scale, and a/ranged- on three Sheets, uniformly with die genera! Chart, aliove descnbed. Vna of the whole, 14*. 6. A New Chart of the English ChanneT, with Plans of Harbours, &c. Reduced from the above, without the Book of Directions, 8s. ; Ditto, with the Book of Directions, I0«. 6d< — The same Chart, to Scilly, &c., but without the Bartk of Channel Soundings, 6(. 7. A New GENERAL CHART of ST. GEORGE'S CHANNEL and all the CoasU of Ireland; adjusted by the latest Determinations: with particular Charts of the Frith of Clyde, the Bays of Dublin and Liveraool, Cork Harbour, &c. ; and Motes explanatory of the difl^rent Light-Houses and Light- Vessels on the Coast, to the present time. Accompanied with a viduable Book of Directions, 10«. 6. {Price of the Two Volumes, neatly bound in one, IGf.] 15. The NEW SAILING DIRECTORY for the MEDITERRANEAN SEA, the Adriatic Sea, or Gulf of Vehice, the Archipelago and Levant, th>^ Sea of Marmara, and the Black Sea, compre- hending, with the Directions, particular Descriptions of tiie Coasts, Towns, Islands, Harbours, and Anchorages ; ' occasional Sketches of National Habits and Customs ; the general Products, Popula- tion, and Condition, of the respective Places ; and copious Tables of their Positions, &c. Compiled, from a great variety of Documents, public and private, accompanied witii Inferences from established facts not generally known, by John Purdy, Hydrographer. In boards, 10a. ,m PRINTED BV J. RIOLR, LITTLE BRITAIN, LONDON. ■ » ousts, from 7oa8t, from th the New li the South 1 The Coast I y. 7. Bit- r ilomwrable ft rhh a new fl 1 Collection arge Scale, Prke of the the above. ame Chart, i , i Coasts of li of Clyde, »e diffiirent ??. ha valuable ^; original and )y the best lergen, and for all the es, &c. St. y, by Order . rbours, &c. lew Book qf ape Blanco, tvigators, by urbours, 8s. C OCEAN, the Western ape of Good Concepcion, with View& ,21.. ^ N COASTS Harbours of } ilifax to the | Martyrs, or lamdca, the amaica; the to-Rico, the or Mosquito aeral. With 1 Words and Adriatic Sea, Sea, compre- [arbours, and ■ lets, Popula- 1 ;. Compiled, 1 m established ■ *<• :: h> ■ ;,:;f